brand applications manual

application guidelines
applications
brand applications manual

Introduction

UPDATE 2005
How to use the Hilton Brand Applications Manual 1

Developing new communication materials within the

Hilton framework 2

Approval Process 4

Online Hilton Brand/Logo Library 5

Glossary of Terms 6

The Hilton Curves – Summary of Application 8

brand applications manual

How to use the Hilton

Brand Applications Manual…
The Hilton Brand Applications Manual provides the approved • The Hilton supporting typefaces – there are two
framework and style guidance for the development of typefaces permitted to be used for all Hilton communication:
communication materials ranging from hotel signage to corporate Bodoni Antiqua and Univers – see section 3 in the Hilton
literature. It must be used in conjunction with the Hilton Identity Guidelines Update Manual for further information
Identity Guidelines Update Manual and the Hilton
Advertising Manual. • The Hilton supporting colour palette – these are
colour ranges that have been specifically selected to be
These brand manuals have been developed to ensure the used as supporting colours to the primary corporate
consistent expression and application of the Hilton brand. colour Hilton Blue – see section 3 in the Hilton Identity
Guidelines Update Manual for further information
• Hilton Brand Applications Manual – summarises
the parameters to be adhered to for the application of • Imagery – all imagery selected must represent our brand
the Hilton Identity to assorted communication materials values and be in line with the 'Equilibrium' concept – see
section 10, Photography Guidelines, in the Hilton Identity
• Hilton Identity Guidelines Update Manual – Guidelines Update Manual for further information
provides the framework for the construction of a Hilton
brand/logo Note – Guidelines for ‘web imagery’ are included in this
manual – Section 11 Web Application.
• Hilton Advertising Manual – a series of templates
that can be used for all Hilton advertising
• Copy tone of voice – it is essential we communicate in an
'Equilibrium' style – see section 10, Tone of Voice, in the
Hilton’s continued innovation and development has brought
Hilton Identity Guidelines Update Manual for further
about the need to evolve and refresh the way we apply the
information
elements of the Hilton Identity, plus provide guidance for the
application of the country-specific URL and our company
• Application of the 'TAKE ME TO THE HILTON' –
strapline 'Take me to the Hilton', to an extended range of
guidelines for the application of the new company strapline
communication materials, such as the framework for Hilton
Branded Products/Programmes literature, conference and to all appropriate customer facing communication materials
events literature, corporate literature and web applications. can be found within the relevant sections of this manual

Hilton Identity elements include: This manual provides specific details on how the applicable
elements must be applied to all Hilton branded communication
• The Hilton logo – this includes the Hilton Master Brand, materials (a combination of mandatory and optional items).
plus all other developed logos incorporating the Hilton Please refer to the appropriate section for further information
Master Brand, such as Hilton Branded Products/Programmes and guidance.
and the Hilton Property Brand
It is essential all Hilton team members refer to these guidelines
• The Hilton curve – two curves have been developed on an ongoing basis. Our challenge is to ensure the Hilton
and should be used to distinguish between different market Identity remains consistently applied across all communication
segments. See page xx for guidance on which curve should materials. This will make certain that the Hilton brand
be used continues to be instantly recognisable to our guests from
London to New York, from Paris to Tokyo.
Note – See Section 1, pages 10 - 11 for further guidance on
which curve should be used. Note – If you do not have copies of the Hilton Identity
Guidelines Update Manual or Advertising Manual you can
• The country-specific URL – designed to promote Hilton download them online at hiltoncreativelibrary.com
hotels to customers on a more personal, local basis

Note – We have developed a standardised call to action

that combines the country-specific URL and our 'Best Rates,
Guaranteed' promise and must be applied where possible in the
following format:

‘For the best rates, visit hilton.com’

VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 1 – Introduction 1

brand applications manual brand applications manual

Developing new communication Hilton applications development checklist

1. Complete a search on the ‘Online Hilton Brand/Logo

materials within the Hilton framework Library’ – before creating new communication
material complete a search on the ‘Online Hilton Creative
Brand/Logo Library’ for any existing and/or relevant
communication material. Visit hiltoncreativelibrary.com
Hilton is continually anticipating and identifying commercial for further information.
opportunities around the globe; this leads to an ongoing
requirement for the development/creation of new/refreshed
• If there is existing communication material that satisfies your
communication materials. These are required to continually
requirements, you can download this from the site for use.
impress our existing customers, to attract new customers, or
communicate in new markets, whilst outperforming our Also contact the Regional Marketing Department responsible
competitors. for the material as noted on the Online Hilton Brand/Logo
Library to establish the associated requirements or standards
A checklist has been created to help with the development which need to be adhered to.
of communication material within this manual. The aim of this
is to: For example, if you wish to develop a ‘weddings brochure’,
simply go online and search ‘weddings brochure’ to see
• Ensure the Hilton Brand Identity is expressed consistently the existing designs available. Select the template
• Maximise the benefit of the Hilton name that satisfies your requirements, download the item and
contact the Regional Marketing Department responsible
• Drive online business through using Hilton URLs
for the brochure for further information or guidance as to
• Eliminate or minimise the potential of duplication of effort whether it can be adapted in alternative sizes, should this
in creating communication material regionally be an issue.
• Ensure the creation of high-quality communication
material that works within Hilton Brand Identity guidelines • If there is no ‘match’, you can develop original communication
material within the parameters outlined in this manual.
Proceed to step 4.

2. Select the appropriate communication material –

match your requirements to the parameters as outlined in
these guidelines.

3. Develop/adapt your communication material –

maintain a high quality of presentation, design and finish. Ensure
the parameters as outlined in these guidelines are adhered to.

4. Obtain communication material approval – when developing

communication material it is essential you adhere to the
approval process as outlined – see page 6 of this section.

5. Enter your Hilton communication material on to the ‘Online

Hilton Brand/Logo Library’ – to enter your Hilton
communication material, please follow the steps as outlined on
the Online Hilton Brand/Logo Library.

VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 1 – Introduction 3

brand applications manual brand applications manual

Hilton communication
material approval process
The following steps must be
completed when developing all
new communication material:

1. Send initial design concepts to your Hilton Regional

Marketing Department for feedback/initial design approval.

2. Once you have received initial design approval – develop

Online Hilton
the communication material.

3. Send final communication material to your Regional

Brand/Logo Library
Marketing Department for final approval.

4. Upon final approval, complete the remaining steps as

outlined in the Hilton Applications Development Checklist. The 'Online Hilton Brand/Logo Library' is located on
hiltoncreativelibrary.com and provides an efficient way to share
Note – HI, Corporate Marketing will carry out random spot new communication materials.
checks in each region via ‘The Mystery Shopper’. If sampled
communication material does not fit the framework outlined Hotels should upload new communication materials as they are
within the Brand Applications Manual, the region/hotel may be developed; items such as Hotel Fact Sheets and Hotel Brochures.
asked to reprint/recreate all related communication material.
All new Hilton Branded Product/Programme materials should also
be uploaded onto the Hilton Creative Library so colleagues can
reference them.

Instructions on how to upload your material are contained online.

Artwork and templates for some existing communication materials

are located within the Online Hilton Brand/Logo Library.
Instructions on how to download artwork or templates are
provided online.

Section 1 – Introduction 4 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 1 – Introduction 5
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Glossary of terms continued

Hilton Supporting Colour Palette – contains specifically The Hilton Cartouche – captures the essence of our brand,

Glossary of terms selected colour ranges to support Hilton Blue

Hilton Supporting Typefaces – the typefaces to be used to

our positioning and our values. It brings strong recognition
across all communications and reminds our guests of their
experiences and impressions of Hilton. The cartouche is a
support the Hilton Proprietary typeface. To be used for classical design based on the letter ‘H’. The surrounding oval
headlines and text purposes reflects Hilton’s global presence
Corporate Literature – all internal communication, such as
Hotel Facilities Signage – all internal and external signage The Hilton Curve – a graphic representation of values
team members PowerPoint presentations, and external
used to promote the facilities available within the hotel associated with the Hilton brand, such as relaxation, hassle
communications for Hilton Corporate Based Business Units,
free and friendly. Two have been developed, the Hilton Leisure
such as Hilton Worldwide Reservations and Hilton Direct
Hotel Literature – primarily any publication that is used to curve and the Hilton Business curve to distinguish between two
sell rooms, such as hotel directories and rack cards market segments
Equilibrium – Hilton’s brand strategy to present a ‘fresh and
contemporary face’ for the Hilton brand, focuses on the brand
Hotel Proposition – a short statement that highlights the key The Hilton Family Brand – created as an overarching device
building blocks of ‘Consistency, Hassle-free, Personalised and
feature and/or benefit the hotel provides to link and explain the relationship of various individual hotel
Inspirational Hilton Moments’ to deliver the brand promise ‘to
brands across the entire Hilton enterprise. This therefore
put back a little of what life takes out’
Product/Programme Proposition – a short statement that provides a summary of the global collection or hotels and
highlights the product/programme key feature and/or benefit it properties for HHC and HI
Exclusion Zone – the required clear space around the
Hilton Endorsed Brands – developed for an existing provides to the target market
assorted Hilton brands and Hilton logos. This is to ensure
operating brand acquired by Hilton. This acquired brand may The Hilton Master Brand – the primary presentation of
sufficient prominence is given to the Hilton brand or Hilton logo
require the ‘existing’ personality to be maintained for Rack Brochure – for the purpose of this manual, a ‘rack the Hilton Brand. It consists of four elements (the Hilton
commercial reasons. The Hilton name is therefore added to brochure’ is a multi page brochure, stitched cartouche, the Hilton Proprietary typeface, the Hilton name
Guest Stationery – items of stationery placed within the
provide extra reassurance and Hilton Blue)
guest’s room
Rack Card – for the purpose of this manual, a ‘rack card’ is a
Hilton Idea – communication material marked as a Hilton idea double sided, 2 page card The Hilton Name – refers to ‘Hilton’ when applied in the
Hilton Blue – the primary corporate colour for the Hilton
are style guide ideas for hotel and area offices who may be Hilton Proprietary typeface as part of a Hilton brand/logo
brand: Pantone 2736c
looking to prepare their own versions of such items Rack Leaflet – for the purpose of this manual, a ‘rack leaflet’
is an 8 page leaflet, folded only (not stitched) The Hilton Proprietary Typeface – a distinctive typeface
Hilton Branded Product/Programme – designed to target a
Hilton Minimum Standard – communication material marked that has been designed exclusively for Hilton. This typeface
specific market segment and to build upon, or even change,
as Hilton minimum standard are required by all hotels and area The Hilton Brand Identity – this is not just the logo, it’s the must be used for the development of all Hilton brands and
existing customer attitudes. A unique look and personality is
offices style that applies to all Hilton communication, such as hotel Hilton logos as outlined in these guidelines
developed
signage, hotel collateral and promotional names
Hilton Optional Standard – communication material marked URL Address – this refers to using our website address –
Hilton Corporate Based Business Unit Logo – developed
as Hilton optional standard are not mandatory to produce/use, either country-specific or hilton.com
for an operating business division (in its own right), internal or
but hotels an area offices wishing to produce/use them must
external, with a global presence
adhere to the style shown
Hilton Corporate Communication – refers to communication
Hilton Promotional Communication – all communication to
such as hotel signage, stationery, hotel collateral and
be used for national and regional hotel seasonal promotions,
advertisements
such as F&B restaurant promotions within the hotel
environment, pens and press advertisements
Hilton Creative Library – a central online reference library
located at hiltoncreativelibrary.com for downloading
Hilton Property Brand – developed for an individual hotel.
elements of the Hilton Brand Identity for example logos,
Applies to all hotel communication such as hotel signage,
generic Equilibrium photography, design templates and
brochures and advertisements
guidance manuals

Hilton Regional Brand (co-op or cluster) – developed and

used for a Hilton operating region’s branded communication
(internal and business to business)

Section 1 – Introduction 6 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 1 – Introduction 7
brand applications manual brand applications manual

The Hilton Curves – Summary of Application: The Hilton Curves – Summary of Application:
Two Hilton curves have been developed and should be used to distinguish between different market segments. This section
defines which Hilton curve must be applied to each type of Hilton communication material. For further information and
guidance for the application fo the Hilton curve, please refer to the relevant section as indicated below.

The Hilton Leisure curve

Examples of the Hilton Leisure curve and how it must be
The Hilton curves used can be found in the following sections

• Hilton Business curve – used for all hotel facility

signage and business communication • Section 3 – Hotel Brochure
• Section 5 – Hotel Collateral
Hilton Business curve • Section 8 – Merchandising
Rack Leaflet back and front – Sec 3 Gift Vouchers DL Leaflet – Sec 9

• Section 9 – Hotel Branded

Products/Programmes Literature
• Hilton Leisure curve – primarily used for any
publication that is used to promote leisure or a • Section 10 – Corporate Literature
combination of leisure and business services and •Section 11 – Web Application
facilities, plus any Hilton corporate literature

Family Breaks Envelope – Sec 9

Hilton Leisure curve

Note – Always use master artwork provided on the
Hilton Creative Library for the reproduction of Hilton
Brand Identity elements. To download Hilton logos and
fonts please visit: hiltoncreativelibrary.com A4 Hotel Brochure – Sec 3

The Hilton Business curve

Examples of the Hilton Business curve and how it must be
used can be found in the following sections

• Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature

• Section 5 – Hotel Collateral
• Section 6 – Hotel Signage
• Section 8 – Merchandising

Hotel Fact Sheet – Sec 2

• Section 9 – Hotel Branded
hilton.co.uk
Products/Programmes Literature, for
example all Hilton Meetings collateral
Signage – Sec 6

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON For the best rates, visit hilton.com

Note – See Section 2 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines
Conference Name Card – Sec 5 Update Manual for further details and examples of
curve application.

Section 1 – Introduction 8 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 1 – Introduction 9
brand applications manual

Events Literature
Conference and

UPDATE 2005
2.1 The Hilton Brand Identity – 2
Conference and Events Literature
Parameters

2.2 Conference and Events Literature – 6

Process and Items

2.3 Conference and Event Literature – 7

Personalised Letter

2.4 Hotel Conference and Events Folder 8

2.5 Hotel Fact Sheet – Two Page 24

2.6 Hotel Fact Sheet – Four Page 32

2.7 Hotel Floor Plans 48

2.8 Hotel Menu Template 56

brand applications manual

Conference and
Events Literature
Dedicated conference and events literature
has been developed to help deliver a
consistent and hassle-free service to customers
who are looking to book meeting rooms,
host an event or make use of our
business-focused services.

In this section we provide guidelines to help Each conference and events literature item is
you make the best and most appropriate use categorised either as a Hilton Minimum or a
of the conference and events literature Hilton Optional Standard.
contained within this manual and also design
frameworks to ensure such material adheres All items stamped Hilton I MU
IN
M
M

to the Hilton Brand Identity outlined in the Minimum Standard are

Hilton Identity Guidelines Update Manual. mandatory for all hotels and
S

T R
A N
must adhere to the style D A

shown, unless an option is available.

Note – Always use master artwork provided
on the Hilton Creative Library for the All items stamped Hilton
TI ONA
P
reproduction of Hilton Brand Identity Optional Standard are not
O

elements. To download Hilton logos, fonts, mandatory, but provide an

S

T R
A N
D A
templates and images please visit: alternative or addition to Hilton
hiltoncreativelibrary.com Minimum Standard items. Hotels
wishing to use them must adhere to the style
shown when preparing their own items.

VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 1

brand applications manual brand applications manual

2.1 The Hilton Brand Identity – The Hilton Brand Identity –

Conference and Events Literature Parameters: Conference and Events Literature Parameters:
Hilton Master Brand
Hilton Property Brand
• Elements of the Hilton Master Brand (Hilton
cartouche, Hilton Proprietary Typeface and the Hilton All conference and events literature must be personalised
name) must always appear in the correct to the individual hotel, therefore the Hilton Property Brand
configuration and proportion must be applied.

• The primary corporate colour is Hilton Blue and is Standard Hilton property name • The vertical Hilton Property Brand must be used
the preferred presentation of the Hilton Master
Brand. The primary presentation includes Hilton Blue • Ensure clear space area guidelines for the Hilton
on white and white out of Hilton Blue. In certain Property Brand are adhered to
circumstances, such as one colour newspaper
advertising, the Hilton Master Brand may be applied Note – See Section 4 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines
in a black or white format Update Manual for further details on reproducing the
Hilton Property Brand.
Note – See Section 3 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines Recognised hotel property name
Update Manual for detailed information on displaying
the Hilton Master Brand.

Hilton Blue – Pantone 2736c

Recognised hotel property name

plus location statement
Sizing
The Hilton Business curve
MIN 17mm
• Minimum size restrictions – 17mm for corporate
application
The Hilton Business curve must be used for all
conference and events literature as they are deemed
• You should choose an appropriate size to create a
to have a business/corporate function. Therefore you must
consistent impression when you view the assorted
never include the Hilton Leisure curve on any element of
conference and events hotel collateral items
conference and events literature.
together
Business curve
H • Please ensure the Hilton Master Brand exclusion
Always use master artwork provided on the Hilton
Creative Library for the reproduction of the Hilton Brand
zone is adhered to
Identity elements. To download Hilton logos and fonts
H
H

please visit: hiltoncreativelibrary.com

Note – See Section 3 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines
Update Manual for detailed information on displaying
Note – The Hilton Business curve must appear on the
H the Hilton Master Brand.
front and back covers of all items. The Hilton Business
curve is not required to be added to the ‘internal spreads’
of any conference and events literature.
Exclusion zone
Note – The Hilton Business curve on the front cover must
appear at a tint value of 100%. The back cover must
appear at a tint value no less than 80%.

Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 2 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 3
brand applications manual brand applications manual

The Hilton Brand Identity – The Hilton Brand Identity –

Conference and Events Literature Parameters: Conference and Events Literature Parameters:
Bodoni Antiqua Light Hilton supporting typefaces The Hilton supporting colour palette

Bodoni Antiqua Regular Two typeface families can be used within the Hilton These are colour ranges that have been specifically
Identity System. These typefaces should be used for selected to be used as supporting colours to the primary
Bodoni Antiqua Medium headlines and text purposes in all our printed material. corporate colour Hilton Blue – see Section 3 of the Hilton
They can be used separately or together as desired.
Hilton Blue – Pantone 2736c Identity Guidelines Update Manual for further details.
Bodoni Antiqua Bold The typefaces are easily available in most computer
text setting systems.
Bodoni Antiqua Light Italic
• Never replace the two typeface families with
Web address application
Bodoni Antiqua Regular Italic alternatives, not even substitutes
hilton.co.jp Every year, more and more customers are using the internet
as their preferred method of booking. Therefore we have
Bodoni Antiqua Medium Italic • Text should be aligned to the left – justified type
launched a series of country-specific websites.
should be avoided hilton.co.uk
Bodoni Antiqua Bold Italic • Only your single, country-specific URL should feature
• Consistent line weights help guests to separate and and never more than one type of URL
navigate through forms and information. 0.25pt is hilton.de
the general line weight for horizontal definition, • It is also unnecessary to include ‘www’ at the start of
Univers Light such as boxes on forms. 1pt is the general line hilton.at any URL
weight for section dividers, to clearly distinguish
• If there is not a country-specific URL for your location
Univers Regular elements within forms
Country-specific URLs use hilton.com

Univers Bold Bodoni Antiqua

Univers Extra Black • This is a serif typeface and is similar to the Hilton hilton.com
Proprietary typeface. This is particularly suited to
Univers Condensed Light headlines and small amounts of text Generic URL

Univers Condensed Regular Univers

• This is a sans serif typeface. It is particularly suited For the best rates, visit hilton.com Note – We have developed a standardised call to action
Univers Condensed Bold that combines the country-specific URL and our 'Best
for large amounts of text
Standardised call to action Rates, Guaranteed' promise and this must be applied
Univers Light Italic where possible as shown here.
Note – See Section 3 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines
Univers Regular Italic Update Manual for further details.
‘For the best rates, visit’ to appear in Univers 45
light, ‘hilton.com’ to appear in Univers 65 Bold.
Univers Bold Italic

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON ‘TAKE ME TO THE HILTON’ application

The company strapline must be applied to appropriate hotel
Company strapline literature. It must appear in upper case, Univers 65 Bold and
in a colour from the Hilton supporting colour palette.

Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 4 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 5
brand applications manual brand applications manual

2.2 Conference and Events Literature – 2.3 Conference and Events Literature –
Process and Items: Personalised Letter:
The conference and event literature items included within this manual are intended to help you with the 'Quote/propose' stage of
responding to an enquiry, where you are requested to or have offered to send information about the services and facilities available at your
hotel or are confirming a quote. Personalised letter – minimum standard
Brussels
Include a personalised letter inside your hotel conference
All items of the conference and events literature are and events folder on your standard hotel A4 letterhead
1) Enquiry via email, fax, phone or 'walk-in' designed to complement one another and work together to Date tailored to your customer enquiry.
help support hotels and Dedicated Event Managers to Addressee’s Name

successfully convert enquiries to bookings by presenting Addressee’s Title

Company Name
Note – For further information on using the Standard A4
Street Address
information about the hotel's services and facilities in a City, State and Postal Code
Letterhead, Hilton Property Brand – see Section 4, page
tailored, consistent, comprehensive and highly 183 in this manual.
Salutation,
professional manner. .
This letter demonstrates the solid block typing format that has been adopted by Hilton International
2) Investigate requirements for standard A4 letterhead.
The personalised letter must, as a minimum standard:
The basic conference and events literature items The left margin is 25mm from the left edge of the sheet. The font used is Times New Roman 11/14
aligned left. The date is typed approximately 10 lines down from the top of the sheet. The inside
include: address is typed two lines below the date. The salutation is typed three lines below the inside address.
• Be addressed to the enquirer in person
The body of the letter begins two lines below the salutation. Text is single spaced with double spacing
between paragraphs – no indentation.
• Thank the enquirer for contacting you
• Personalised letter All typewritten information will be aligned left and ragged right. The right margin will maintain a
minimum of 19mm from the right edge of the sheet. Leave six to ten line spaces from the bottom of • Provide a brief overview of the hotel
• Hotel conference and events folder – optional the sheet.
• Reconfirm the enquirer's needs and your proposal
3) Check availability • Hotel fact sheet Complimentary close,

(space and rate) (package and price) to meet their needs

• Hotel floor plans • Detail the items of conference and events collateral
• Hotel menu summary – if applicable to SCC/mc
enclosed for their reference
customer enquiry cc: Person’s Name
• Provide contact details for further assistance
Note – Each of these items is intended to complement
4) Quote/propose and work with the others as a single minimum standard
mail-out. Hotels may wish to include a hotel brochure –
see Section 3 in this manual – however this
is optional.
Hilton Brussels
38 Boulevard de Waterloo, 1000 Brussels, Belgium
Tel: +32 (0)2 504 1111 Fax: +32 (0)2 504 2111
Reservations: hilton.com
hilton.com Hilton Reservations Worldwide: 08705 90 90 90

5) Negotiate/convert

I MU
IN

M
M
S

D
T R
6) Confirm booking or release A N
D A

Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 6 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 7
brand applications manual brand applications manual

2.4 Hotel Conference and Events Folder: Hotel Conference and Events Folder –
Exterior image driven – Hilton Business curve at the top only (horizontal) – minimum standard Front Cover Option One:
A hotel conference and events folder, with option of business card insertion, is for the exclusive use of containing and presenting
Exterior image driven – Hilton Business curve at the top only (horizontal) – minimum standard
information on a specific hotel's conference and events services and facilities (not leisure or a combination of business and leisure) in a
consistent and highly professional way.
This minimum standard front cover option is to be used if the exterior of the hotel and/or its setting is one of the main USPs/key features,
and you have a single compelling image that captures this.

Caledonian Hilton Edinburgh

Princes Street, Edinburgh,
United Kingdom EH1 2AB

Telephone: +44-131-2228888
Fax: +44-131-2228889
Email: info.edinburghcaledonian@hilton.com

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk

Front cover Back cover

Robert J. Harvey
General Manager
Lorem ipsum
Sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit,
Sed diam nonummy nibh euismod
T: + 1234 5678 90123
Fax: + 1234 5678 90123
email: aliquip ex ea commodo couat.

Inside spread – no capacity pocket

IMU M
N

I
M

D
S

R
T A A
N D

Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 8 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 9
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Hotel Conference and Events Folder –

Page layout shown at 65% actual size Front Cover Option One:
Exterior image driven – Hilton Business curve at the top only (horizontal) – minimum standard

The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram

must be adhered to.
1.

1. The Hilton Business curve must appear in Hilton

Blue or in one of the colours of the Hilton supporting
colour palette – see Section 3 of the Hilton Identity
Guidelines Update Manual
2.
135mm
2. The Hilton Property Brand must appear in the Hilton
<Insert Hilton Property Business curve, centred and in proportion as
Brand Logo Here> shown here

3. A single image must be used – see Section 10 of the

Hilton Identity Guidelines Update Manual for
photography guidance

170mm
3.

<Insert Image Here>

225mm

Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 10 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 11
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Hotel Conference and Events Folder – Hotel Conference and Events Folder –
Front Cover Option Two: Front Cover Option Two:
Multi image and proposition driven – optional standard Multi image and proposition driven – optional standard
This builds on option one, but also includes three additional images to pictorially provide a fuller picture of the hotel’s key features, in
support of the hotel proposition, for example as in the illustration ‘A central riverside location, with modern, stylish interiors and state-of-
the-art facilities’. The main image for this option can only be of the hotel’s exterior.
Additional images could be relevant Hilton generic photography or images that convey the hotel’s USPs/key features.

A C E N T R A L R I V E R S I D E L O C AT I O N , W I T H M O D E R N ,
S T Y L I S H I N T E R I O R S A N D S TAT E - O F - T H E - A RT FA C I L I T I E S

I
PT ON
O

A
L
S
T
A
N D A R D

Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 12 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 13
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Hotel Conference and Events Folder –

Page layout shown at 65% actual size Front Cover – Option Two:
225mm Multi image and proposition driven – optional standard

1. The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram

must be adhered to.
2.
70mm 1. The Hilton Business curve must appear in Hilton
<Insert Hilton Property Blue or in one of the colours of the Hilton supporting
Brand Here> colour palette – see Section 3 of the Hilton Identity
Guidelines Update Manual

2. The Hilton Property Brand must appear centred and

proportional as shown here

3. One main image and three supporting additional

images must be incorporated within the design layout
– see Section 10 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines
Update Manual for photography guidance

Note – Three supporting additional images must have

235mm
a white keyline around them. Line weight 1pt.
3.
4. The bottom panel must appear in the same colour as
the top panel
150mm
<Insert Image Here> 5. The hotel proposition – a short statement that
highlights the key feature and/or benefits the hotel
provides – must be displayed within the designated
text area – try to keep this to less than 15 words. One
of the two Hilton supporting typefaces must be used –
either Bodoni Antiqua or Univers – see Section 3 of the
Hilton Identity Guidelines Update Manual. Text should
be sized in proportion, with 8pt size as a recommended
minimum for A4

4.

<Insert Image
5. Here
>
25mmx25mm 28mm
<Insert Text Here> 3.
85mm
<Insert Image <Insert Image
Here> Here>
25mmx25mm 25mmx25m
m

157mm 28mm

Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 14 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 15
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Hotel Conference and Events Folder – Hotel Conference and Events Folder –
Inside Spread: Inside Spread:
Minimum standard Minimum standard
The inside spread contains no copy or images. The pocket has ‘no capacity’, but has two die-cuts to hold the business card of the hotel
contact who is handling the customer enquiry.

John Smith
Events Manager
Caledonian Hilton Edinburgh
Princes Street, Edinburgh,
United Kingdom EH1 2AB

Telephone: +44-131-2228888
Fax: +44-131-2228889
Email: info.edinburghcaledonian@hilton.com

Inside spread – no capacity pocket

IMU M
N

I
M

D
S

R
T A A
N D

Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 16 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 17
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Page layout shown at 33% actual size

Hotel Conference and Events Folder –
Inside Spread:
Minimum standard
225mm
The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram
2. must be adhered to.
1.

1. The inside front cover must appear in the same colour

as the front cover. No copy or images are permitted on
the inside front cover

2. The inside back cover must appear in the same colour

as the front cover. No copy or images are permitted on
the inside back cover

3. No capacity pocket
305mm
4. Two die-cuts to hold business card to be located as
indicated on the proportional diagram
195mm

3. 4.
Lorem Ipsum

100mm General Manager

Lorem ipsum
Sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit,
Sed diam nonummy nibh euismod
T: + 1234 5678 90123
Fax: + 1234 5678 90123
email: aliquip ex ea commodo couat.
hilton.co.uk
4.

455mm

Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 18 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 19
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Hotel Conference and Events Folder – Hotel Conference and Events Folder –
Back Cover: Back Cover:
Minimum standard Minimum standard
The back cover is personalised with the Hotel Property Brand and contact details.

Caledonian Hilton Edinburgh

Princes Street, Edinburgh,
United Kingdom EH1 2AB

Telephone: +44-131-2228888
Fax: +44-131-2228889
Email: info.edinburghcaledonian@hilton.com

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk

IMU M
N

I
M

D
S

R
T A A
N D

Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 20 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 21
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Page layout shown at 65% actual size

Hotel Conference and Events Folder –
Back Cover:
225mm Minimum standard

1. The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram

must be adhered to.

1. The back cover must appear in the same colour as the

front cover

2. The Hilton Property Brand must appear centred and

in proportion as shown here

3. The generic hotel contact details must be inserted,

centred and in proportion using the Univers font in
10pt size, with 14pt leading

4. Insert the company strapline (all upper case,

2. Univers 65 bold) and the ‘standardised call to action’,
using your country-specific URL (‘For the best rates,
<Insert Hilton Property visit’, to appear in upper and lower case, Univers 45
Brand Here> light’, ‘country-specific URL’ to appear in all lower
case, Univers 65 bold all 13pt in size, as shown here

3.
305mm

<Insert Address and Contact

Details Here>

4.
TAKE ME TO THE HILTON For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk

Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 22 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 23
brand applications manual brand applications manual

2.5 Hotel Fact Sheet – Two Page: Hotel Fact Sheet – Two Page – Front Cover:
A hotel fact sheet provides an illustrated snapshot of the hotel's main facilities and location and summarises its conference and events Minimum standard
services and facilities in greater detail, such as meeting/event room sizes and dimensions.

Note – An alternative ‘multi’ picture front cover design option is available for the Hotel Fact Sheet – see pages 33 - 35 for
further information.

Two page hotel fact sheet

Hotel Services On-Site Leisure Facilities General Information

• Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam • In hendrerit in vulputate velit esse molestie Currency – Consequat
• Quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper • Consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat Car Parking – Ut wisi enim ad
• Cipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo • Facilisis at vero eros et Ut wisi enim ad Nearest Airport – Illamcorper suscipit
• Consequat. Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor • Illamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip
• In hendrerit in vulputate velit esse molestie
• Ea commodo consequat. Duis autem vel
• Consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat To book call Hilton Reservations
• Ea commodo consequat. Duis autem vel Worldwide on
Nearby Leisure Facilities
• Illamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip
• In hendrerit in vulputate velit esse molestie 08705 515151
• Ea commodo consequat. Duis autem vel
• Consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat or visit
• eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate
• Facilisis at vero eros et Ut wisi enim ad hilton.com/melbourne
• Esse molestie consequat, vel illum dolore
• Eu feugiat nulla facilisis • Ea commodo consequat. Duis autem

Suggested Room Layouts

Top Top
Top
Table Table
Table

HHHHH
Boardroom Banquet Reception
Hilton Melbourne International Airport Theatre Classroom Cabaret U-shape

Arrival Drive, Melbourne Airport, Melbourne, Australia, 3045

Tel: +61-3-8336 2000 ext: 201/220 Fax: +61-3-8336 2001 email: melbourne@hilton.co.uk/melbourne web: hilton.com/melbourne Events Facilities and Hilton Meetings Rooms
Air-conditioning

Natural daylight
Guest Rooms Dining and Entertainment
(Ceiling Height

Sound System
Dinner Dance

Dimensions
Boardroom

Chandelier
Classroom

Reception

Room Type: 71 Ut wisi enim ad

min-max)

Blackout
U-Shape

Banquet

3 Phase
Caberet
Theatre

Dimmer
Floor

Room Type: 125 Minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation

Room Type: 10 ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex
Room Type: 404 ea commodo consequat. Duis autem vel eum Lorem XX XX XX XX XXX XXX XXX XXX Lorem Ipsum XX.Xm x XX.Xm x X.Xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Room Type: 5 Lorem ipsum Ipsum Suite XX XX XX XX XXX XXX XXX XXX Lorem Ipsum XX.Xm x XX.Xm x X.Xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Total: 615 Dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, Imperdiet XX XX XX XX XXX XXX XXX XXX Lorem Ipsum XX.Xm x XX.Xm x X.Xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
sed diam nonummy nibh euis quam erat volut- Eleifend XX XX XX XX XXX XXX XXX XXX Lorem Ipsum XX.Xm x XX.Xm x X.Xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Guest Room Facilities
pat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nos- Adelphi II XX XX XX XX XXX XXX XXX XXX Lorem Ipsum XX.Xm x XX.Xm x X.Xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Location • Veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullam
trud exerci tation. Adelphi III XX XX XX XX XXX XXX XXX XXX Lorem Ipsum XX.Xm x XX.Xm x X.Xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer • Corp er suscipit lobortis nisl ut Eleifend II XX XX XX XX XXX XXX XXX XXX Lorem Ipsum XX.Xm x XX.Xm x X.Xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Duis autem
adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euis • Uis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit Autem XX XX XX XX XXX XXX XXX XXX Lorem Ipsum XX.Xm x XX.Xm x X.Xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate
quam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim • Corp er suscipit lobortis nisl ut
velit esse option congue nihil Imperdiet
veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation. Duis • Lorem ipsum dolor sit
doming id quod mazim placerat
autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in • Ut wisi enim ad Call our dedicated events and meetings managers on
vulputate velit esse option congue nihil xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxx
Check-In 12.10
Imperdiet doming id quod mazim placerat
facer possim assum. Lorem ipsum dolor sit Check Out 12.10

amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed. vero

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON For the best rates, visit hilton.com

HHHHH

Front cover Back cover Hilton Melbourne International Airport

Arrival Drive, Melbourne Airport, Melbourne, Australia, 3045
Tel: +61-3-8336 2000 ext: 201/220 Fax: +61-3-8336 2001 email: melbourne@hilton.co.uk/melbourne web: hilton.com/melbourne

Guest Rooms Dining and Entertainment

Room Type: 71 Ut wisi enim ad
Room Type: 125 Minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation
Room Type: 10 ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex
Room Type: 404 ea commodo consequat. Duis autem vel eum
Room Type: 5 Lorem ipsum
Total: 615 Dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit,
sed diam nonummy nibh euis quam erat volut-
Guest Room Facilities
pat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nos-
Location • Veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullam
trud exerci tation.
HHHHH
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer • Corp er suscipit lobortis nisl ut
Hilton Melbourne International Airport Duis autem
Arrival Drive, Melbourne Airport, Melbourne, Australia, 3045
adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euis • Uis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit
Tel: +61-3-8336 2000 ext: 201/220 Fax: +61-3-8336 2001 email: melbourne@hilton.co.uk/melbourne web: hilton.com/melbourne
Vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate
quam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim • Corp er suscipit lobortis nisl ut
Guest Rooms
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer
Guest Room Facilities
Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud
velit esse option congue nihil Imperdiet
adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euis exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl
veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation. Duis • Lorem ipsum dolor sit
quam erat volutpat. Lorem ipsum dolor sit ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat. Duis doming id quod mazim placerat
amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam
nonummy nibh euis quam erat volutpat. Ut
vulputate velit esse molestie consequa.
Veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullam autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in • Ut wisi enim ad
wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exer- Corp er suscipit lobortis nisl ut
ci tat Lorem Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, con-
sectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy • Uis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit
vulputate velit esse option congue nihil Check-In 12.10
Location • Corp er suscipit lobortis nisl ut
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer Room Type: 50 • Lorem ipsum dolor sit Imperdiet doming id quod mazim placerat
adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euis Room Type: 50 • Ut wisi enim ad
quam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim
veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation. Duis autem
Room Type:
Room Type:
50
50
• Uis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit
• Corp er suscipit lobortis nisl ut
facer possim assum. Lorem ipsum dolor sit Check Out 12.10
vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate Room Type: 50 • Lorem ipsum dolor sit
velit esse option congue nihil Imperdiet dom-
ing id quod mazim placerat facer possim
Room Type: 50 • Ut wisi enim ad amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed. vero
Total: 300
assum.Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, con-
sectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy
nibh euis quam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad
Check-In 12.10

minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tat Lorem Check Out 12.10

IMU M
Alternative front cover design N

I
M
– see pages 33 - 35 for further information

D
S

R
T A A
N D

Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 24 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 25
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Page layout shown at 65% actual size Hotel Fact Sheet – Two Page – Front Cover:
Minimum standard
210mm
The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram
1. must be adhered to.
2.
40mm <Insert Hilton Property
The Hilton Business curve must appear in
Brand Here> 1.
60mm Hilton Blue or in one of the colours of the Hilton
supporting colour palette – see Section 3 of the Hilton
Identity Guidelines Update Manual

3.
2. The Hilton Property Brand must appear in the Hilton
Business curve, centred and proportional as
shown here

3. A single hotel exterior image must be applied within

the second Hilton Business curve – see Section 10 of
the Hilton Identity Guidelines Update Manual for
<Insert Image Here> photography guidance
124mm
105mm 4. Insert the hotel name (in Bodoni typeface) must appear
in 19pt size. The address and contact details (in
Univers typeface) must appear in 9pt size.

Note – Only insert star rating if applicable to your

hotel/region.
297mm
4. Insert: Star Rating – if applicable to your region/hotel 5. Insert hotel location map as shown here
Property Name
Address 6. Insert directions to the hotel plus a summary of the
Tel/Extn/Fax/Email/Web Address (Hotel Specific) 22.5mm non-meetings/conference events facilities such as
bedrooms, executive floor, restaurants and health club
Guest Rooms Dining and Entertainment facilities. The text must appear in three columns,
5. Room Type XX
Room Type XX
Univers typeface, in proportion with 8pt size as
<Insert Location Room Type XX 42.5mm required minimum
Map Here> 6.
Room Type XX
Room Type XX Note – For each bar and restaurant, please
Total XX
6. Insert Text Here summarise style, and food & beverage available.
133mm Guest Room Facilities
(100 Words Max)
Location 7. Insert two hotel images (to illustrate copy in area 6) as
6. Insert Text Here 30.5mm shown here
(13 Bullets Max)
Insert Text Here
(100 Words Max)
Check-In XX.XX
<Insert 7. <Insert
Image Image 24mm
Here> Here>
Check Out XX.XX

12.5mm

55mm 55mm 55mm

12mm 10.5mm 10.5mm 12mm

Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 26 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 27
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Hotel Fact Sheet – Two Page – Back Cover:

Hotel Fact Sheet – Two Page – Back Cover: Minimum standard
Minimum standard
This page provides detailed information on the hotel’s meetings, conference and events facilities and capabilities.

Hotel Services On-Site Leisure Facilities General Information

• Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam • In hendrerit in vulputate velit esse molestie Currency – Consequat
• Quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper • Consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat Car Parking – Ut wisi enim ad
• Cipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo • Facilisis at vero eros et Ut wisi enim ad Nearest Airport – Illamcorper suscipit
• Consequat. Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor • Illamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip
• In hendrerit in vulputate velit esse molestie
• Ea commodo consequat. Duis autem vel
• Consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat To book call Hilton Reservations
• Ea commodo consequat. Duis autem vel Worldwide on
Nearby Leisure Facilities
• Illamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip
• In hendrerit in vulputate velit esse molestie 08705 515151
• Ea commodo consequat. Duis autem vel
• Consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat or visit
• eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate
• Facilisis at vero eros et Ut wisi enim ad hilton.com/melbourne
• Esse molestie consequat, vel illum dolore
• Eu feugiat nulla facilisis • Ea commodo consequat. Duis autem

Suggested Room Layouts

Top Top
Top
Table Table
Table

Theatre Classroom Cabaret U-shape Boardroom Banquet Reception

Events Facilities and Hilton Meetings Rooms

Natural daylight
Air-conditioning
(Ceiling Height

Sound System
Dinner Dance

Dimensions
Boardroom

Chandelier
Classroom

Reception

min-max)

Blackout
U-Shape

Banquet

3 Phase
Caberet
Theatre

Dimmer
Floor
Lorem XX XX XX XX XXX XXX XXX XXX Lorem Ipsum XX.Xm x XX.Xm x X.Xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Ipsum Suite XX XX XX XX XXX XXX XXX XXX Lorem Ipsum XX.Xm x XX.Xm x X.Xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Imperdiet XX XX XX XX XXX XXX XXX XXX Lorem Ipsum XX.Xm x XX.Xm x X.Xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Eleifend XX XX XX XX XXX XXX XXX XXX Lorem Ipsum XX.Xm x XX.Xm x X.Xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Adelphi II XX XX XX XX XXX XXX XXX XXX Lorem Ipsum XX.Xm x XX.Xm x X.Xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Adelphi III XX XX XX XX XXX XXX XXX XXX Lorem Ipsum XX.Xm x XX.Xm x X.Xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Eleifend II XX XX XX XX XXX XXX XXX XXX Lorem Ipsum XX.Xm x XX.Xm x X.Xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Autem XX XX XX XX XXX XXX XXX XXX Lorem Ipsum XX.Xm x XX.Xm x X.Xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •

Call our dedicated events and meetings managers on

xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxx

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON For the best rates, visit hilton.com

IMU M
N

I
M

D
S

R
T A A
N D

Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 28 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 29
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Page layout shown at 65% actual size Hotel Fact Sheet – Two Page – Back Cover:
Minimum standard
70mm 70mm 70mm
The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram must
1. 1. 1. be adhered to.

1. Insert three images that highlight the hotel’s meetings,

<Insert Image Here> <Insert Image Here> <Insert Image Here> 50mm conference and events capabilities

2. Insert a summary of the hotel’s services, on-site leisure

facilities and nearby facilities, plus general information.
The text can appear in one, two or three columns, Univers
Hotel Services On-Site Leisure Facilities General Information typeface, in proportion, with 8pt size as the
Currency Insert Local Currency Here 2.
Car Parking Insert Number of Car Park Spaces Here
recommended minimum
2. Insert Text Here
Nearest Airport Insert Name of Nearest Airport Here

(5 Bullets Max) 3. Insert local Hilton Reservations Worldwide telephone

Insert Text Here 3. number, plus the hotel-specific URL. The text must appear
(11 Bullets Max) 2. To book call Hilton Reservations in Univers typeface, sized in proportion, with 8pt size as a
Worldwide on
Nearby Leisure Facilities Insert Telephone Number Here recommended minimum. The tint value of the box is 20%
or visit
Insert Text Here Insert Hotel-Specific URL Here 4. Insert suggested room layouts – available on the
(5 Bullets Max)
‘Online Hilton Brand/Logo Library’ on
hiltoncreativelibrary.com
257mm Suggested Room Layouts
5. Insert room specific information in Univers typeface,
4. in proportion with 8pt size as the recommended minimum.
The tint value of the bands vary between 10% and 30%

6. Hilton Business curve must be applied as shown here

Events Facilities and Hilton Meetings Rooms 7. Insert the company strapline (all upper case, Univers 65
bold) and the ‘standardised call to action’, using your
Natural daylight
Air-conditioning
(Ceiling Height

5.
Sound System
Dinner Dance

country-specific URL (‘For the best rates, visit’, to appear

Dimensions
Boardroom

Chandelier
Classroom

Reception

min-max)

Blackout
U-Shape

Banquet

3 Phase
Caberet
Theatre

Dimmer

in upper and lower case, Univers 45 light’, ‘country-

Floor

specific URL’ to appear in all lower case, Univers 65 bold)

Lorem XX XX XX XX XXX XXX XXX XXX Lorem Ipsum Xm x Xm x Xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • • as shown here
Ipsum Suite XX XX XX XX XXX XXX XXX XXX Lorem Ipsum Xm x Xm x Xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Imperdiet XX XX XX XX XXX XXX XXX XXX Lorem Ipsum Xm x Xm x Xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Eleifend XX XX XX XX XXX XXX XXX XXX Lorem Ipsum Xm x Xm x Xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Adelphi II XX XX XX XX XXX XXX XXX XXX Lorem Ipsum Xm x Xm x Xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Adelphi III XX XX XX XX XXX XXX XXX XXX Lorem Ipsum Xm x Xm x Xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Eleifend II XX XX XX XX XXX XXX XXX XXX Lorem Ipsum Xm x Xm x Xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Autem XX XX XX XX XXX XXX XXX XXX Lorem Ipsum Xm x Xm x Xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •

Call our dedicated events and meetings managers on

6. xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxx

40mm
TAKE ME TO THE HILTON 7. For the best rates, visit hilton.com
7mm
210mm

8mm 8mm

Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 30 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 31
brand applications manual brand applications manual

2.6 Hotel Fact Sheet – Four Page: Hotel Fact Sheet – Four Page – Front Cover:
Optional standard Optional standard

A hotel fact sheet provides an illustrated snapshot of the hotel’s main facilities and location and summarises its conference and events
services and facilities in greater detail, such as meeting/event room sizes and dimensions. A four page hotel fact sheet is used for
specialist meeting/event hotels, and therefore requires a greater amount and depth of information to be provided.

Note – an alternative ‘single’ image front cover design is available for the Hotel Fact Sheet – see pages 25 - 27 for further information.

Four page hotel fact sheet

Events and Meetings

– Capabilities and Services Nearby Corporations
• Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam
Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit esse • Quis nostrud exerci tation
molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at vero eros • Consequat, vel illum dolore eu
et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit praesent luptatum zzril • Tate velit esse molestie consequat
delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi. Lorem ipsum dolor sit • Cipit lobortis nisl ut
amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod tin- • Minim veniam, quis nostrud
cidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat. • Consequat iure dolor
delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi. Lorem ipsum dolor sit • In hendrerit in vulputate velit esse
amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod tinUt
wisi enim ad Nearby Facilities
• Consequat, vel illum dolore eu
Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit esse • Minim veniam, quis nostrud
molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at vero eros • Facilisis at veiure dolor in hendrerit in
HHHHH et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit praesent luptatum zzril • Minim veniam, quis nostrud
delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi. Lorem ipsum dolor sit • Minim quis nostrud HHHHH
Hilton Newcastle Gateshead amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod tin-
Bottle Bank, Gateshead, Newcastle upon Tyne, NE8 2AR cidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat.
• Cipit lobortis nisl
• Consequat. iure dolor
Hilton Newcastle Gateshead
Tel: +44 (0) 191 490 9700 ext: 201/220 Fax: +44 (0) 191 490 9800 email: newcastle@hilton.co.uk/newcastle web: hilton.co.uk/newcastle delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi. Lorem ipsum dolor sit Bottle Bank, Gateshead, Newcastle upon Tyne, NE8 2AR
Tel: +44 (0) 191 490 9700 ext: 201/220 Fax: +44 (0) 191 490 9800 email: newcastle@hilton.co.uk/newcastle web: hilton.co.uk/newcastle
amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod tinUt
General Information
wisi enim ad
Newcastle
Guest Rooms Guest Room Facilities Consequat. Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit Guest Rooms Guest Room Facilities
A19

A191
Airport esse molestie consequat, vel Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit Newcastle

A19
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud Airport A191 Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud
A1
ypa s s

• Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam

A1
in vulputate velit esse molestie.
yp as s
adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euis exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euis exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl
nB

A696 • Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam nB

A1058 quam erat volutpat. Lorem ipsum dolor sit ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat. Duis A696
ter

quam erat volutpat. Lorem ipsum dolor sit ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat. Duis
ter

A1058
• Quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper
es

A1058
es

Currency – Consequat
W

A1058
W

A69 amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam vulputate velit esse molestie consequa. A69 amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam vulputate velit esse molestie consequa.
Newcastle-upon-Tyne • Cipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo Newcastle-upon-Tyne
A193
nonummy nibh euis quam erat volutpat. Ut Veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullam Car Parking – Ut wisi enim ad A193
• Consequat. Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor nonummy nibh euis quam erat volutpat. Ut Veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullam
Nearest Airport – Illamcorper suscipit

A1
wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exer- Corp er suscipit lobortis nisl ut
A1

wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exer- Corp er suscipit lobortis nisl ut

9
• In hendrerit in vulputate velit esse molestie Tyne
9

Tyne Gateshead Tunnel

Gateshead Tunnel
ci tat Lorem Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, con- • Consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat ci tat Lorem Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, con-

HHHHH
sectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy • Uis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit • Facilisis at vero eros et Ut wisi enim ad sectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy • Uis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit
Location • Corp er suscipit lobortis nisl ut • Minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation Location • Corp er suscipit lobortis nisl ut
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer Room Type: 50 • Lorem ipsum dolor sit ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip To book call Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer Room Type: 50 • Lorem ipsum dolor sit
adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euis Room Type: 50 • Ut wisi enim ad • Ea commodo consequat. Duis autem vel Hilton Reservations Worldwide on adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euis Room Type: 50 • Ut wisi enim ad
quam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim Room Type: 50 • Uis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate 08705 515151 quam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim Room Type: 50 • Uis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit
veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation. Duis autem
vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate
velit esse option congue nihil Imperdiet dom-
Room Type:
Room Type:
Room Type:
50
50
50
• Corp er suscipit lobortis nisl ut
• Lorem ipsum dolor sit
• Ut wisi enim ad
• Esse molestie consequat, vel illum dolore
or visit
hilton.co.uk/newcastle
veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation. Duis autem
vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate
velit esse option congue nihil Imperdiet dom-
Room Type:
Room Type:
Room Type:
50
50
50
• Corp er suscipit lobortis nisl ut
• Lorem ipsum dolor sit
• Ut wisi enim ad
Hilton Newcastle Gateshead
ing id quod mazim placerat facer possim Total: 300 ing id quod mazim placerat facer possim Total: 300
assum.Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, con- assum.Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, con- Bottle Bank, Gateshead, Newcastle upon Tyne, NE8 2AR
sectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy sectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy
nibh euis quam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad
Check-In 12.10
nibh euis quam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad
Check-In 12.10
Tel: +44 (0) 191 490 9700 ext: 201/220 Fax: +44 (0) 191 490 9800 email: newcastle@hilton.co.uk/newcastle web: hilton.co.uk/newcastle
minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tat Lorem Check Out 12.10 minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tat Lorem Check Out 12.10

For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk TAKE ME TO THE HILTON

Newcastle
Guest Rooms Guest Room Facilities

A1
A191
Front cover Back cover Alternative front cover design – see

9
Airport
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud

A1
ss
By p a
adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euis exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl
pages 25 - 27 for further information A69

rn
6 A1058 quam erat volutpat. Lorem ipsum dolor sit ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat. Duis

te
es
A1058

W
A69
Newcastle-upon-Tyne
amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam vulputate velit esse molestie consequa.
A193
Events and Meetings Facilities nonummy nibh euis quam erat volutpat. Ut Veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullam
Soluta nobis eleifend option congue nihil imperdiet doming id quod mazim placeratSuez Gulf at 80km on the tunnel Road El Tor in one of the most
spe ctacular spots in the province of Sinai. Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor
wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exer- Corp er suscipit lobortis nisl ut

A1
placeratSuez Gulf at 80km on the tunnel Road El Tor in one of the most

9
spe ctacular spots in the province of Sinai. Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor
in hendrerit in vulputate velit esse molestie consequat, vel illu Soluta Call our dedicated events and meetings
Tyne
Gateshead Tunnel
nobis eleifend option congue nihil imperdiet doming id quod mazim Managers on xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxx ci tat Lorem Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, con-
Suggested Room Layouts sectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy • Uis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit
Top
Table
Top
Table
Top
Table
Dining and Entertainment
adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euis
Hotel Services
0km on the tunnel Road El Tor in one of the
Local Attractions
Riure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit esse
Location • Corp er suscipit lobortis nisl ut
quam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim
veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation. Duis
most spectac ular spots in the province of
Sinai. illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at
molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feu-
giat nulla facilisis at vero eros et sequat, vel
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer Room Type: 50 • Lorem ipsum dolor sit
Theatre Classroom Cabaret U-shape Boardroom Banquet Reception

autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vero eros et 0km on the tunnel Road El Tor in illum dolore
Sinai. Riure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate diam nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euis Room Type: 50 • Ut wisi enim ad
nulla facilisis at vero eros et sequat, vel illum laoreet suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex • Esse molestie consequat
Events Facilities and Hilton Meetings Rooms dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at vero eros et
0km on the tunnel Road El Tor in diam non-
spectac ular spots in the province of Sinai.
illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at vero
• Vel illum dolore eu
• Feugiat nulla facilisis
quam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim Room Type: 50 • Uis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit
• At vero eros et sequat
ummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet
Air-conditioning

Natural daylight

veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation. Duis autem Room Type: 50 • Corp er suscipit lobortis nisl ut
(Ceiling Height

Sound System
Dinner Dance

• Soluta nobis eleifend

On-Site Leisure
Dimensions
Boardroom

Chandelier
Classroom

Reception
U-Shaped

min-max)

Blackout

• Option congue nihil imperdiet

Banquet

3 Phase
Cabaret
Theatre

Dimmer

Caffe Cino Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer

Floor

• Doming id quod mazim placerat

In vulputate velit esse molestie consequat, adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euis
quam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim
• Duis autem vel eum iriure vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate Room Type: 50 • Lorem ipsum dolor sit
vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • • • Dolor in hendrerit
veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation. Duis
vero eros et sequat, vel illum dolore eu feu-
Lorem Ipsum
Lorem Ipsum
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
Lorem Ipsum
Lorem Ipsum
x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH)
x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• giat nulla. autem vel eum iriure dolor in hen-
autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in
• Vel illum dolore eu
• Esse molestie consequat,
velit esse option congue nihil Imperdiet dom- Room Type: 50 • Ut wisi enim ad
vulputate velit esse option congue nihil
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • • drerit in vulputate velit esse option. • Vel illum doloreut aliquip ex ea com
Lorem Ipsum
Lorem Ipsum
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
Lorem Ipsum
Lorem Ipsum
x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH)
x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Impadipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh
euis quam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad
modo consequat. Riure dolor in ing id quod mazim placerat facer possim Total: 300
• Hendrerit in vulputate velit soluta nobis
minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tat Lorem
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
• Soluta nobis eleifend
• Option congue nihil imperdiet
• Doming id quod mazim placerat
assum.Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, con-
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
• Duis autem vel eum iriure
• Option congue nihil imperdiet
Lorem Ipsum
Lorem Ipsum
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
Lorem Ipsum
Lorem Ipsum
x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH)
x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• • Doming id quod mazim placerat
• Dolor in hendrerit sectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy
Lorem Ipsum
Lorem Ipsum
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
Lorem Ipsum
Lorem Ipsum
x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH)
x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Windows on the Tyne
In vulputate velit esse molestie consequat,
• Duis autem vel eum iriure
• Dolor in hendrerit
• Vel illum dolore eu
• Esse molestie consequat,
nibh euis quam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad
Check-In 12.10
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • • • Vel illum doloreut aliquip ex ea com
vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at • Vel illum dolore eu
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • • modo consequat. Riure dolor in
vero eros et sequat, vel illum dolore eu feu- • Esse molestie consequat,
Lorem Ipsum
Lorem Ipsum
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
Lorem Ipsum
Lorem Ipsum
x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH)
x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH)
•
• •
• •
•
•
• •
• •
•
•
•
giat nulla facilisis at vero eros et 0km on the • Vel illum doloreut aliquip ex ea com
• Hendrerit in vulputate velit
• Soluta nobis eleifend
minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tat Lorem Check Out 12.10
euismod tincidunt ut laoreet suscipit lobortis modo consequat. Riure dolor in
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • • • Option congue nihil imperdiet
• Hendrerit in vulputate velit
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • • nisl ut aliquip ex ea commo quat, vel illum
• Doming id quod mazim placerat
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • • dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis • Duis autem vel eum iriure
Nearby Leisure Facilities
• Dolor in hendrerit
• Vel illum doloreut aliquip ex ea com
modo consequat. Riure dolor in
• Duis autem vel eum iriure
• Dolor in hendrerit
• In vulputate velit
• Esse molestie consequat,
• Hendrerit in vulputate velit

I
PT ON
O

A
L
Inside spread

S
T
A
N D A R D

Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 32 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 33
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Page layout shown at 65% actual size Hotel Fact Sheet – Four Page – Front Cover:
Optional standard
210mm
The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram
1. must be adhered to.
2.
40mm <Insert Hilton Property Brand Here>
1. The Hilton Business curve must appear in
Hilton Blue or in one of the colours of the Hilton
61mm supporting colour palette – see Section 3 of the Hilton
Identity Guidelines Update Manual
3.
2. The Hilton Property Brand must appear in the Hilton
Business curve, centred and proportional as
3.
shown here

86mm <Insert Image Here> 43mm 3. Three images must be applied within the second
Hilton Business curve to illustrate the hotel’s key
<Insert Image Here> feature/USP, of which one must be of the hotel’s
exterior – see Section 10 of the Hilton Identity
Guidelines Update Manual for photography guidance
3.
4. Insert the hotel name (in Bodoni typeface) must appear
<Insert Image Here> 43mm in 19pt size. The address and contact details (in
Univers typeface) must appear in 9pt size.
4.
Insert: Star Rating – if applicable to your region/hotel Note – Only insert star rating if applicable to your
Property Name
Address
hotel/region.
Tel/Extn/Email/Web Address (Hotel Specific)
20.5mm
5. Insert the hotel map as shown here
Guest Rooms Guest Room Facilities
Insert Text/Bullets Here
5. 6. Insert directions to the hotel, plus a summary of the
(100 Words Max)
non-meetings/conference/events facilities such as
<Insert Map Here>
Insert Introduction Text 42.5mm bedrooms, Executive Floor, restaurants and health club
Here (50 Words max) facilities. The text must appear in 3 columns, Univers
6. typeface, sized in proportion, with 8pt size as the
Room Type: xx recommended minimum
Location Room Type: xx
6.
Room Type: xx
7. Insert two hotel images (to reflect copy in area 6) as
6. Room Type: xx
shown here
Insert Text Here
Room Type: xx
50.5mm
Room Type: xx
(100 Words Max) Total: xx

Check-In
XX.XX
Check Out <Insert 7. <Insert
XX.XX Image Image 24mm
Here> Here>

12.5mm

55mm 55mm 55mm

12mm 10.5mm 10.5mm 12mm

Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 34 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 35
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Hotel Fact Sheet – Four Page – Inside Spread (A):

Hotel Fact Sheet – Four Page – Inside Spread (A): Optional standard
Optional standard
This page is used to summarise other hotel facilities plus nearby leisure facilities and local attractions.

Dining and Entertainment Hotel Services Local Attractions

adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euis 0km on the tunnel Road El Tor in one of the Riure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit esse
quam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim most spectac ular spots in the province of molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feu-
veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation. Duis Sinai. illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at giat nulla facilisis at vero eros et sequat, vel
autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vero eros et 0km on the tunnel Road El Tor in illum dolore
Sinai. Riure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate diam nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
nulla facilisis at vero eros et sequat, vel illum laoreet suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex • Esse molestie consequat
dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at vero eros et spectac ular spots in the province of Sinai. • Vel illum dolore eu

0km on the tunnel Road El Tor in diam non- illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at vero • Feugiat nulla facilisis
• At vero eros et sequat
ummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet
• Soluta nobis eleifend
On-Site Leisure
• Option congue nihil imperdiet
Caffe Cino Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer
• Doming id quod mazim placerat
In vulputate velit esse molestie consequat, adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euis
• Duis autem vel eum iriure
vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at quam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim
• Dolor in hendrerit
veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation. Duis
vero eros et sequat, vel illum dolore eu feu-
• Vel illum dolore eu
autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in
giat nulla. autem vel eum iriure dolor in hen- • Esse molestie consequat,
vulputate velit esse option congue nihil
drerit in vulputate velit esse option. • Vel illum doloreut aliquip ex ea com
Impadipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh
modo consequat. Riure dolor in
euis quam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad
• Hendrerit in vulputate velit soluta nobis
minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tat Lorem
• Option congue nihil imperdiet
• Doming id quod mazim placerat
• Soluta nobis eleifend
• Duis autem vel eum iriure
• Option congue nihil imperdiet
• Dolor in hendrerit
• Doming id quod mazim placerat
Windows on the Tyne • Vel illum dolore eu
• Duis autem vel eum iriure
• Esse molestie consequat,
In vulputate velit esse molestie consequat, • Dolor in hendrerit
• Vel illum doloreut aliquip ex ea com
vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at • Vel illum dolore eu
modo consequat. Riure dolor in
vero eros et sequat, vel illum dolore eu feu- • Esse molestie consequat,
• Hendrerit in vulputate velit
giat nulla facilisis at vero eros et 0km on the • Vel illum doloreut aliquip ex ea com
• Soluta nobis eleifend
euismod tincidunt ut laoreet suscipit lobortis modo consequat. Riure dolor in
• Option congue nihil imperdiet
• Hendrerit in vulputate velit
nisl ut aliquip ex ea commo quat, vel illum
• Doming id quod mazim placerat
dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis • Duis autem vel eum iriure
Nearby Leisure Facilities
• Dolor in hendrerit
• Vel illum doloreut aliquip ex ea com
modo consequat. Riure dolor in
• Duis autem vel eum iriure
• Dolor in hendrerit
• In vulputate velit
• Esse molestie consequat,
• Hendrerit in vulputate velit

I
PT ON
O

A
L
S
T
A
N D A R D

Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 36 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 37
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Page layout shown at 65% actual size Hotel Fact Sheet – Four Page – Inside Spread (A):
Optional standard
70mm 70mm 70mm
The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram
1. must be adhered to.
1. 1.

1. Insert three images that highlight the hotel’s

<Insert Image Here> <Insert Image Here> <Insert Image Here> 55mm dining, entertainment, conference and events
65mm capabilities

2. Insert a summary of the hotel’s dining,

entertainment, hotel services and local attractions .
The text can appear in one, two or three columns,
Dining and Entertainment Hotel Services Local Attractions Univers typeface, in proportion with 8pt size as the
recommended minimum
2.

Insert Text and Insert Text Here Insert Introduction

Restaurant/Bar Logos (100 Words Max) Text Here
Here (25 Words Max)
(160 Words Max)
Insert Bullets Here
(20 Max)

2. 2.

On-Site Leisure Facilities

229.5mm
Insert Text Here
(25 Words Max)

Insert Bullets Here

(12 Max)

Nearby Leisure Facilities

Insert Text Here

(25 Words Max)

Insert Bullets Here

(12 Max)

12.5mm

55mm 55mm 55mm

12mm 10.5mm 10.5mm 12mm

210mm

Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 38 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 39
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Hotel Fact Sheet – Four Page – Inside Spread (B):

Hotel Fact Sheet – Four Page – Inside Spread (B): Optional standard
Optional standard
This page is used to summarise in detail, by room, the possible room set ups and capabilities.

Events and Meetings Facilities

Soluta nobis eleifend option congue nihil imperdiet doming id quod mazim placeratSuez Gulf at 80km on the tunnel Road El Tor in one of the most
placeratSuez Gulf at 80km on the tunnel Road El Tor in one of the most spe ctacular spots in the province of Sinai. Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor
spe ctacular spots in the province of Sinai. Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor
in hendrerit in vulputate velit esse molestie consequat, vel illu Soluta Call our dedicated events and meetings
nobis eleifend option congue nihil imperdiet doming id quod mazim Managers on xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxx

Suggested Room Layouts

Top Top
Top
Table Table
Table

Theatre Classroom Cabaret U-shape Boardroom Banquet Reception

Events Facilities and Hilton Meetings Rooms

Natural daylight
Air-conditioning
(Ceiling Height

Sound System
Dinner Dance

Dimensions
Boardroom

Chandelier
Classroom

Reception
U-Shaped

min-max)

Blackout
Banquet

3 Phase
Cabaret
Theatre

Dimmer
Floor
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •

I
PT ON
O

A
L
S
T
A
N D A R D

Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 40 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 41
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Page layout shown at 65% actual size Hotel Fact Sheet – Four Page – Inside Spread (B):
Optional standard
210mm
The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram
12mm must be adhered to.

Events and Meetings Facilities

Events and Meetings Facilities Text Cont’d 1. Insert information on the hotel’s
1. meeting/conference/events facilities and capabilities.
Insert Text Here (100 Words Max) 34mm The text can appear in one or two columns,
Call our dedicated events and meetings
Managers on xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxx in Univers typeface, in proportion with 8pt
size as the
Suggested Room Layouts recommended minimum
2.
2. Insert suggested room layouts – available in the
<Insert Room Layouts Here> 49mm ‘Online Hilton Brand/Logo Library’ on
hiltoncreativelibrary.com
3.
Insert room specific information in Univers typeface,
in proportion with 8pt size as the recommended minimum.
Events Facilities and Hilton Meetings Rooms The tint value of the bands vary between 10% and 30%
4.
Using a tint of the leaflet’s main colour, create a 20%

Natural daylight
Air-conditioning
(Ceiling Height

Sound System
Dinner Dance

3. tinted box as an additional design feature

Dimensions
Boardroom

Chandelier
Classroom

Reception

min-max)

Blackout
U-Shape

Banquet

3 Phase
Cabaret
Theatre

Dimmer
5.
Floor

Insert two images that highlight the hotel’s

Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • • meetings, conference and events capabilities
297mm Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Lorem Ipsum
Lorem Ipsum
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
xx
Lorem Ipsum
Lorem Ipsum
x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH)
x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
165mm
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •
Lorem Ipsum xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx Lorem Ipsum x.xm x x.xm x x.xm (LxWxH) • • • • • • •

4. 5. 5.
24mm

13mm

118mm 24mm 24mm 24mm

4mm 4mm 12mm

Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 42 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 43
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Hotel Fact Sheet – Four Page – Back Cover:

Hotel Fact Sheet – Four Page – Back Cover: Optional standard
Optional standard
This page is used to summarise events and meetings capabilities and services, plus highlight nearby corporations and facilities and any
additional general information.

Events and Meetings

– Capabilities and Services Nearby Corporations
• Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam
Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit esse • Quis nostrud exerci tation
molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at vero eros • Consequat, vel illum dolore eu
et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit praesent luptatum zzril • Tate velit esse molestie consequat
delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi. Lorem ipsum dolor sit • Cipit lobortis nisl ut
amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod tin- • Minim veniam, quis nostrud
cidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat. • Consequat iure dolor
delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi. Lorem ipsum dolor sit • In hendrerit in vulputate velit esse
amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod tinUt
wisi enim ad Nearby Facilities
• Consequat, vel illum dolore eu
Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit esse • Minim veniam, quis nostrud
molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at vero eros • Facilisis at veiure dolor in hendrerit in
et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit praesent luptatum zzril • Minim veniam, quis nostrud
delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi. Lorem ipsum dolor sit • Minim quis nostrud
amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod tin- • Cipit lobortis nisl
cidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat. • Consequat. iure dolor
delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi. Lorem ipsum dolor sit
amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod tinUt
General Information
wisi enim ad
Consequat. Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit
esse molestie consequat, vel Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit
• Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam in vulputate velit esse molestie.
• Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam
• Quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper
Currency – Consequat
• Cipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo
Car Parking – Ut wisi enim ad
• Consequat. Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor
Nearest Airport – Illamcorper suscipit
• In hendrerit in vulputate velit esse molestie
• Consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat
• Facilisis at vero eros et Ut wisi enim ad
• Minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation
ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip To book call
• Ea commodo consequat. Duis autem vel Hilton Reservations Worldwide on
eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate 08705 515151
• Esse molestie consequat, vel illum dolore
or visit
hilton.co.uk/newcastle

For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk TAKE ME TO THE HILTON

I
PT ON
O

A
L
S
T
A
N D A R D

Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 44 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 45
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Page layout shown at 65% actual size Hotel Fact Sheet – Four Page – Back Cover:
Optional standard
70mm 70mm 70mm
The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram
1. 1. 1. must be adhered to.

1. Insert three images that highlight the hotel’s

<Insert Image Here> <Insert Image Here> <Insert Image Here> 55mm meetings and other hotel facilities, such as bedrooms
and restaurants

2. Insert a summary of the hotel’s meetings, conference,

events facilities and capabilities, plus nearby
10mm corporations and facilities, and general information.
Events and Meetings Nearby Corporations The text must appear in two columns, in Univers
– Capabilities and Services typeface, in proportion, with 8pt size as the
Insert Text/Bullets Here
recommended minimum
Insert Text/Bullets Here (50 Words and/or 10 Bullets Max)
(180 Words and/or 20 Bullets Max)
3. Insert hotel contact details. The text must appear in
Univers typeface, sized in proportion, with 8pt size as
2.
2. 2. a recommended minimum. The tint value of the box is
20%. The size of this box will depend on the amount of
text you wish to insert
Nearby Facilities
Insert Text/Bullets Here
(50 Words and/or 10 Bullets Max) 4. The Hilton Business curve must appear in Hilton Blue
145mm
or in one of the colours of the Hilton supporting colour
palette – see Section 3 of the Hilton Identity
Guidelines Update Manual
General Information
Insert Text/Bullets Here
(40 Words and/or 3 Bullets Max)
5. Insert the company strapline (all upper case, Univers
65 bold) and the ‘standardised call to action’, using
Currency – Insert Local Currency Here your country-specific URL (‘For the best rates, visit’, to
Car Parking – Insert Number of Car Parking appear in upper and lower case, Univers 45 light’,
Spaces Here
‘country-specific URL’ to appear in all lower case,
Nearest Airport – Insert Nearest Airport Here
Univers 65 bold) as shown here

10mm
To book call 3.
Hilton Reservations Worldwide on
Insert Telephone Number Here 37mm
or visit
Insert Country-Specific URL Here

4.
13mm

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON 5. For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk

27mm
8mm
8 8
87mm 87mm

12mm 12mm 12mm

Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 46 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 47
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Hotel Floor Plan – Room Location:

2.7 Hotel Floor Plans: Minimum standard
Two minimum standard floor plan templates have been designed to help the enquirer to plan their event with greater precision by providing
details in addition to just room size dimensions.
The first floor plan template shows a meeting or event room's location in relation to the hotel as a whole, to assist with overall planning
and orientation (Note – If rooms are spread over multi-floors, a series of plans can be developed, or a 3D drawing may be used) and the
second floor plan template shows a more detailed, close-up floor plan of an individual meeting or event room to assist with the detailed
planning of seating and equipment.

Conferences, events and meetings overview

KENSINGTON
SUITE

Holland Room
Conferences, events and meetings overview Conferences, events and meetings floor plans

Napier Room
Warwick Room
OLYMPIA SUITE
KENSINGTON
SUITE

4.9m 5.75m

T P TV T P
Holland Room
Napier Room
Warwick Room

London Room
6.1 m

Concierge
Russell Room
P
7.8m
London Room

Concierge

TV

Broadway Room
P

Bedford Room
Bedford Room

PEMBROKE
PEMBROKE
SUITE

SUITE
T P
Melbury Room

Reception

Entrance
Russell Room

Melbury Room

Reception

Entrance
Russell Room
OLYMPIA

P T
SUITE

Broadway Room

Lifts
Business
Centre

WESTMINSTER SUITE

OLYMPIA
Ladies

Caffé Cino
Gents

SUITE

Broadway Room
12.3m 11m 12.7m

Lifts
Business
FE
Bar

Centre
FE

3P
FE
T P
15.7m

Ladies
15.7m
Battersea Room

Battersea Room

Caffé Cino
Gents
Tower Room

P
Tower Room
9m

TV

T TV P P P
FE
WESTMINSTER
SUITE

23.7m

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk TAKE ME TO THE HILTON For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk

Battersea Room
Tower Room
Room location Room specific

WESTMINSTER
SUITE
TAKE ME TO THE HILTON For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk

IMU M
N

I
M

D
S

R
T A A
N D

Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 48 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 49
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Hotel Floor Plan – Room Location:

Page layout shown at 65% actual size
Minimum standard

210mm
The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram must
be adhered to.
1.
1. The Hilton Business curve must appear in
<Insert Hilton Property Hilton Blue or in one of the colours of the Hilton
Brand Here> 45mm supporting colour palette – see Section 3 of the Hilton
60mm 70mm 2. Identity Guidelines Update Manual

2. The Hilton Property Brand must appear in the Hilton

Conference, events and meetings overview Business curve, right aligned and proportional as
shown here
3.
3. Insert the hotel floor plan centred and proportional as
shown here

4. Insert the company strapline (all upper case, Univers 65

bold) and the ‘standardised call to action’, using your
country-specific URL (‘For the best rates, visit’, to appear
in upper and lower case, Univers 45 light’, ‘country-
specific URL’ to appear in all lower case, Univers 65 bold)
as shown here

<Insert Plan Here> 244mm

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON

4. For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk
8mm
12 12

Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 50 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 51
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Hotel Floor Plan – Room Specific:

Hotel Floor Plan – Room Specific: Minimum standard
Minimum standard
These plans provide a more detailed, close-up floor plan of an individual meeting or event room/suite to assist with the detailed planning of
seating and equipment.

Conferences, events and meetings floor plans

OLYMPIA SUITE

4.9m 5.75m

T P TV T P

6.1 m
Russell Room
P

7.8m
TV

Broadway Room
P

T P

P T

WESTMINSTER SUITE

12.3m 11m 12.7m

FE
Bar

FE

3P
FE
T P

15.7m

15.7m
Battersea Room
P
Tower Room

9m
TV

T TV P P P
FE

23.7m

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk

IMU M
N

I
M

D
S

R
T A A
N D

Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 52 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 53
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Hotel Floor Plan – Room Specific:

Minimum standard
Page layout shown at 65% actual size
The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram
must be adhered to.
210mm
1. The Hilton Business curve must appear in
1. Hilton Blue or in one of the colours of the Hilton
supporting colour palette – see Section 3 of the Hilton
<Insert Hilton Property Identity Guidelines Update Manual
Brand Here> 45mm
2. 2. The Hilton Property Brand must appear in the Hilton
Business curve, right aligned and proportional as
shown here
Conferences, events and meetings floor plans
3. Insert room floor plan centred and proportional as
shown here
3.
4. Insert the keys to the room floor plan within this panel

5. Insert the company strapline (all upper case, Univers

65 bold) and the ‘standardised call to action’, using
your country-specific URL (‘For the best rates, visit’, to
appear in upper and lower case, Univers 45 light’,
‘country-specific URL’ to appear in all lower case,
<Insert Plan Here>
Univers 65 bold) as shown here

244mm

3.

<Insert Plan Here>

<Insert Plan 4.
Key Here>

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON 5. For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk

8mm 8mm
12mm

12mm

Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 54 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 55
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Hotel Menu Template – Option One:

2.8 Hotel Menu Template: Minimum standard
Two A4 menu summary templates have been developed that can be overprinted with details of menu options and must be used if the
enquirer wishes to receive details on conference and events catering.

Enjoy a
wide range
of delicious
dining and
wine
options...

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk

IMU M
N

I
M

D
S

R
T A A
N D

Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 56 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 57
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Page layout shown at 65% actual size Hotel Menu Template – Option One:
Minimum standard
210mm
The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram must
1. be adhered to.

<Insert Hilton Property 1. The Hilton Business curve must appear in

Brand Here> 45mm Hilton Blue or in one of the colours of the Hilton
2. supporting colour palette – see Section 3 of the Hilton
Identity Guidelines Update Manual

2. The Hilton Property Brand must appear in the Hilton

3. Business curve, right aligned and proportional
as shown here
4.
3. Option to overprint or pr-print introduction text within
the designated panel as shown

4. This text space is free for the overprinting of

menu details

5. Insert two images that compliment the hotel’s dining

and catering facilities and capabilities

6. Using a 20% tint of the leaflet’s main colour, create

<Insert Text Here> a box as an additional design feature
<Insert Text Here> 210mm
7. Insert the company strapline (all upper case, Univers 65
bold) and the ‘standardised call to action’, using your
country-specific URL (‘For the best rates, visit’, to appear
in upper and lower case, Univers 45 light’, ‘country-
specific URL’ to appear in all lower case, Univers 65 bold)
as shown here

6. 5. 5.
<Insert Image <Insert Image
24mm x 24mm Here> Here> 24mm
24mm x 24mm 24mm x 24mm

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON 7. For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk 18mm

84mm

12mm

Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 58 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 59
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Hotel Menu Template – Option Two:

Hotel Menu Template – Option Two: Optional standard
Optional standard
This option must be used if you wish to make the food options a ‘hero’, and therefore use larger shots.

Enjoy a
wide range
of delicious
dining and
wine options...

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk

I
PT ON
O

A
L
S
T
A
N D A R D

Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 60 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 61
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Hotel Menu Template – Option Two:

Page layout shown at 65% actual size
Optional standard

210mm
The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram must be
adhered to.
1.
1. The Hilton Business curve must appear in
<Insert Hilton Property Hilton Blue or in one of the colours of the Hilton
Brand Here> 45mm
supporting colour palette – see Section 3 of the Hilton
2. Identity Guidelines Update Manual

2. The Hilton Property Brand must appear in the Hilton

Business curve, right aligned and proportional as shown here
3.
4. 3. Option to overprint or pre-print introductory text within
the designated panel as shown

4. This text space is free for the overprinting of

menu details

5. Insert the company strapline (all upper case, Univers 65

bold) and the ‘standardised call to action’, using your
country-specific URL (‘For the best rates, visit’, to appear
in upper and lower case, Univers 45 light’, ‘country-
specific URL’ to appear in all lower case, Univers 65 bold)
as shown here
<Insert Text Here>
<Insert Text Here> 210mm 6. Insert three images that compliment the hotel’s dining and
catering facilities and capabilities

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON 5. For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk

<Insert Image Here> <Insert Image Here> <Insert Image Here> 42mm
6. 6. 6.
TAKE ME TO THE HILTON

70mm 70mm 70mm

Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 62 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 2 – Conference and Events Literature 63
brand applications manual

Hotel Brochure

UPDATE 2005
3.1 The Hilton Brand Identity – 2
Hotel Brochure Parameters

3.2 A4 Hotel Brochure Front Cover – Options 6

3.3 Hotel Brochure A4 – Example Spreads 37

3.4 A4 Hotel Brochure – Back Cover 50

– Options

3.5 DL Rack Card – Two Page 58

3.6 DL Rack Leaflet – Eight Page 62

– Front and Back Covers

3.7 DL Rack Leaflet – Eight Page 66

– Introductory Spread

3.8 DL Rack Leaflet – Eight Page 70

– Inside Spread

3.9 DL Rack Brochure – Multiple Pages 74

– Front and Back Covers

3.10 DL Rack Brochure – Multiple Pages 78

– Introductory Spread

3.11 DL Rack Brochure – Multiple Pages 82

– Inside Spread – Options
brand applications manual

Hotel Brochure
These brochures promote a combination
of leisure and business services and
facilities provided by an individual hotel.

In this section we provide the Each Hotel Brochure is categorised

framework and examples of how either as a Hilton Minimum or a
hotel brochures can be created, Hilton Optional Standard.
working within the Hilton Brand
Identity and capturing the All items stamped Hilton Minimum I MU
IN
M
M

Equilibrium style. It also Standard are mandatory for all

summarises the elements of hotels and must adhere to the style
S

T R
A N
the Hilton Brand Identity that shown, unless an option is available. D A

must be adhered to within

brochure design. All items stamped Hilton Optional
Standard are not mandatory, but
TI ONA
P
provide an alternative or addition
O

to Hilton Minimum Standard items.

S

T R
A N
D A
Hotels wishing to use them must
adhere to the style shown when
preparing their own items.

VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 1

brand applications manual brand applications manual

3.1 The Hilton Brand Identity – Hotel Brochure The Hilton Brand Identity – Hotel Brochure Parameters:
Parameters:
The basic graphic components of the Hilton Brand The Hilton Leisure curve
Identity System include:
The Hilton Leisure curve must be used for all hotel
brochure, as they promote leisure or a combination of leisure
The Hilton Property Brand and business services and facilities. Therefore you must never
include the Hilton Business curve within a hotel brochure.
Standard Hilton property name A Hilton Property Brand is developed for an individual hotel Leisure curve
Always use master artwork provided on the Hilton Creative
and combines the Hilton name and the property name, and can
Library for the reproduction of the Hilton Brand Identity
be arranged vertically (preferably) or horizontally if there is a
elements. To download Hilton logos and fonts please visit:
space issue – see Section 4 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines
hiltoncreativelibrary.com
Update Manual.

There are three Hilton property naming conventions that Note – The Hilton Leisure curve must appear on the front and
must be adhered to: back covers. The internal spreads may also contain the Hilton
Recognised hotel property name Leisure curve within the design of the spread, but this is not
• Standard Hilton property name – this is the preferred mandatory.
Hilton Property Brand naming convention. This combines
the Hilton name and the Hilton property name Note – The Hilton Leisure curve on the front cover must appear
at a tint value of 100%. The Hilton Leisure curve on the back
• Recognised hotel property – this is only to be used for a cover must appear at a tint value of 80%. However the tint value
hotel that has been acquired by Hilton and has an existing of the Hilton Leisure curve on the internal spreads may vary to
internationally recognised hotel name suit the design.
Recognised hotel property name
plus location statement • Recognised hotel property name plus a location
statement – this is only to be used for a hotel that has
been acquired by Hilton and has an existing internationally
hilton.co.jp The country-specific URL application
recognised hotel name which incorporates a
location statement hilton.co.uk Every year, more and more customers are using the internet as
their preferred method of booking. To help customers, we have
launched a series of country-specific websites.
hilton.co.de
• Only your single, country-specific URL should feature and
you should never use more than one type of URL
hilton.co.at
• It is also unnecessary to include ‘www’ at the start of any URL
Country-specific URLs
• If there is not a country-specific URL for your location use
hilton.com hilton.com

Note – We have developed a standardised call to action that

Generic URL combines the country-specific URL and our 'Best Rates,
Guaranteed' promise and must be applied where possible in the
format shown here.

For the best rates, visit hilton.com

Standardised call to action

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 2 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 3
brand application manual brand application manual

The Hilton Brand Identity

– Hotel Brochure Components:
Imagery (visual)
Bodoni Antiqua Light The Hilton supporting typefaces
All imagery selected must represent our brand values and be in
Bodoni Antiqua Regular line with the ‘Equilibrium’ concept – see section 10,
Two typeface families can be used within the Hilton Identity
Photography Guidelines, in the Hilton Identity Guidelines
System. These typefaces should be used for headlines and text
Bodoni Antiqua Medium purposes in all our printed material. They can be used
Update Manual for further details.

Bodoni Antiqua Bold separately or together as desired. The typefaces are easily Note – To view Hilton photography visit
available in most computer text setting systems. hiltoncreativelibrary.com
Bodoni Antiqua Light Italic
• Never replace the two typeface families with alternatives,
Bodoni Antiqua Regular Italic not even substitutes ‘TAKE ME TO THE HILTON’ application
TAKE ME TO THE HILTON
Bodoni Antiqua Medium Italic • Text should be aligned to the left – justified type should The company strapline must be applied to appropriate hotel
Company strapline literature. It must appear in upper case, Univers 65 Bold and in
be avoided
Bodoni Antiqua Bold Italic a colour from the Hilton supporting colour palette.
Bodoni Antiqua
Note – You are permitted to incorporate elements of the
This is a serif typeface and is similar to the Hilton Proprietary strapline into headlines and/or body copy. But it must be
Univers Light typeface. This is particularly suited to headlines and small applied as shown here.
amounts of text.
Univers Regular Univers

Univers Bold This is a sans serif typeface. It is particularly suited for large
amounts of text.
Univers Extra Black Note – See Section 3 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines Update
Manual for further details.
Univers Condensed Light

Univers Condensed Regular

Univers Condensed Bold

Univers Light Italic

Univers Regular Italic

Univers Bold Italic

The Hilton supporting colour palette

These are colour ranges that have been specifically selected to

be used as supporting colours to the primary corporate colour
Hilton Blue – see section 3 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines
Hilton Blue – Pantone 2736c Update Manual for further details.

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 4 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 5
brand applications manual brand applications manual

3.2 A4 Hotel Brochure Front Cover – Options: Option Four – Multi image and proposition driven – Hilton
Leisure curve at the top only (horizontal), plus additional
There are seven front cover design options for you to choose from. Please read the summaries below that highlight the key variations proposition/image panel – optional standard
for why you should select a particular front cover design.
This front cover builds on option two, but also includes three additional images to
pictorially provide a fuller picture of the hotel’s key features, in support of the hotel
proposition, for example as in the illustration ‘A central riverside location, with modern,
stylish interiors and state-of-the-art facilities’. The main image can only be of the hotel’s
exterior for this option.

Option One – Exterior image driven – Hilton Leisure curve

at the top only (horizontal) – minimum standard

This minimum standard front cover option is to be used if the exterior of the hotel
is an ‘interesting’ architectural shot, or the exterior combined with the setting is
one of the main USPs/key features, and you have a single compelling image that Option Five – Multi image and proposition driven – Hilton
captures this. Leisure curve at the bottom only (horizontal), plus additional
logo panel – optional standard
This front cover option can be used if the hotel’s exterior is not the single most impressive
USP/key feature; for example it may be a particular guest room with stunning views or an
impressive event set-up.

Option Two – Image and proposition driven – Hilton Leisure

curve at the bottom only (horizontal), plus additional logo
panel – optional standard

This front cover option is to be used if the exterior of the hotel is an ‘interesting’ Option Six – Multi image and proposition driven – Hilton
architectural shot, or the exterior combined with the setting is one of the main Leisure curve at the bottom only (horizontal), plus additional
USPs/key features, and you have a single compelling image that captures this, plus
you want to provide potential guests with a short written statement about the hotel logo panel – optional standard
through a hotel proposition.
This front cover option can be used when the hotel exterior is not the single most
impressive USP/key feature.

This front cover format helps provide potential guests with a fuller picture of the hotel's
key features, pictorially, with the use of three images and with the hotel proposition
in writing.
Option Three – Exterior image and proposition driven – Hilton
Leisure Curve at the bottom only (horizontal) – optional standard
This optional standard front cover is similar to option one, in that it shows the hotel’s
most impressive feature – its exterior and/or an exterior and setting. This option must
only be used if the image allows sufficient clear space for the Hotel Property Brand to Option Seven – Hilton Leisure curve at the bottom only
be clearly visible, such as on sky as shown in the illustration. The Hotel Property Brand (horizontal), plus additional logo panel – Hilton Leisure
should not appear as if it is encroaching, invading or distracting from the single main
curve in the middle, landscape – minimum standard
image.

If there is insufficient clear space for the display of the Hotel Property Brand, option This minimum standard option must be adhered to if selecting a landscape
two must be used. format for the hotel brochure.This front cover format helps provide potential
guests with a fuller picture of the hotel's key features, pictorially, with the
use of three images and with the hotel proposition in writing.

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 6 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 7
brand applications manual brand applications manual

A4 Hotel Brochure Front Cover – Option One: A4 Hotel Brochure Front Cover – Option One:
Exterior image driven – Hilton Leisure curve at the top only (horizontal) – minimum standard Exterior image driven – Hilton Leisure curve at the top only (horizontal) – minimum standard
This minimum standard front cover option is to be used if the exterior of the hotel is an ‘interesting’ architectural shot, or the exterior
combined with the setting is one of the main USPs/key features, and you have a single compelling image that captures this.

IMU M
N

I
M

D
S

R
T A A
N D

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 8 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 9
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Page layout shown at 75% actual size

A4 Hotel Brochure Front Cover – Option One:
Exterior image driven – Hilton Leisure Curve at the top only (horizontal) – minimum standard

2. The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram

must be adhered to.

1. The Hilton Property Brand must appear within the

Hilton Leisure curve, centred and in proportion as
1. shown here – see Section 4 of the Hilton Identity
Guidelines Update Manual
125mm <Insert Hilton Property
2. A Hilton Leisure curve must be used in
Brand Here> Hilton Blue or in one of the colours of the Hilton
supporting colour palette – see Section 3 of the
Hilton Identity Guidelines Update Manual

3. A compelling single exterior hotel image must be

used – see Section 10 of the Hilton Identity
Guidelines Update Manual for photography guidance

3.

172mm <Insert Image Here>

210mm

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 10 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 11
brand applications manual brand applications manual

A4 Hotel Brochure Front Cover – Option Two: A4 Hotel Brochure Front Cover – Option Two:
Image and proposition driven – Hilton Leisure curve at the bottom only (horizontal), plus Image and proposition driven – Hilton Leisure curve at the bottom only (horizontal), plus
additional logo panel – optional standard additional logo panel – optional standard
This front cover option is to be used if the exterior of the hotel is an ‘interesting’ architectural shot, or the exterior combined with the
setting is one of the main USPs/key features, and you have a single compelling image that captures this, plus you want to provide
potential guests with a short written statement about the hotel through a hotel proposition.

A relaxing rural retreat, set in the

beautiful Berkshire countryside

I
PT ON
O

A
L
S
T
A
N D A R D

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 12 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 13
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Page layout shown at 75% actual size

A4 Hotel Brochure Front Cover – Option Two:
Image and proposition driven – Hilton Leisure curve at the bottom only (horizontal), plus
additional logo panel – optional standard
2.
1.
The following guidelines must be adhered to when
<Insert Hilton Property constructing this A4 hotel brochure front cover:
74mm
Brand Here>
The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram must be
adhered to.

1. The Hilton Property Brand must appear within the

top panel, centred and in proportion as shown here –
see Section 4 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines
Update Manual

2. The top panel and bottom Hilton Leisure curve must

appear in the same colour, either in Hilton Blue or in
one of the colours of the Hilton supporting colour
palette – see Section 3 of the Hilton Identity
Guidelines Update Manual

3. A single compelling exterior hotel image must be

used – see Section 10 of the Hilton Identity
Guidelines Update Manual for photography guidance

4. A hotel proposition – a short statement that

highlights the key features and/or benefits the hotel
provides – must be displayed within the designated
text area. The hotel proposition should be less than
168mm 15 words. One of the two Hilton supporting type
faces must be used (Bodoni Antiqua or Univers) and
can appear in upper case or in a combination of
upper and lower case – see Section 3 of the Hilton
Identity Guidelines Update Manual.

Note – Text should be sized in proportion, with

3. 8pt the recommended minimum for A4.

<Insert Image Here>

2.

55mm 4. <Insert Text Here>

210mm

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 14 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 15
brand applications manual brand applications manual

A4 Hotel Brochure Front Cover – Option Three: A4 Hotel Brochure Front Cover – Option Three:
Exterior image and proposition driven – Hilton Leisure Curve at the bottom only (horizontal) Exterior image and proposition driven – Hilton Leisure Curve at the bottom only (horizontal)
– optional standard – optional standard

This optional standard front cover is similar to option one, in that it shows the hotel’s most impressive feature – its exterior and/or an
exterior and setting. This option must only be used if the image allows sufficient clear space for the Hotel Property Brand to be clearly
visible, such as on sky as shown in the illustration. The Hotel Property Brand should not appear as if it is encroaching, invading or
distracting from the single main image.

If there is insufficient clear space for the display of the Hotel Property Brand, option two must be used.

J U S T S E C O N D S F R O M T H E D O M E S T I C A N D I N T E R N AT I O N A L
T E R M I N A L S , P E R F E C T F O R T H E B U S I N E S S O R L E I S U R E T R AV E L L E R

I
PT ON
O

A
L
S
T
A
N D A R D

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 16 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 17
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Page layout shown at 75% actual size

A4 Hotel Brochure Front Cover – Option Three:
Exterior image and proposition driven – Hilton Leisure Curve at the bottom only (horizontal)
– optional standard
2.
The following guidelines must be adhered to when
<Insert Hilton Property constructing this A4 hotel brochure front cover:
Brand Here>
The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram must be
adhered to.

1. A compelling single exterior hotel image must be

used – see Section 10 of the Hilton Identity
Guidelines Update Manual for photography guidance

2. The Hilton Property Brand must appear centred and

in proportion as shown here in either Hilton Blue or
white out of the image – see Section 4 of the Hilton
Identity Guidelines Update Manual

Note – There must be sufficient clear space and

tonal variation for the Hotel Property Brand to
be clearly visible. The Hotel Property Brand should
not appear as if it is encroaching, invading or
distracting from the main single image. If there is
insufficient clear space for the display of the Hotel
Property Brand, option two must be used.

3. A Hilton Leisure curve must be used in Hilton Blue or

in one of the colours of the Hilton supporting colour
palette – see Section 3 of the Hilton Identity
Guidelines Update Manual.

4. A hotel proposition – a short statement that

highlights the key features and/or benefits the hotel
provides – must be displayed within the designated
text area. The hotel proposition should be less than
1. 15 words. One of the two Hilton supporting type
faces must be used (Bodoni Antiqua or Univers) and
<Insert Image Here> can appear in upper case or in a combination of
upper and lower case – see Section 3 of the Hilton
Identity Guidelines Update Manual.

3.

55mm 4. <Insert Text Here>

20mm 170mm 20mm

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 18 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 19
brand applications manual brand applications manual

A4 Hotel Brochure Front Cover – Option Four: A4 Hotel Brochure Front Cover – Option Four:
Multi image and proposition driven – Hilton Leisure curve at the top only (horizontal), Multi image and proposition driven – Hilton Leisure curve at the top only (horizontal),
plus additional proposition/image panel – optional standard plus additional proposition/image panel – optional standard

This front cover builds on option two, but also includes three additional images to pictorially provide a fuller picture of the hotel’s key
features, in support of the hotel proposition, for example as in the illustration ‘A central riverside location, with modern, stylish interiors
and state-of-the-art facilities’. The main image can only be of the hotel’s exterior for this option.

Additional supporting images could be relevant Hilton generic lifestyle photography or images that convey additional hotel USPs/key
features such as meeting/event capabilities or leisure facilities, dining experiences or particular guest bedrooms.

A C E N T R A L R I V E R S I D E L O C AT I O N , W I T H M O D E R N ,
S T Y L I S H I N T E R I O R S A N D S TAT E - O F - T H E - A RT FA C I L I T I E S

I
PT ON
O

A
L
S
T
A
N D A R D

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 20 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 21
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Page layout shown at 75% actual size

A4 Hotel Brochure Front Cover – Option Four:
210mm Multi image and proposition driven – Hilton Leisure curve at the top only (horizontal), plus
additional proposition/image panel – optional standard

2. The following guidelines must be adhered to when

constructing this A4 hotel brochure front cover:
1.
The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram must be
<Insert Hilton Property adhered to.
80mm Brand Here>
1. The Hilton Property Brand must appear in the Hilton
Leisure curve, centred and in proportion as shown
here – see Section 4 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines
Update Manual

2. Both the top Hilton Leisure curve and bottom panel

must appear in the same colour, either in Hilton Blue
or in one of the colours of the Hilton supporting
colour palette – see Section 3 of the Hilton Identity
Guidelines Update Manual

3. A compelling single exterior hotel image must be

used – see Section 10 of the Hilton Identity
232mm Guidelines Update Manual for photography guidance

3. 4. A hotel proposition – a short statement that

highlights the key features and/or benefits the hotel
provides – must be displayed within the designated
text area. The hotel proposition should be less than
<Insert Image Here> 15 words. One of the two Hilton supporting type
139mm
faces must be used (Bodoni Antiqua or Univers) and
can appear in upper case or in a combination of
upper and lower case – see Section 3 of the Hilton
Identity Guidelines Update Manual

Note – Text should be sized in proportion, with

8pt the recommended minimum for A4.

5. Three additional images must be inserted as

indicated in the proportional diagram – see Section
10 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines Update Manual
for photography guidance

Note – Three supporting additional images must

2.
have a white keyline around. Line weight 1pt.

<Insert Image
4. Here>
24mmx24mm
27mm
<Insert Text Here>
5.
78mm
<Insert Image <Insert Image
Here> Here>
24mmx24mm 24mmx24mm
12mm

12mm

135mm 27mm 24mm

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 22 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 23
brand applications guidelines brand applications manual

A4 Hotel Brochure Front Cover – Option Five: A4 Hotel Brochure Front Cover – Option Five:
Multi image and proposition driven – Hilton Leisure curve at the bottom only (horizontal), plus additional Multi image and proposition driven – Hilton Leisure curve at the bottom only (horizontal), plus
logo panel – optional standard additional logo panel – optional standard

This front cover option can be used if the hotel’s exterior is not the single most impressive USP/key feature; for example it may be a
particular guest room with stunning views or an impressive event set-up.

The main image choice must be supported by four additional images and a hotel proposition. If the main image is not of the hotel’s
exterior, a photograph of the hotel’s exterior must feature within the additional supporting images.

HOTEL AND CONFERENCE CENTRE

I
PT ON
O

A
L
S
T
A
N D A R D

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 24 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 25
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Page layout shown at 75% actual size

A4 Hotel Brochure Front Cover – Option Five:
2. Multi image and proposition driven – Hilton Leisure curve at the bottom only (horizontal), plus
additional logo panel – optional standard

The following guidelines must be adhered to when

1.
constructing this A4 hotel brochure front cover:
<Insert Hilton Property 88mm
Brand Here>
1. The Hilton Property Brand must appear in the top 5. A hotel proposition – a short statement that highlights
panel, centred and in proportion as shown here the key features and/or benefits the hotel provides –
– see Section 4 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines must be displayed within the designated text area.
Update Manual The hotel proposition should be less than 15 words.
One of the two Hilton supporting typefaces must be
2. The top panel and the bottom Hilton Leisure curve used (Bodoni Antiqua or Univers) and can appear in
must appear in the same colour, either in Hilton Blue or upper case or in a combination of upper and lower
in one of the colours of the Hilton supporting colour case – see Section 3 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines
palette – see Section 3 of the Hilton Identity Update Manual
Guidelines Update Manual
Note – Text should be sized in proportion, with
3. A single compelling image delivering the hotel's main 8pt the recommended minimum for A4.
key feature/USP must be displayed within the main
3. image panel – see Section 10 of the Hilton Identity
Guidelines Update Manual for photography guidance

<Insert Image Here> 4. Four additional images must be inserted as indicated

125mm in the proportional diagram – see Section 10 of the
Hilton Identity Guidelines Update Manual for
photography guidance

Additional images could be relevant Hilton generic

lifestyle photography or images that convey additional
hotel USPs/key features such as meeting event
capabilities or gym/swimming facilities, dining
experiences or particular guest bedrooms

52.5mm 52.5mm 52.5mm 52.5mm Note – If the main single image is not of the hotel's
exterior, then a photograph of the hotel's exterior must
be included within the additional images.
<Insert Image <Insert Image <Insert Image <Insert Image
Note – Images must have a white keyline around.
Here> Here> Here> Here> 40mm Line weight 1pt.
4. 4. 4. 4.

2.

5. <Insert Text Here> 44mm

170 mm
20 mm 20 mm

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 26 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 27
brand applications manual brand applications manual

A4 Hotel Brochure Front Cover – Option Six: A4 Hotel Brochure Front Cover – Option Six:
Multi image and proposition driven – Hilton Leisure curve at the bottom only (horizontal), plus Multi image and proposition driven – Hilton Leisure curve at the bottom only (horizontal), plus
additional logo panel – optional standard additional logo panel – optional standard

This front cover option can be used when the hotel exterior is not the single most impressive USP/key feature.

This front cover format helps provide potential guests with a fuller picture of the hotel's key features, pictorially, with the use of three
images and with the hotel proposition in writing.

Images used could be relevant Hilton generic lifestyle photography or images that convey additional hotel USPs/key features such
as meeting or leisure facilities, dining experiences or particular guest rooms, but at least one of the images used must be of the
hotel's exterior.

Auckland

A B O U T I Q U E - S T Y L E D E L U X E H O T E L , L O C AT E D 3 0 0 M E T R E S
OUT TO SEA ON PRINCES WHARF

I
PT ON
O

A
L
S
T
A
N D A R D

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 28 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 29
brand applications manual brand applications manual
Page layout shown at 75% actual size

A4 Hotel Brochure Front Cover – Option Six:

Multi image and proposition driven – Hilton Leisure curve at the bottom only (horizontal),
plus additional logo panel – optional standard
2.
The following guidelines must be adhered to when
constructing this A4 hotel brochure front cover:

The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram must be

1. adhered to.

125mm 1. The Hilton Property Brand must appear in the top

<Insert Hilton Property
panel, centred and in proportion as shown here – see
Brand Here> Section 4 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines
Update Manual

2. The top panel and bottom Hilton Leisure curve must

appear in the same colour, either in Hilton Blue or in
one of the colours of the Hilton supporting colour
palette – see Section 3 of the Hilton Identity
Guidelines Update Manual
70mm 70mm 70mm
3. Three images must appear within the image panel,
of which one must be of the hotel's exterior –
3. 3. 3.
see Section 10 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines
Update Manual for photography guidance

4. A hotel proposition – a short statement that highlights

<Insert Image Here> <Insert Image Here> <Insert Image Here> 77mm
the key features and/or benefits the hotel provides –
must be displayed within the designated text area.
The hotel proposition should be less than 15 words.
One of the two Hilton supporting typefaces must be
used (Bodoni Antiqua or Univers) and can appear in
upper case or in a combination of upper and lower
case – see Section 3 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines
Update Manual.

2. Note – Text should be sized in proportion, with

8pt the recommended minimum for A4.

4. 95mm

<Insert Text Here>

170 mm
20 mm 20 mm

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 30 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 31
brand application manual brand applications manual

A4 Hotel Brochure Front Cover – Option Seven: A4 Hotel Brochure Front Cover – Option Seven:
Hilton Leisure curve at the bottom only (horizontal), plus additional logo panel – Hilton Hilton Leisure curve at the bottom only (horizontal), plus additional logo panel – Hilton
Leisure curve in the middle, landscape – minimum standard Leisure curve in the middle, landscape – minimum standard

This minimum standard option must be adhered to if selecting a landscape format for the hotel brochure.

This front cover format helps provide potential guests with a fuller picture of the hotel's key features, pictorially, with the use of three
images and with the hotel proposition in writing.

Images used could be relevant Hilton generic lifestyle photography or images that convey additional hotel USPs/key features such
as meeting or leisure facilities, dining experiences or particular guest rooms, but at least one of the images used must be of the
hotel's exterior.

‘ T h e u l t i m a t e i n S c o t t i s h h o s p i t a l i t y, l u x u r y E d i n b u r g h ’

IMU M
N

I
M

D
S

R
T A A
N D

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 32 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 33
brand applications manual brand applications manual

A4 Hotel Brochure Front Cover – Option Seven: A4 Hotel Brochure Front Cover – Option Seven:
Hilton Leisure curve at the bottom only (horizontal), plus additional logo panel – Hilton Hilton Leisure curve at the bottom only (horizontal), plus additional logo panel – Hilton
Leisure curve in the middle, landscape – minimum standard Leisure curve in the middle, landscape – minimum standard

The following guidelines must be adhered to when

constructing this A4 hotel brochure front cover:

The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram must be

adhered to.

Page layout shown at 50% actual size 1. The Hilton Property Brand must appear in the top
panel, centred and in proportion as shown here – see
Section 4 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines
Update Manual

2. The top panel and the bottom Hilton Leisure curve

must appear in the same colour, either in Hilton Blue
<Insert Hilton Property or in one of the colours of the Hilton supporting
1.
Brand Here> 70mm min colour palette – see Section 3 of the Hilton Identity
Guidelines Update Manual

2. 3. Three images must appear within the image panel,

one of these must be of the hotel's exterior. The
99 mm 99 mm 99 mm balance can be interior lead features, generic
lifestyle or area specific images – see Section 10 of
the Hilton Identity Guidelines Update Manual for
<Insert Image <Insert Image <Insert Image photography guidance
210mm Here> Here> Here>
3. 3. 3. 4. A hotel proposition – a short statement that
highlights the key features and/or benefits the hotel
provides – must be displayed within the designated
text area. The hotel proposition should be less than
15 words. One of the two Hilton supporting type
2. faces must be used (Bodoni Antiqua or Univers) and
can appear in upper case or in a combination of
upper and lower case – see Section 3 of the Hilton
70mm min Identity Guidelines Update Manual.
4. <Insert Text Here>
Note – Text should be sized in proportion, with
8pt the recommended minimum for A4.

277 mm
20 mm

20 mm

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 34 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 00 Section 3 –3 Hotel
Section Brochure
– Hotel A4 35
Brochure
brand applications manual brand application manual

Hotel Brochure A4 – Example Spreads

3.3 Hotel Brochure A4 – Example Spreads:
The following pages provide examples of creative design options for the development of your hotel brochure’s internal spreads. There are
six design example spread options for you to choose from. Each has been developed to provide you with the flexibility to reflect your hotel’s
style and needs. Option one is the minimum standard – the most basic way to diplay your hotel’s facilities and services. The options two-
Elements that must be incorporated/adhered
five provide you with the flexibility to present a fuller picture of the hotel’s key features. Option six is to be used only for large conference
and event specialist hotels.
to include:

1. Use of Hilton Blue or additional colours within the Hilton

Note – You are not permitted to mix design options within the same brochure. Hilton Blue – Pantone 2736c supporting colour palette – see Section 3 of the Hilton
Identity Guidelines Update Manual
These are only design direction suggestions (colourways, typefaces and images etc.) and should be developed in line with your hotel’s style
Note – Always match the colour used on the front cover or
and needs. However, the following elements must be incorporated within each brochure spread design.
use complementary colours from the Hilton supporting colour
palette throughout the internal spreads.

Standard Hilton property name 2. Use of correct and approved Hilton brand/logos. These can be
downloaded through the' Online Hilton Brand/Logo Library' at
hiltoncreativelibrary.com

3. The Hilton Leisure curve may be included in the page design,

however this is not mandatory
Leisure curve

Bodoni Antiqua Light Note – This may be included in the image, as a page number
reference or as a tint on the top or bottom of the page.
Bodoni Antiqua Regular
Bodoni Antiqua Medium 4. Use of high quality photography in the style of Equilibrium –
see Section 10 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines Update
Bodoni Antiqua Bold
Manual for guidance. Generic Equilibrium style hotel, guest
Bodoni Antiqua Light Italic and facilities photography can be downloaded from the Hilton
Bodoni Antiqua Regular Italic Creative Library at hiltoncreativelibrary.com

Bodoni Antiqua Medium Italic

5. Use of Hilton supporting typefaces. Two typeface families can
Bodoni Antiqua Bold Italic be used within the Hilton Identity System – these are Bodoni
Antiqua and Univers – see Section 3 of the Hilton Identity
Univers Light Guidelines Update Manual
Univers Regular
Univers Bold 6. Use of the Equilibrium tone of voice – see Section 10 of the
Hilton Identity Guidelines Update Manual
Univers Extra Black
Univers Condensed Light
Univers Condensed Regular
Univers Condensed Bold
Univers Light Italic
Univers Regular Italic
Univers Bold Italic

Hilton Proprietary Typeface

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 36 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 37
 brand applications manual
brand applications manual

Hotel Brochure A4 – Example Spreads Hotel Brochure A4 – Example Spreads

– Option One: – Option One:

Hendrerit Lorem Ipsum

Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate

Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam

nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam

volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam

ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat. erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci

tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo

Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit esse consequat.

molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at vero

eros et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit praesent luptatum Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit esse

zzril delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi. Lorem ipsum molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at vero

dolor sit amet. eros et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit praesent

luptatum zzril delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi.

Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam

nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam

erat volutpat.

Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation

ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo

consequat. Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate

Iriure
velit esse molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla

facilisis at vero eros et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit

praesent luptatum zzril delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla

facilisi.

Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate

Nam liber tempor cum soluta nobis eleifend option congue nihil

imperdiet doming id quod mazim placerat facer possim assum.

Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam
nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna
diam nonummy nibh euismod
nonummy nibh euismod.
aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud tincidunt ut laoreet dolore
exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea magna aliquam

commodo consequat.

Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit esse

molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at

vero eros et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit praesent

Page layout shown at 33% actual size O

I
PT ON Page layout shown at 33% actual size O
I
PT ON

A
A

L
L

S
S

T
A
N D A R D

T
A
N D A R D
Univers 45 Light 68pt Univers 45 Light/65 bold 18pt Univers 45 Light 68pt Univers 45 Light/65 bold 18pt
210 mm 210 mm

42 mm 42 mm

14 mm
Hendrerit 14 mm
Lorem Ipsum
Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate
14 mm 22 mm

<Insert Image Here> 165 mm

<Insert Image
Here> 37 mm
50mm x 50mm <Insert Text Here>
9/17pt Univers 55
98 mm
<Insert Image
Here>
<Insert Image Here> 297 mm
50mm x 50mm
<Insert Text Here>
9/17pt Univers 55
5 mm
35 mm
Iriure
<Insert Image
Here>

14 mm 50mm x 50mm
Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate
14 mm 5 mm
129 mm <Insert Image Here>
<Insert Text
<Insert Image Here>
<Insert Text Here> 9/17pt
Here> 9/17pt Univers 55 51 mm Univers 55
50mm x 50mm

18 mm
210 mm 210 mm
50 mm
18 mm 18 mm 18 mm

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 38 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 39
 brand application manual brand applications manual

Hotel Brochure A4 – Example Spreads Hotel Brochure A4 – Example Spreads

– Option Two: – Option Two:
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam
nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat
volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim
veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation
ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut
aliquip ex ea commodo consequat. aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.

Lorem
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet
Lorem
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet

Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet
consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod
tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi
enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper
suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat. suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat. suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat. suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.

Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor
in hendrerit in vulputate velit esse molestie consequat, vel illum in hendrerit in vulputate velit esse molestie consequat, vel illum in hendrerit in vulputate velit esse molestie consequat, vel illum in hendrerit in vulputate velit esse molestie consequat, vel illum
dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at vero eros et accumsan et iusto dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at vero eros et accumsan et dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at vero eros et accumsan et iusto dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at vero eros et accumsan et iusto
odio dignissim qui blandit praesent luptatum zzril delenit augue iusto odio dignissim qui blandit praesent luptatum zzril delenit odio dignissim qui blandit praesent luptatum zzril delenit augue odio dignissim qui blandit praesent luptatum zzril delenit augue
duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.

I
I PT ON
PT ON O

A
O

L
A
L
Page layout shown at 33% actual size Page layout shown at 33% actual size

S
S

T
A
N D A R D

T
A
N D A R D

210 210

<Insert ext Here> <Insert Text Here>

9/17pt Univers 55 9/17pt Univers 55
120 mm 120 mm

201 mm
Univers 45
Light 68pt
15 mm
Lorem Univers 45
Light 68pt
15 mm
Lorem
Univers 45 Lorem ipsum consectetuer adipiscing Univers 45 Lorem ipsum consectetuer adipiscing
Light 18pt/23pt 11 mm Light 18pt/23pt 11 mm

56 mm 65 mm
70 mm 70 mm 70 mm
70 mm 70 mm 70 mm

27mm 20 mm
<Insert Image
Here>
95 mm <Insert Text Here> <Insert <Insert Text Here>
66 mm box <Insert Text Here> <Insert Text Here>
<Insert Logo 50mm
9/17pt Univers 55 Logo 9/17pt Univers 55 9/17pt Univers 55 9/17pt Univers 55
Here> 30mm x 33m
Here>

154 mm 40mm 154 mm 40mm

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 40 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 41
 brand application manual brand applications manual

Hotel Brochure A4 – Example Spreads Hotel Brochure A4 – Example Spreads

– Option Three: – Option Three:

Lorem ipsum consectetuer adipiscing Lorem ipsum consectetuer adipiscing

elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod
tincidunt ut laoreet dolore. tincidunt ut laoreet dolore.

Lorem ipsum
consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam
nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat
volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam,
quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper
suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea

Lorem ipsum
consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam
nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet
dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi
Lorem ipsum Lorem ipsum
enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci Lorem ipsum
consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy
tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh
euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna
aliquip ex ea. Ut wisi enim ad minim euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat
erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim
veniam. volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud
nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper
exerci tation ullamcorper consectetuer adipiscing elit,
sed diam nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet
Lorem ipsum consectetuer
dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad
consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh adipiscing elit, sed
Lorem ipsum minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper
euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam diam nonummy
consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam
erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nibh euismod
nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet
nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper tincidunt ut laoreet
dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat.
I
PT ON
O

A
L
I
PT ON
O

S
Page layout shown at 33% actual size

T
A
N D A R D
Page layout shown at 33% actual size

S
T
A D
N D A R

210 Univers 45 210

Univers 45
Light 68pt Lorem Light 68pt
Univers 45 Lorem Lorem
Light 26pt
93 mm 93 mm Lorem ipsum consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum consectetuer adipiscing Lorem
elit, sedipsum
diam consectetuer
nonummy nibh adipiscing
euismod <Insert Image
Univers 45 Univers 45 Lorem ipsum consectetuer Here>
Lorem ipsum consectetuer adipiscing tincidunt ut laoreet dolore. adipiscing box
Light 18pt/23pt Lorem ipsum consectetuer Light 18pt/23pt Lorem ipsum consectetuer 34mm x 34m
142 mm

44 mm

140 mm 53 mm
<Insert Text Here>
9/17pt Univers 55
Lorem
Lorem
48 mm

<Insert Image Lorem ipsum

Here> consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh
box euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat
34mm x 34m
107 mm volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud
<Insert Text Here> 107 mm
<Insert Text Here> <Insert Text Here> consectetuer
exerci tation ullamcorper consectetuer adipiscing elit,
9/17pt Univers 55
<Insert Image 9/17pt Univers 55 9/17pt Univers 55 adipiscing elit, sed
sed diam nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet
Here> dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad
box diam nonumm
minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper
31mm x 31m nibh euismod
64 mm <Insert Text Here> tincidunt ut laoreet

<Insert Image 9/17pt Univers 55

Here>
box
31mm x 31m
17mm
96 mm 31 mm 83 mm 83 mm 127 mm

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 42 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 43
 brand applications manual brand applications manual

Hotel Brochure A4 – Example Spreads Hotel Brochure A4 – Example Spreads

– Option Four: – Option Four:

Lorem Dolor
Lorem ipsum consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy elit, sed diam nonummy
nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore.

Consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt

ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim

veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut

aliquip ex ea

Sectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut

laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim

Consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt

Ipsum
ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim

veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut

aliquip ex ea

Nsectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut

laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim Ipsum lorem ipsum consectetuer adipiscing elit sed.

Lorem ipsum consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy Consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt

ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim

nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore.
veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut

aliquip ex ea
Consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt

ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim Consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod
Sectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim
Consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim
aliquip ex ea ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit
diam nonummy nibh euismod
lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea
tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna Consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
Sectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim Sectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim
nostrud exerci tation.
Consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt
Nsectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim Consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim
veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim

Page layout shown at 33% actual size Page layout shown at 33% actual size

3 mm

20 mm

19 mm

25 mm

11 mm

11 mm
20 mm

27 mm

27 mm

10 mm

48 mm 45 mm 35 mm
66 mm 160 mm 28 mm

Univers 45 25 mm 25 mm

Dolor
<Insert Logo Here> Light 68pt
49 mm
<Insert 11 mm <Insert <Insert
Univers 45
Light 68pt
14 mm
Lorem Image
Here>
78 mm Univers 45 Light
18pt/23pt
leading
24 mm Lorem ipsum consectetuer adipiscing
elit, sed diam nonummy
Image
Here>
Image
Here>
35 mm

Lorem ipsum consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy <Insert Image Here>
Univers 45 nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore. <Insert Image Here>
22 mm 24 mm
Light
18pt/23pt 20 mm 65 mm
22 mm
leading <Insert
<Insert Images Image 54 mm
Here> Here>
boxes
<Insert Text Here> <Insert
27mm x 35mm
66 mm Image <Insert Image Here> 30 mm Univers 45
Ipsum
9/17pt Univers 55
<Insert Logo Here>
95 mm Here> Light 68pt
40 mm

Ipsum 15 mm
Univers 45
Light 68pt
22 mm
lorem ipsum consectetuer adipiscing elit sed.
15 mm
16 mm
Univers 65
Bold 18pt
Lorem ipsum consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy
nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore.
14 mm
22 mm Univers 45
18 mm
Light 18pt/23pt
<Insert
<Insert Images leading Image
Here>
<Insert Text 50 mm
<Insert Text Here>
boxes
Here>
<Insert Text Here>
Here> 8/18pt Univers 45
<Insert Text Here> 8/18pt
27mm x 35mm 9/17pt Univers 55 8/18pt Univers 45
97 mm <Insert Image Here> 88 mm 85 mm Univers 45

47 mm

I
PT ON I
PT ON
O O
A

A
60 mm 100 mm 145 mm
L

L
10 mm
15 mm

30 mm

35 mm
25 mm
210 mm
S

S
27 mm

27 mm

10 mm
3 mm
20 mm

T
A
N D A R D N D A R D

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 44 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 45
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Hotel Brochure A4 – Example Spreads Hotel Brochure A4 – Example Spreads

– Option Five: – Option Five:

Duisautem Lorem ipsum

Lorem ipsum dolor Co eros et accumsan

Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam
Et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim quis nostrud exerci tation...
sed diam nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore
magna aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl
ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat enim ad minim.
magna aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate

veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat. erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci Esse molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla Co eros et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit
praesent luptatum zzril delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer
lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat. Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit tation ullam. adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat.
Esse molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla Co eros et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit
Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate praesent luptatum zzril delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer
adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat.

velit Esse molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla Co eros et Quis nostrud exerci tation Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit loborti.

accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit praesent luptatum zzril

Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit esse
delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi. Lorem ipsum dolor sit
molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at vero
Esse molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla Co eros amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod
eros et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit
et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit praesent luptatum tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat.
zzril delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi. Lorem Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper
et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit praesent luptatum zzril
ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam suscipit loborti
delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi. Lorem ipsum doloret
nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam
accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit praesent luptatum zzril
erat volutpat.
delenit augue duis dolore.
Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation

Page layout shown at 33% actual size I

Page layout shown at 33% actual size I
PT ON
PT ON O
O

A
A

10 mm

10 mm

L
L

20 mm

26 mm

26 mm

26 mm

S
S

T
A
N D A R D

T
A
N D A R D

104 mm

25 mm
<Insert Images
<Insert Images
Univers 47 60 mm Here>
26 mm Here>
56 mm
boxes 26mm x 26mm
Cond. 82pt
Duisautem 10 mm
boxes 26mm x 26mm

Lorem ipsum Univers 47

Cond. 82pt

65 mm <Insert Image Here> <Insert Image Here> <Insert Image Here> <Insert Image Here> 72 mm <Insert Image Here> <Insert Image Here> <Insert Image Here> <Insert Image Here> 72 mm
Univers 47
Cond. 82pt

20 mm 22 mm
Lorem ipsum dolor Co eros et accumsan 20 mm
10 mm Et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim Univers 47 20pt quis nostrud exerci tation...
10 mm 10 mm Univers 45
<Insert Text Here> Light 68pt
<Insert
Images
30 mm 11/18pt Univers 47 <Insert Text Here>
40 mm
<Insert Text Here> 11/18pt Univers 47
50 mm 11/18pt Univers 47 Here>
Quis nostrud exerci tation
boxes <Insert Text Here> 10 mm
35mm x 11/18pt Univers 47
10 mm
35mm
<Insert Images
<Insert Text Here> Here> 26 mm
<Insert Text Here> boxes 26mm x 26mm <Insert Text Here>
11/18pt Univers 47 11/18pt Univers 47 11/18pt Univers 47

92 mm
61 mm

65 mm 105 mm 60 mm 130 mm 124 mm

35 mm 30 mm 26 mm 26 mm 26 mm

20 mm

10 mm
26 mm
20 mm

26 mm
30 mm

10 mm

19 mm
20 mm

20 mm

4 mm
4 mm
4 mm

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 46 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 47
brand application manual brand application manual

Hotel Brochure A4 – Example Spreads Hotel Brochure A4 – Example Spreads

– Option Six: – Option Six:
Note – Only to be used for large conference and events specialist hotels.

I
I
PT ON PT ON
O O

A
A

L
L

S
S

T
A

T
A
N D A R D N D A R D

Room location spread Room specific spread – only applicable for large event suites

I
PT ON
O

A
L
S
T
A
N D A R D

Multi-room spread

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 48 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 49
brand applications manual brand applications manual

3.4 A4 Hotel Brochure Back Cover – Option One: A4 Hotel Brochure Back Cover – Option One:
Hilton Leisure curve at the bottom only (horizontal) – minimum standard Hilton Leisure curve at the bottom only (horizontal) – minimum standard
The back cover is personalised to the hotel with the Hilton Property Brand, hotel address/contact details and the hotel’s personalised
web address. The image may be a hotel location map or a hotel-specific image.

y
Piccadilly
Circus
Tube St James’s
Green Square

St J
t Park
tree

Hal Stree
on S
Curz

a
fM t

mes
Que
oon

illy

’s St
ad

en’s
all

reet
Pic
ll M

Walk
Hyde Park Pa
Corner GREEN
PARK St James’s
Palace
Hyde Park ST JAMES’S
Corner PARK

Hilton London Green Park

Half Moon Street,
Mayfair,
London W1J 7BN

Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7629 7522

Fax: +44 (0) 207 491 8971
Email: reservations.greenpark@hilton.com

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk

IMU M
N

I
M

D
S

R
T A A
N D

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 50 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 51
 brand applications manual brand applications manual
Page layout shown at 75% actual size

210mm A4 Hotel Brochure Back Cover – Option One:

Hilton Leisure curve at the bottom only (horizontal) – minimum standard

2. The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram

must be adhered to.

1. The Hilton Property Brand must appear centred and

proportional as shown here

87mm 2. The top portion of the Hilton Leisure curve must

1. appear in the same colour as the front cover

<Insert Hilton Property 3. The location map or single hotel image must appear
Brand Here> centred and proportional within the panel as
shown here

74mm 7.5mm 4. Address/contact details must appear centred within

the panel indicated, using Univers 55, 9 point with
12 point leading – see Section 3 of the Hiliton Identity
Guidelines Update Manual
3.
5. The bottom portion of the Hilton Leisure curve must
be in a tint of the same colour as the top portion
<Insert Map or Single – 80% tint value (guide only)
Image Here> 6. Insert the company strapline (all upper case,
68mm
Univers 65 bold) and the ‘standardised call to action’,
using your country-specific URL (‘For the best rates,
visit’, to appear in upper and lower case, Univers 45
7.5mm light’, ‘country-specific URL’ to appear in all lower
case, Univers 65 bold all 13pt in size, as shown here
4.

<Insert Address/Contact
Details Here>

100mm

5.

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON 6. For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk 27mm
10mm

10mm 10mm

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 52 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 53
brand applications manual brand applications manual

A4 Hotel Brochure Back Cover – Option Two: A4 Hotel Brochure Back Cover – Option Two:
Hilton Leisure curve (horizontal landscape format only) – minimum standard Hilton Leisure curve (horizontal landscape format only) – minimum standard
The back cover is personalised to the hotel with the Hilton Property Brand, hotel address/contact details and the hotel’s personalised
web address. The image may be a hotel location map or a hotel-specific image.

Hochstraße 4
60313 Frankfurt am Main,
Germany,

Telephone: +49 (0) 69 1338 000 Fax: +49 (0) 69 1338 20

Email: reservations.frankfurt@hilton.com

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON For the best rates, visit hilton.de

IMU M
N

I
M

D
S

R
T A A
N D

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 54 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 55
brand applications manual brand applications manual

A4 Hotel Brochure Back Cover – Option Two:

Hilton Leisure curve (horizontal landscape format only) – minimum standard
The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram
must be adhered to.

1. The Hilton Property Brand must appear centred and

proportional as shown here

2. The top portion of the Hilton Leisure curve must

Page layout shown at 50% actual size appear in the same colour as the front cover

3. The location map or single image must appear centred

and proportional within the panel as shown here

4. Address/contact details must appear centred within

1.
the panel indicated, using Univers 55, 9 point with
<Insert Hilton 12 point leading – see Section 3 of the Hiliton Identity
Property Brand Here> Guidelines Update Manual
2.

5. The bottom portion of the Hilton Leisure curve must

7.5mm min
be in a tint of the same colour as the top portion
<Insert – 80% tint value (guide only)
Map or
3.
Image 6. Insert the company strapline (all upper case,
Here> Univers 65 bold) and the ‘standardised call to action’,
210mm
7.5mm min using your country-specific URL (‘For the best rates,
visit’, to appear in upper and lower case, Univers 45
light’, ‘country-specific URL’ to appear in all lower
4. case, Univers 65 bold all 15pt in size, as shown here
<Insert Address/Contact Details Here>

5.

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON 6. For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk

10mm
277 mm
10 mm

10 mm

5.

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON 6. 27mm

10mm 10mm

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 56 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 57
brand application manual brand application manual

3.5 DL Rack Card – Two Page: DL Rack Card – Two Page:

Minimum standard Minimum standard

The two page DL rack card is an ideal and cost efficient way to summarise your hotel’s main features and facilities to customers. It can
be easily mailed, be made available on request, or placed within dispensers at your hotel.

Note – If you want to include more detailed information about your hotel’s features and facilities then select the DL rack leaflet (eight
page), or the DL rack brochure (multi-page) – see pages 142 to 177 for further information.

HHHH Deluxe
Hilton Newcastle Gateshead
Bottle Bank, Gateshead, Newcastle upon Tyne, NE8 2AR
Tel: +44 (0) 191 490 9700 Fax: +44 (0) 191 490 9800

Welcome
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, con Great food and drink
sectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam non Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consect
ummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut etuer adipiscing elit, sed diam non
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat ummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veni laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat
am, quis nostrud exerci nisl ut aliquip volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veni
ex ea consequat. am, quis nostrud exerci tation ullam
corper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip
For your service and comfort ex ea consequat.
• Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet
nostrud and a lobortis For all your business needs
• Lorem ipsum dolor when sit amet • Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam,
nostrud lobortis athe nostrud an quis nostrud exerci tation ullam
• Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet corper suscipit
nostrud lobortis • Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet
• Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, nostrud lobortis
quis nostrud exerci tation ullam • Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet
corper suscipit • Dolor sit amet nostrud lobortis

Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer

adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euis
mod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna ali-
quam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim
veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper
suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo
conse quat. Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in
hendrerit in vulputate velit.

ICE E) b
/ RV EA
S
BL Clu
RE GS GS M SE AR NG IES EA RE
NT TIN OO M NI OV RG OU
T NT lth
CE TIN EE ER OO IN
G T TIO M HA CE ea
S EE M IBL TIES UR R OK MS AN DI M C E CK S S ll H
ES M S R N E e
N N S I
CE CIL 4-HO
M
-S ROO AU CO OO Y BE E CH SIN W
SIN LT
O LT
O
NO OR ST R- -R
IN (MA T BU ing
BU HI HI A C FA 2 RE AI LA Liv

A C E N T R A L R I V E R S I D E L O C AT I O N ,
GDS CODES – Amadeus: LON213 Worldspan: 00608 Galileo: 18617 Sabre: 55983
WITH MODERN,STYLISH INTERIORS
A N D S TAT E - O F - T H E - A RT FA C I L I T I E S For your individual hotel bookings call Central Reservations on 08705 90 90 90.
For all your conference, meetings and incentive bookings call
Hilton Direct Worldwide on 0800 856 8100.

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk

Front cover Back cover

IMU M
N

I
M

D
S

R
T A A
N D

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 58 VERSION ONE – JANUARY 2005 VERSION ONE – JANUARY 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 59
brand application manual brand application manual

DL Rack Card – Two Page – Front Cover:

Minimum standard
Page layout shown at 75% actual size

The following guidelines must be adhered to when

constructing this DL rack leaflet cover:
99 mm 99 mm
The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram must be
1. <Insert Address/Contact adhered to.
5.
Details Here>
2. 1. The front page, top Hilton Leisure curve must appear in 8. Insert a hotel location map – available on
Hilton Blue or in one of the colours of the Hilton hiltoncreativelibrary.com
<Insert Hilton Property supporting colour palette – see Section 3 of the Hilton
58mm 6.
Brand Here> Identity Guidelines Update Manual 9. Insert directions to the hotel, with 8pt size as a
<Insert Image <Insert Image
Here> recommended minimum and aligned with the top of
Here>
49.5mmx30mm 49.5mmx30mm Note – Always match the colour used on the front the location map. The directions text should be no
and back cover, using a colour from the Hilton longer than the depth of the map
supporting colour palette.
10. Insert relevant hotel facility icons – available on the
7. 7. 2. The Hilton Property Brand must appear centred and ‘Online Hilton Brand/Logo Library’ on
proportional as shown here hiltoncreativelibrary.com. The relevant symbols
are 5mm in diameter and must appear in the same
3. 3. The single front cover image must always be a colour as the front and back cover colour. Icon
<Insert Copy <Insert Copy photograph of the hotel’s exterior – see Section 10 of description copy appears in Black Univers Condensed
Here> Here>
87mm the Hilton Identity Guidelines Update Manual for Regular, 4.5pt on 4pt leading with the box at a
<Insert Single Image Here>
210mm photography guidance 40% angle

4. The front page, bottom Hilton Leisure curve must 11. Insert relevant hotel rate codes, with 8pt size as a
appear in the same colour as the front page, top Hilton recommended minimum
Leisure curve. Insert your hotel proposition as shown
here (the hotel proposition should be less than 15 12. Insert hotel-specific call to action in Univers
8. 9. words). It should be centred aligned and may appear Condensed, 8pt in size (You are permitted to use both
<Insert Map
<Insert Directions in upper case or a combination of upper and lower light and bold text)
Here>
Here> case. It must appear in one of Hilton’s supporting
41mmx26mm
4. typefaces at a point size of 9 13. Insert the company strapline (all upper case, Univers
65 bold) and the ‘standardised call to action’, using
10. 5. Insert the hotel name (in Bodoni typeface) must appear your country-specific URL (‘For the best rates, visit’, to
<Insert Facility Icons Here>
65mm in 16pt size. The address and contact details (in appear in upper and lower case, Univers 45 light’,
<Insert Codes Here>
Univers typeface) must appear in 9pt with 11pt leading ‘country-specific URL’ to appear in all lower case,
11.
<Insert Hotel Proposition Here> . Univers 65 bold) as shown here
12. <Insert Call to Action Here>
6. Insert two hotel specific images – see Section 10 of
the Hilton Identity Guidelines Update Manual for
TAKE ME TO THE HILTON 13. For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk photography guidance

7. Insert hotel summary information text. Sub heading

Univers 65 Univers 45 light
Univers 45 Light 9 pt text in the same colour as front cover, in Univers 47
Bold 7.5 pt 7.5 pt
Condensed in 8pt. The text must appear aligned left
and in upper and lower case. The body text must
Univers 65 appear in black, in Univers 47 Condensed with a
Bold 7.5 pt minimum 8pt size and 10pt leading (example shown is
8pt, with 13pt leading). Text must appear aligned left
within the panel as shown here, in two columns

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 60 VERSION ONE – JANUARY 2005 VERSION ONE – JANUARY 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 61
brand application manual brand application manual

3.6 DL Rack Leaflet – Eight Page – Front and DL Rack Leaflet – Eight Page – Front and
Back Covers: Back Covers:
Optional standard Optional standard

The eight page, closed gatefold DL rack leaflet is an ideal and cost efficient way to succinctly present your hotel’s main features and
facilities to customers. It can be easily mailed, be made available on request, or placed within dispensers at your hotel.

Note – If you want to include more detailed information about your hotel’s features and facilities than eight pages allow, consider
using a DL rack brochure – see page 144 in this manual.

Co eros et accumsan
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam
nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam
erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci
tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo
consequat.et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit prae-
sent luptatum zzril delenit augue duis dolore te f
Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit esse 225 Edgware Road,
molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla Co eros et
accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit praesent luptatum
zzril delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi. Lorem London W2 1JU
ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam

nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna ali- Tel: +44 (0)20 7402 4141
quam erat volutpat.molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat
nulla Co eros et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit
praesent luptatum zzril delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla Fax: +44 (0)20 7724 8866
facilisi. Lorem Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci
tation ullamcorper suscipit loborti
Email: Londonmetropole@hilton.com

Edgware Rd has 2 underground stations. On

leaving Edgware Rd station via the Bakerloo
line, travel down Edgware Rd and walk
through the underpass where the hotel
faces you. On leaving the Circle, District,
Front cover Introductory spread Back cover Hammersmith and City Line Stations, turn
right along Chapel St and cross over
Edgware Rd.

If travelling by car the hotel is half a mile

north from Marble Arch next to the A40(M).

)
TEL
ITH CK
HO
)
BLE
Y W CHE

lub
S
/

REA
OM

EA
TRE

RE

hC
S
CH IES

ILIT T (

TRE
NIN

ING
E OM

NT
IES RO

OM G A

AB OU
CEN

ealt
BE MOV
AR

CEN
ITIO
NT

E
EET
VIC RO
ILIT BLE

RO KIN

C
AIL CK

ll H
S

RA
ESS

ESS
ND

NM
(M OOM
SER OUR

ESS
AV HE
FA C E S S I

OR SMO

We
TAU

-CO

EC
SIN

SIN

SIN
AY

TO
H

ing
C

R
-

RES
24-

LAT
AIR
AC

IN-
NO
BU

HIL

BU

BU

Liv
GDS CODES – Amadeus: LON213 Worldspan: 00608 Galileo: 18617 Sabre: 55983

A CONFERENCE AND EVENTS CENTRE

I N T H E H E A RT O F L O N D O N

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON

For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk

Inside spread

I
PT ON
O

A
L
I
PT ON

S
O
A

T
A
N D A R D
L
S
T

A
N D A R D

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 62 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 63
 brand application manual brand application manual

DL Rack Leaflet – Eight Page – Front and

Page layout shown at 75% actual size
Back Covers:
Optional standard

The following guidelines must be adhered to when

constructing this DL rack leaflet cover:
99 mm 99 mm
The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram must be
5. 1. adhered to.

6. 2. 1. The front page, top Hilton Leisure curve must appear in 7. Insert hotel address/contact details. The text must
<Insert Hilton Property Hilton Blue or in one of the colours of the Hilton appear in Univers typeface, sized in proportion, with
Brand Here> <Insert Hilton Property 58mm supporting colour palette – see Section 3 of the Hilton 8pt size as the recommended minimum
Brand Here> Identity Guidelines Update Manual
8. Insert a hotel location map – available on
Note – Always match the colour used on the front hiltoncreativelibrary.com
7.
<Insert Address/Contact cover throughout the internal spreads and back cover,
Details Here> or use complementary colours from the Hilton 9. Insert directions to the hotel, with 8pt size as a
supporting colour palette. recommended minimum and aligned with the top of
the location map. The directions text should be no
2. The Hilton Property Brand must appear centred and longer than the depth of the map
proportional as shown here
8. 9. 3. 10. Insert relevant hotel facility icons – available on the
184mm
<Insert Map <Insert 3. The single front cover image must always be a ‘online Hilton Brand/Logo Library’ on
Here> Directions photograph of the hotel’s exterior – see Section 10 of hiltoncreativelibrary.com. The relevant symbols
<Insert Single Image Here>
41mmx35mm Here> 87mm the Hilton Identity Guidelines Update Manual for are 5mm in diameter and must appear in the same
photography guidance colour as the front and back cover colour. Icon
description copy appears in Black Univers Condensed
4. The front page, bottom Hilton Leisure curve must Regular, 4.5pt on 4pt leading with the box at a
10. appear in the same colour as the front page, top Hilton 40% angle
Leisure curve. Insert your hotel proposition as shown
<Insert Facility Icons Here>
here (the hotel proposition should be less than 15 11. Insert relevant hotel rate codes, with 8pt size as a
words). It should be centred aligned and may appear recommended minimum
in upper case or a combination of upper and lower
4. case. It must appear in one of Hilton’s supporting Insert the company strapline (all upper case, Univers
12.
11. typefaces at a point size of 9 65 bold) and the ‘standardised call to action’, using
<Insert Rate Codes Here>
your country-specific URL (‘For the best rates, visit’, to
5. The back page, the top portion of the Hilton Leisure appear in upper and lower case, Univers 45 light’,
65mm curve must appear in the same colour as the front ‘country-specific URL’ to appear in all lower case,
<Insert Hotel Proposition Here> page, top Hilton Leisure curve Univers 65 bold) as shown here
Univers 65 Bold 10 pt, 12.
Upper Case, centred TAKE ME TO THE HILTON 6. The Hilton Property Brand must appear centred and Note – The Hilton Leisure curve must appear in a tint
6mm For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk proportional as shown here value of 80%.
9mm

Univers 45 light
Univers 45 Light 9pt
11 pt

Univers 65
Bold 11 pt

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 64 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 65
brand application manual brand application manual

3.7 DL Rack Leaflet – Eight Page DL Rack Leaflet – Eight Page

– Introductory Spread: – Introductory Spread:
Optional standard Optional standard

The introductory spread should immediately communicate the main details of the hotel, its location and its key features/USPs and leave
a positive impression.

This is achieved through selecting one main compelling image, which is supported by four additional photographs and introductory text
about the hotel.

Co eros et accumsan
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam
nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam
erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci
tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo
consequat.et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit
praesent luptatum zzril delenit augue duis dolore te f
Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit esse
molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla Co eros et
accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit praesent luptatum
zzril delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi. Lorem
ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam

nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna

aliquam erat volutpat.molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu
feugiat nulla Co eros et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui
blandit praesent luptatum zzril delenit augue duis dolore te
feugait nulla facilisi. Lorem Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis
nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit loborti

I
PT ON
O

A
L
S
T
A
N D A R D

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 66 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 67
brand application manual brand application manual

Page layout shown at 75% actual size DL Rack Leaflet – Eight Page
– Introductory Spread:
Optional standard
The following guidelines must be adhered to when
constructing the DL rack leaflet introductory spread:

99 mm 99 mm The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram must be

adhered to:
10mm
1. 4.
<Insert Image <Insert Image
1. A single image showing a hotel facility or a relevant
3. Image
Here>
Here>
Here> e Hilton generic lifestyle photograph should be used –
15mmx15mm 15mmx15mm
30mm see Section 10 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines
Update Manual for photography guidance

2. Insert the main heading, appearing in the same colour

2. Co eros et accumsan as the front cover, in Univers 47 Condensed in 18pt.
Text must appear aligned left in upper case or in a
combination of upper and lower case – see Section 3
5. of the Hilton Identity Guidelines Update Manual

3. Using a tint of the leaflet’s main colour, create a 20%

tinted box as an additional design feature

210mm Insert two images relating to that panel’s text. This

4.
should be Hilton generic lifestyle photography See
<Insert Text Here> Section 10 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines Update
<Insert Image Here>
Manual for photography guidance

5. Insert introductory body text, in black, in Univers 47

Condensed with a minimum 8pt size and 10pt leading
(example shown is 8pt, with 13pt leading). Text must
appear aligned left within the panel as shown,
using one column

6. Insert two images, of which one must be a location

shot, that illustrate the hotel’s facilities or are relevant
6. Hilton generic lifestyle photography – see Section 10
of the Hilton Identity Guidelines Update Manual for
<Insert Image Here> <Insert Image Here> 39mm photography guidance

14mm

15 mm 69 mm 15 mm

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 68 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 69
brand application manual brand application manual

3.8 DL Rack Leaflet – Eight Page – Inside Spread DL Rack Leaflet – Eight Page – Inside Spread
Optional standard Optional standard
The inside spread allows you to focus on a particular hotel service or facility area in more detail. It is recommended that each panel
focuses on one individual area, such as using panel 1 for guest bedrooms, 2 for restaurants or dining, 3 for leisure facilities and 4 for
business or events. This method helps the reader to focus their attention.

Inside Spread

1 2 3 4

I
PT ON
O

A
L
S
T
A
N D A R D

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 70 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 71
brand application manual brand application manual

DL Rack Leaflet – Eight Page – Inside Spread

Page layout shown at 75% actual size Optional standard

The following guidelines must be adhered to when

constructing the DL rack leaflet inside spread:
99 mm 99 mm
The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram must be
1. adhered to:
4.
<Insert Image <Insert Image
3. Image
Here> Here> e
30mm The selected colour must be a match of the front and
Lorem ipsum dolor 2.
Here>
15mmx15mm 15mmx15mm 1.
back cover colour or be a complementary colour from
the Hilton supporting colour palette – see Section 3 of
the Hilton Identity Guidelines Update Manual

4. 4. 2. Insert the main heading, appearing in the same colour

<Insert Image Here> <Insert Image Here> 40mm as the front cover, in Univers 47 Condensed in 24pt.
Text must appear aligned left and in upper case or in a
combination of upper and lower case – see Section 3
of the Hilton Identity Guidelines Update Manual

3. Using a tint of the leaflet’s main colour, create a 20%

tinted box as an additional design feature

4. Insert six images relating to that panel’s text. This

can be hotel specific for the main images or Hilton
Praesent luptatum 5. Duis autem vel 5. generic lifestyle photography for the smaller icon
210 mm images – see Section 10 of the Hilton Identity
6. 6. Guidelines Update Manual for photography guidance

5. Insert the panel text heading in the same

colour as the front cover, in Univers 47 Condensed
<Insert Text Here> in 18pt. Text must appear aligned left and in upper
case or in a combination of upper and lower case –
<Insert Text Here> see Section 3 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines
Update Manual

6. Insert panel body text, in black, in Univers 47

4. Condensed with a minimum 8pt size and 10pt leading
(example shown is 8pt, with 13pt leading). Text must
<Insert Image
Here>
<Insert Image
Here>
appear aligned left within the panel as shown here,
20mmx20mm 20mmx20mm using one column.

15 mm 27 mm 20 mm 20 mm 15 mm 15 mm 69 mm 15 mm

2 mm
Page 1 and 3 Page 2 and 4

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 72 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 73
brand application manual brand application manual

3.9 DL Rack Brochure – Multiple Page DL Rack Brochure – Multiple Page

– Front and Back Covers: – Front and Back Covers:
Optional standard Optional standard

The stitched DL rack brochure (multiple page) is similar in all aspects to the DL rack leaflet (8 page) and is a cost effective way to
present your hotel’s main features and facilities to customers.

However, this option allows an increased amount of information and level of detail to be included, as you are not limited to eight
pages only.

Minimum standard front, back cover and introductory spread templates are provided within this section, which must be adhered to.

There is four optional standard inside spread templates from which you can either select one for use throughout the inside spreads or,
if wanting to create a more dynamic brochure, use a combination.

Bottle Bank,
Gateshead,
Newcastle upon Tyne,
NE8 2AR
Tel: +44 (0) 191 490 9700
Fax: +44 (0) 191 490 9800
Email: Newcastlegateshead@hilton.com

Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer

adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh
euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna
aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad
minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation
ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip
ex ea commodo consequat.
Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit
in vulputate velit esse molestie consequat,
vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis.

EL)
OT
ITH CK
)
BLE

H
Y W CHE
S

b
/

REA
OM

Clu
G

EA
TRE

TRE
S
HA IES

ILIT T (

RE
NIN

ING
E OM

RG
IES RO

OM G A

AB OU

th
T
CEN

BE MOV

EN

CEN
ITIO
NT

eal
EET
VIC RO
ILIT BLE

RO KIN

C
AIL CK
S

RA

C
ESS

ll H
ESS
ND

NM
(M OOM
SER OUR

ESS
AV HE
FA C E S S I

OR SMO

TAU

We
-CO

EC
SIN

SIN

SIN
AY

TO
H
C

R
-

RES
24-

ing
LAT
AIR
AC

IN-
NO
BU

HIL

BU

BU

Liv
GDS CODES – Amadeus: LON213 Worldspan: 00608 Galileo: 18617 Sabre: 55983

A C E N T R A L R I V E R S I D E L O C AT I O N ,
WITH MODERN,STYLISH INTERIORS
A N D S TAT E - O F - T H E - A RT FA C I L I T I E S

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON

For the best rates, visit londonmet.hilton.com

I
PT ON
O

A
L
S
T
A
N D A R D

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 74 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 75
 brand application manual brand application manual

DL Rack Brochure – Multiple Page

Page layout shown at 75% actual size
– Front and Back Covers:
Optional standard

The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram must be

99 mm 99 mm adhered to:

5. 1. The front page, top Hilton Leisure curve must appear in The Hilton Property Brand must appear centred and
1. 6.
Hilton Blue or in one of the colours of the Hilton proportional as shown here
6. 2. supporting colour palette – see Section 3 of the Hilton
<Insert Hilton Property Identity Guidelines Update Manual 7. Insert hotel address/contact details. The text must
Brand Here> <Insert Hilton Property 58mm appear in Univers typeface, sized in proportion, with
Brand Here> Note – Always match the colour used on the front 8pt size as the recommended minimum
cover throughout the internal spreads and back cover,
or use complementary colours from the Hilton 8. Insert a hotel location map – available on the ‘Online
7.
<Insert Address/Contact supporting colour palette Hilton Brand/Logo Library’ on
Details Here> hiltoncreativelibrary.com
2. The Hilton Property Brand must appear centred and
proportional as shown here 9. Insert directions to the hotel, with 8pt size as a
recommended minimum and aligned with the top of
3. The single front cover image must always be a the location map. The directions text should be no
8. 9. 3. photograph of the hotel’s exterior – see Section 10 of longer than the depth of the map
184mm
<Insert Map <Insert the Hilton Identity Guidelines Update Manual for
Here> Directions photography guidance 10. Insert relevant hotel facility icons – available on the
<Insert Single Image Here>
41mmx35mm Here> 87mm ‘Online Hilton Brand/Logo Library’ on
4. The front page, bottom Hilton Leisure curve must hiltoncreativelibrary.com. The relevant symbols
appear in the same colour as the front page, top Hilton are 5mm in diameter and must appear in the same
Leisure curve. Insert your hotel proposition as shown colour as the front and back cover colour. Icon
10.
here (the hotel proposition should be less than 15 description copy appears in Black Univers Condensed
words). It should be centred aligned and may appear Regular, 4.5pt on 4pt leading with the box at a
<Insert Facility Icons Here>
in upper case or a combination of upper and lower 40% angle
case. It must appear in one of Hilton’s supporting
typefaces at a point size of 9 11. Insert relevant hotel rate codes, with 8pt size as a
4. recommended minimum
11. 5. The back page, the top portion of the Hilton Leisure
<Insert Rate Codes Here>
curve must appear in the same colour as the front 12. Insert the company strapline (all upper case, Univers
page, top Hilton Leisure curve 65 bold) and the ‘standardised call to action’, using
65mm your country-specific URL (‘For the best rates, visit’, to
<Insert Hotel Proposition Here>
appear in upper and lower case, Univers 45 light’,
Univers 65 Bold 10 pt, 12. ‘country-specific URL’ to appear in all lower case,
Upper Case, centred TAKE ME TO THE HILTON Univers 65 bold) as shown here
6mm For the best rates, visit londonmet.hilton.com
9mm Note – The Hilton Leisure curve must appear in a tint
value of 80%.
8mm 8mm

Univers 45 light
Univers 45 Light 9 pt
11 pt

Univers 65
Bold 11 pt

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 76 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 77
brand application manual brand application manual

3.10 DL Rack Brochure – Multiple Page DL Rack Brochure – Multiple Page

– Introductory Spread: – Introductory Spread:
Optional standard Optional standard

The introductory spread should immediately communicate the main details of the hotel, its location and its key features/USPs and leave
a positive impression.

This is achieved through selecting one main compelling image, which is supported by four additional photographs and introductory
text about the hotel.

Co eros et accumsan
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam
nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam
erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci
tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo
consequat.et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit
praesent luptatum zzril delenit augue duis dolore te f
Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit esse
molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla Co eros et
accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit praesent luptatum
zzril delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi. Lorem
ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam

nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna

aliquam erat volutpat.molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu
feugiat nulla Co eros et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui
blandit praesent luptatum zzril delenit augue duis dolore te
feugait nulla facilisi. Lorem Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis
nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit loborti

I
PT ON
O

A
L
S
T
A
N D A R D

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 78 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 79
brand application manual brand application manual

Page layout shown at 75% actual size DL Rack Brochure – Multiple Page
– Introductory Spread:
Optional standard

99 mm 99 mm
The following guidelines must be adhered to when
constructing the DL rack leaflet introductory spread:
10mm
1. 4. The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram must be
<Insert Image <Insert Image
3. Image
Here> Here> e adhered to:
Here>
15mmx15mm 15mmx15mm
30mm A single image showing a hotel facility or a relevant
1.
Hilton generic lifestyle photograph should be used –
see Section 10 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines
2. Co eros et accumsan Update Manual for photography guidance

2. Insert the main heading, appearing in the same colour

as the front cover, in Univers 47 Condensed in 18pt.
5. Text must appear aligned left in upper case or in a
combination of upper and lower case – see Section 3
of the Hilton Identity Guidelines Update Manual

210mm 3. Using a tint of the leaflet’s main colour, create a 20%

tinted box as an additional design feature
<Insert Text Here>
<Insert Image Here> 4. Insert two images relating to that panel’s text. This
should be Hilton generic lifestyle photography – see
Section 10 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines Update
Manual for photography guidance

3. 5. Insert introductory body text, in black, in Univers 47

Condensed with a minimum 8pt size and 10pt leading
(example shown is 8pt, with 13pt leading). Text must
appear aligned left within the panel as shown,
using one column
6.
6. Insert two images, of which one must be a location
<Insert Image Here> <Insert Image Here> shot, that illustrate the hotel’s facilities or are relevant
39mm
Hilton generic lifestyle photography – see Section 10
of the Hilton Identity Guidelines Update Manual for
photography guidance

14mm

15 mm 69 mm 15 mm

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 80 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 81
brand application manual brand application manual

3.11 DL Rack Brochure – Multiple Page DL Rack Brochure – Multiple Page

– Inside Spread – Option One: – Inside Spread – Option One:
Optional standard Optional standard

Option one is the most basic way to display a particular hotel service or facility area through the simple use of a main headline, a sub
headline, body text and an image per panel.

It is recommended that each panel or double page spread if required, focuses on one individual area. For example, use a panel or
spread to show information relating to guest bedrooms, or restaurants and dining, leisure facilities or business and events. Separating
facility areas by panels, or a double page spread, helps the reader to focus their attention.

Duis autem vel Aliquip ex ea commodo

Ut wisi enim ad minim Aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.

Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam
nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam
erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci
tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo
consequat. consequat.

Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit esse Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit esse
molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla Co eros et molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla Co eros et
accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit praesent luptatum accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit praesent luptatum
zzril delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi. Lorem zzril delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi. Lorem
ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed
nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam
erat volutpat. Diam nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna
aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis
nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip
ex ea commodo consequat. Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in
hendrerit in vulputate velit esse molestie consequat, vel illum
dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at vero eros

I
PT ON
O

A
L
S
T
A
N D A R D

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 82 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 83
brand application manual brand application manual

Page layout shown at 75% actual size DL Rack Brochure – Multiple Page
– Inside Spread – Option One:
Optional standard

The following guidelines must be adhered to when

99 mm 99 mm constructing the DL rack brochure inside spread:

The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram must be

1.
adhered to:

40mm 1. The selected colour must be a match of the front and

2. Duis autem vel 2. Aliquip ex ea commodo back cover colour or be a complementary colour from
the Hilton supporting colour palette – see Section 3 of
the Hilton Identity Guidelines Update Manual

2. Insert the main headings, appearing in the same

3. 3. colour as the front cover, or reversed out white, in
Univers 47 Condensed in 24pt. Text must appear
<Insert Image Here> <Insert Image Here> 51mm
aligned left in upper case or in a combination of upper
and lower case – see Section 3 of the Hilton Identity
Guidelines Update Manual

3. Insert two images, showing a hotel facility or a

relevant Hilton generic lifestyle photograph, should be
used – see Section 10 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines
4. Ut wisi enim ad minim 4. Aliquip ex ea commodo consequat. Update Manual for photography guidance
210 mm
4. Insert the sub heading text in the same colour as the
front cover or reversed out in white, in Univers 47
5. 5.
Condensed in 18pt. Text must appear aligned left and
in upper case or in a combination of upper and lower
case – see Section 3 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines
Update Manual

<Insert Text Here> <Insert Text Here> 5. Insert inside spread body text in black, the same colour
as the front cover or reversed out in white, in Univers
47 Condensed with a minimum 8pt size and 10pt
leading (example shown is 8pt, with 13pt leading).
Text must appear aligned left within the panel as
shown here, using one column

15 mm 69 mm 15 mm 15 mm 69 mm 15 mm

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 84 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 85
brand application manual brand application manual

DL Rack Brochure – Multiple Page DL Rack Brochure – Multiple Page

– Inside Spread – Option Two: – Inside Spread – Option Two:
Optional standard Optional standard

Building on option one, option two provides a fuller picture of the hotel’s key features by including smaller icon images that
complement a main panel image and body text.

It is recommended that each panel, or double spread if required, focuses on one individual area. For example, use a panel or spread to
show information relating to guest bedrooms, or restaurants and dining, leisure facilities or business and events. Separating facility
areas by panels, or a double page spread, helps the reader to focus their attention.

Duis autem vel

Lorem ipsum dolor Co eros et accumsan

Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam
diam nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam
aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci
nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo
ex ea commodo consequat. consequat.et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit
Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit praesent luptatum zzril delenit augue duis dolore te f
esse molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla Co eros Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit esse
et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit praesent luptatum molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla Co eros et
zzril delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi. Lorem accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit praesent luptatum
ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam zzril delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi. Lorem
nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam
erat volutpat. nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam
Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation erat volutpat.
ullamcorper suscipit loborti Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation
ullamcorper suscipit loborti

I
PT ON
O

A
L
S
T
A
N D A R D

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 86 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 87
brand application manual brand application manual

Page layout shown at 75% actual size DL Rack Brochure – Multiple Page
– Inside Spread – Option Two:
Optional standard

99 mm 99 mm The following guidelines must be adhered to when

constructing the DL rack brochure inside spread:
10mm
1. 4.
<Insert Image4. <Insert Image The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram must be
3. Image
Here> Here> e
Here>
15mmx15mm 15mmx15mm adhered to:
30mm
2. Lorem ipsum dolor The selected colour must be a match of the front and
1.
back cover colour or be a complementary colour from
the Hilton supporting colour palette – see Section 3 of
the Hilton Identity Guidelines Update Manual

4. 4. 2. Insert the main heading, appearing in white out, in

50mm Univers 47 Condensed in 24pt. Text must appear
<Insert Image Here> <Insert Image Here>
aligned left in upper case or in a combination of upper
and lower case – see Section 3 of the Hilton Identity
Guidelines Update Manual
210mm
3. Using a tint of the leaflet’s main colour, create a 20%
20 mm tinted box as an additional design feature
Praesent luptatum 5. Duis autem vel 5.
4. Insert six images relating to the panels’ text. These
6. can be hotel specific for the main images or Hilton
6.
generic lifestyle photography for the smaller icon
images – see Section 10 of the Hilton Identity
Guidelines Update Manual for photography guidance
<Insert Text Here>
5. Insert sub heading text in the same colour as the front
cover or reversed out in white, in Univers 47 Condensed
<Insert Text Here>
in 18pt. Text must appear aligned left and in upper case
or in a combination of upper and lower case – see
Section 3 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines Update
Manual

4. Insert body text, in the same colour as the front cover

<Insert Image <Insert Image 6.
Here>
20mmx20mm
Here>
20mmx20mm
or reversed out in white, in Univers 47 Condensed
with a minimum 8pt size and 10pt leading (example
15 mm shown is 8pt, with 13pt leading). Text must appear
aligned left within the panel as shown here, using
one column
15 mm 27 mm 20 mm 20 mm 15 mm 15 mm 69 mm 15 mm

2 mm

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 88 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 89
brand application manual brand application manual

DL Rack Brochure – Multiple Page DL Rack Brochure – Multiple Page

– Inside Spread – Option Three: – Inside Spread – Option Three:
Optional standard Optional standard

Building on option one, option three provides a fuller picture of the hotel’s key features by including smaller icon images that
complement a main panel image and body text.

It is recommended that each panel, or double page spread if required, focuses on one individual area. For example, use a panel or
spread to show information relating to guest bedrooms, or restaurants and dining, leisure facilities or business and events. Separating
facility areas by panels, or a double page spread, helps the reader to focus their attention.

Lorem ipsum dolor

Et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim quis nostrud exerci tation...

Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam
nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam
erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci
tation ullam. tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo
consequat.

Quis nostrud exerci tation Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit esse
molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla Co eros et
Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit esse
accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit praesent luptatum
molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at
zzril delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi. Lorem ipsum
vero eros et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit
dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy
nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat
et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit praesent luptatum
volutpat.Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet
zzril delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi. Lorem ipsum
doloret accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit praesent
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam
luptatum zzril delenit augue duis dolore.
nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam
erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci
tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl.

I
PT ON
O

A
L
S
T
A
N D A R D

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 90 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 91
brand application manual brand application manual

DL Rack Brochure – Multiple Page

Page layout shown at 75% actual size
– Inside Spread – Option Three:
Optional standard

The following guidelines must be adhered to when

99 mm 99 mm constructing the DL rack brochure inside spread:

1. The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram must be

4. adhered to:
3. <Insert Image <Insert Image
Here>
Here>
15mmx15mm 15mmx15mm
40mm
1. The selected colour must be a match of the front and
2. Lorem ipsum dolor back cover colour or be a complementary colour from
the Hilton supporting colour palette – see Section 3 of
the Hilton Identity Guidelines Update Manual
4. 4.
2. Insert the main heading, appearing in white out, in
Univers 47 Condensed in 24pt. Text must appear
50mm aligned left in upper case or in a combination of upper
<Insert Image Here> <Insert Image Here> and lower case – see Section 3 of the Hilton Identity
Guidelines Update Manual

3. Using a tint of the leaflet’s main colour, create a 20%

tinted box as an additional design feature

5. Duis autem vel 5. Duis autem vel 4. Insert four images relating to the panels’ text. These
can be hotel specific for the main images or Hilton
210 mm generic lifestyle photography for the smaller icon
6. 6.
images – see Section 10 of the Hilton Identity
Guidelines Update Manual for photography guidance

5. Insert sub heading text in the same colour as the front

cover or reversed out in white, in Univers 47 Condensed
<Insert Text Here> <Insert Text Here>
in 18pt. Text must appear aligned left and in upper case
or in a combination of upper and lower case – see
Section 3 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines Update
Manual

6. Insert body text, in the same colour as the front cover,

reversed out in white or black, in Univers 47 Condensed
with a minimum 8pt size and 10pt leading (example
shown is 8pt, with 13pt leading). Text must appear
aligned left within the panel as shown here, using
one column

15 mm 69 mm 15 mm 15 mm 69 mm 15 mm

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 92 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 93
brand application manual brand application manual

DL Rack Brochure – Multiple Page DL Rack Brochure – Multiple Page

– Inside Spread – Option Four: – Inside Spread – Option Four:
Optional standard Optional standard

Building on option one, option four provides a fuller picture of the hotel’s key features by including smaller icon images that
complement a main panel image and body text.

It is recommended that each panel, or double page spread if required, focuses on one individual area. For example, use a panel or
spread to show information relating to guest bedrooms, or for example, restaurants and dining, leisure facilities or business and events.
Separating facility areas by panels, or a double page spread, helps the reader to focus their attention.

Lorem ipsum dolor et al

Co eros et accumsan Duis autem vel

Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed
diam nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna diam nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna
aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis
nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip
ex ea commodo consequat. ex ea commodo consequat.

Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit
esse molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla Co eros esse molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla Co
et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit praesent luptatum eros et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit praesent
zzril delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi. Lorem luptatum zzril delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi.
ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna
aliquam erat volutpat. consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod
tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat.
Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud

I
PT ON
O

A
L
S
T
A
N D A R D

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 94 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 95
brand application manual brand application manual

Page layout shown at 75% actual size DL Rack Brochure – Multiple Page
– Inside Spread – Option Four:
Optional standard

The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram

99 mm 99 mm must be adhered to:

1. The selected colour must be a match of the front and

1.
4. <Insert Image back cover colour or be a complementary colour from
Co eros et accumsan 2. <Insert Image
the Hilton supporting colour palette – see Section 3 of
3. Here> Here>
15mmx15mm 15mmx15mm
the Hilton Identity Guidelines Update Manual
6.
2. Insert the main heading, appearing in white out, in
Duis autem vel 5. Univers 47 Condensed in 24pt. Text must appear
aligned left in upper case or in a combination of upper
6. and lower case – see Section 3 of the Hilton Identity
126mm Guidelines Update Manual

<Insert Text Here> 3. Using a tint of the leaflet’s main colour, create a 20%
tinted box as an additional design feature
<Insert Text Here>
4. Insert four images relating to the panels’ text. These
can be hotel specific for the main images or Hilton
generic lifestyle photography for the smaller icon
images – see Section 10 of the Hilton Identity
Guidelines Update Manual for photography guidance
210 mm
5. Insert sub heading and text reversed out in white, in
Univers 47 Condensed in 18pt. Text must appear
aligned left and in upper case or in a combination of
upper and lower case – see Section 3 of the Hilton
4. 4. Identity Guidelines Update Manual
<Insert Image Here> 52mm Variation
<Insert Image Here> Insert body text, in the same colour as the front cover,
6.
reversed out in white or black, in Univers 47
Condensed with a minimum 8pt size and 10pt leading Lorem ipsum dolor et al
(example shown is 8pt, with 13pt leading). Text must Co eros et accumsan Duis autem vel
appear aligned left within the panel as shown here, Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed
diam nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed
diam nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna

using one column

aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis
nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip
ex ea commodo consequat. ex ea commodo consequat.

Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit
esse molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla Co eros esse molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla Co
et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit praesent luptatum eros et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit praesent
zzril delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi. Lorem luptatum zzril delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi.
ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna
aliquam erat volutpat. consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod
Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat.
Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud

15 mm 69 mm 15 mm 15 mm 69 mm 15 mm

Note – One single image may be used across the

spread as shown here.

Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 96 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 3 – Hotel Brochure 97
brand applications manual

Hotel Stationery

UPDATE 2005
4.1 Standard Letterhead A4 2

4.2 Standard DL Envelope 5

4.3 Standard A4 Envelope 7

4.4 Envelope C6 9

4.5 Business Card 11

4.6 Compliment Card 14

4.7 Note Pad A5 16

4.8 Telephone Message Slip A6 18

4.9 Facsimile A4 19

4.10 Memorandum A4 21

4.11 Mailing Label 23

brand applications manual

Stationery
It is important in our hotel
communication that we are
consistent in our approach and use
of the Hilton Brand Identity.

This section shows stationery

that should be used within I MU

All items stamped Hilton Minimum
IN
M
M

each Hilton hotel and area Standard are mandatory for all hotels

office worldwide. and must adhere to the style

S

T R
A N
D A shown, unless an option is available.

These stationery items are

categorised either as a Hilton TI ONA All items stamped Hilton Optional Standard
P
O

Minimum or a Hilton Optional. are not mandatory, but provide an alternative

or addition to Hilton Minimum Standard
S

T R
A N
D A
items. Hotels wishing to use them must
adhere to the style shown when preparing
their own items.

VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 4 – Stationery 1

brand applications manual brand applications manual

4.1 Standard Letterhead A4: Standard Letterhead A4:

Hilton Master Brand, specifications – Maple Court use only Hilton Property Brand, specifications – hotel level use only
Size: Basis Wt: 26.6, 100gsm Tracking: Size: Hilton Property Brand: Colour:
297x210mm Finish: CX22 #1386 All typography typeset with 297x210mm Hilton Property Brand: Pantone Blue 072U
Size: 11.25mm
a tracking value of +2 Printing method: Placement: Centred at page top All typography prints black
Printing method: Hilton Master Brand:
Offset lithography Size: 11.25mm Colour: Offset lithography Note – Size of Hilton Property Brand is
Placement: Centred at page top based on the width of the Hilton cartouche
Hilton Master Brand: Paper stock:
Paper stock: Note – Size of Hilton Master Brand Pantone Blue 072U Conqueror Diamond White or equivalent Tracking:
Conqueror Diamond White or equivalent is based on the width of the Hilton All typography prints black Basis Wt: 26.6, 100gsm All typography typeset with a tracking value
cartouche Finish: CX22 #1386 of +2

25mm 80mm 25mm 80mm

6.5mm to top of logo 6.5mm to top of logo

Hilton Property
98mm to Brussels Brand
Fold Dot Fold dot: colour: Pantone
Fold dot: 9pt 9pt period Blue 072U
Hilton Master Brand size:
period of Date
(width of the Hilton cartouche) of Bodoni Date

Bodoni Addressee’s Name 11.25mm Antiqua Addressee’s Name

Antiqua Addressee’s Title Medium Addressee’s Title
Company Name Company Name
Medium Street Address Hilton Master Brand colour: Street Address Hilton Property Brand size:
City, State and Postal Code City, State and Postal Code
Pantone Blue 072U (width of the Hilton cartouche)
10.25mm
Salutation, Salutation,
. .
This letter demonstrates the solid block typing format that has been adopted by Hilton International This letter demonstrates the solid block typing format that has been adopted by Hilton International
for standard A4 letterhead. for standard A4 letterhead.
Body of letter: 11/14
The left margin is 25mm from the left edge of the sheet. The font used is Times New Roman 11/14 Body of letter: 11/14 Times New The left margin is 25mm from the left edge of the sheet. The font used is Times New Roman 11/14
aligned left. The date is typed approximately 10 lines down from the top of the sheet. The inside aligned left. The date is typed approximately 10 lines down from the top of the sheet. The inside Times New Roman
address is typed two lines below the date. The salutation is typed three lines below the inside address. Roman address is typed two lines below the date. The salutation is typed three lines below the inside address.
The body of the letter begins two lines below the salutation. Text is single spaced with double spacing
Paragraph: use 1 line
Paragraph: use 1 line space, The body of the letter begins two lines below the salutation. Text is single spaced with double spacing
between paragraphs – no indentation. between paragraphs – no indentation. space, no indents
no indents
All typewritten information will be aligned left and ragged right. The right margin will maintain a All typewritten information will be aligned left and ragged right. The right margin will maintain a Maximum characters
Maximum characters per line: 102
minimum of 19mm from the right edge of the sheet. Leave six to ten line spaces from the bottom of minimum of 19mm from the right edge of the sheet. Leave six to ten line spaces from the bottom of per line: 102
the sheet. the sheet.

Complimentary close, Legal name and address: 9/10 Complimentary close,

Bodoni Antiqua Medium followed
by 1 line space before legal copy
SCC/mc All typography prints black SCC/mc

cc: Person’s Name cc: Person’s Name

Relevant local HRW
number to be used

Legal copy:
7/9 Bodoni Antiqua Medium Legal name and
All typography prints black address: 9/10 Bodoni
Hilton International
Maple Court Central Park, Reeds Crescent
Watford, Herts. WD24 4QQ England
Antiqua Medium
Tel: +44 (0)20 7850 4000 Fax: +44 (0)20 7850 4001
Reservations: hilton.com
All typography
Hilton Brussels
hilton.com
Hilton Reservations Worldwide: 08705 90 90 90
38 Boulevard de Waterloo, 1000 Brussels, Belgium prints black.
Hilton International CO. Incorporated with limited liability in Delaware, USA Tel: +32 (0)2 504 1111 Fax: +32 (0)2 504 2111
Head Office: 901 Ponce de Leon Boulevard, Suite 700, Coral Gables, Reservations: hilton.com
Florida 33134, USA. Registered in England No. BR000938 hilton.com Hilton Reservations Worldwide: 08705 90 90 90

8.5mm to baseline 8.5mm to baseline

URL Address: 15pt of Univers 65 Indent: 12.5mm Country-specific URL: 15pt of Univers Relevant local HRW
Bold, Pantone Blue 072U. Use the N
IMU M 65 Bold, Pantone Blue 072U. Use the number to be used
I

URL applicable to your country

M

URL applicable to your country N

IMU M
D

I
M
S
R

T A A
N D

D
Shown at 50% of actual size Shown at 50% of actual size S

R
T A A
N D

Section 4 – Stationery 2 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 4 – Stationery 3
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Standard Letterhead A4: 4.2 Standard DL Envelope:

Hilton Master Brand, specifications – regional sales and area offices use only Hilton Master Brand, specifications – Maple Court use only
Size: Hilton Master Brand: Colour: Size: Paper stock: Hilton Master Brand:
297x210mm Size: 11.25mm Hilton Master Brand: Pantone Blue 072U 110x220mm Conqueror Diamond White or equivalent Size: 11.25mm
Placement: Centred at page top All typography prints black Basis Wt: 26.6, 100gsm
Printing method: Note – Size of Hilton Master Brand is Printing method: Note – Size of Hilton Master Brand is
Offset lithography Finish: CX22 #1386 based on the width of the Hilton cartouche
based on the width of the Hilton Offset lithography
Paper stock: cartouche
Conqueror Diamond White or equivalent Tracking:
Basis Wt: 26.6, 100gsm All typography typeset with
Finish: CX22 #1386 a tracking value of +2

25mm 80mm
41mm
6.5mm to top of logo 6.5mm on top of logo
Hilton Master Brand size: * (width
of the Hilton cartouche) 11.25mm
98mm to colour: Pantone Blue 072U
Fold Dot Hilton Master Brand size:
Date (width of the Hilton cartouche) Recipient’s name and address:
11.25mm
Addressee’s Name 11/14 Times New Roman
Addressee’s Name Addressee’s Title
Addressee’s Title Company Name
Company Name Street Address
Street Address Hilton Master Brand colour: City, State and Postal Code
City, State and Postal Code
Pantone Blue 072U
Salutation,
.
This letter demonstrates the solid block typing format that has been adopted by Hilton International
for standard A4 letterhead.
IMU M
N

I
M
The left margin is 25mm from the left edge of the sheet. The font used is Times New Roman 11/14 Body of letter: 11/14 Times New front
aligned left. The date is typed approximately 10 lines down from the top of the sheet. The inside

D
address is typed two lines below the date. The salutation is typed three lines below the inside address. Roman Paragraph: use 1 line space, S

R
T A A
N D
The body of the letter begins two lines below the salutation. Text is single spaced with double spacing no indents
between paragraphs - no indentation.
Maximum characters per line: 102
All typewritten information will be aligned left and ragged right. The right margin will maintain a 5.5mm to cap height
minimum of 19mm from the right edge of the sheet. Leave six to ten line spaces from the bottom of Hilton International
Maple Court, Central Park, Reeds Crescent
the sheet. Watford, Herts. WD24 4QQ England
hilton.com
Complimentary close, Legal name and address: 9/10
Bodoni Antiqua Medium followed
by 1 line space before legal copy
SCC/mc All typography prints black
cc: Person’s Name
Relevant local HRW Legal name and address on back square
number to be used flap: 9/10 Bodoni Antiqua Medium
URL: Univers 65
All typography prints black
Legal copy:
7/9 Bodoni Antiqua Medium
Hilton in the United Kingdom and Ireland
All typography prints black
Maple Court Central Park, Reeds Crescent
Watford, Herts. WD24 4QQ England Note – Where applicable back
Tel: +44 (0)20 7850 4000 Fax: +44 (0)20 7850 4001
Reservations: hilton.com print local legal statement
Hilton Reservations Worldwide: 08705 90 90 90
hilton.com Hilton International Hotels (UK) Limited. Registered in England No. 695283
Hilton UK Hotels Limited. Registered in England No. 81009

* If in your country the postage mark and/or other information is printed at the top left
Registered Office: Maple Court, Central Park, Reeds Crescent,
Watford, Herts WD24 4QQ England

8.5mm to baseline
corner, the Hilton Master Brand logo can be printed, as an exception, in the bottom
Country-specific URL: 15pt Univers 65 Indent: 12.5mm
Bold, Pantone Blue 072U. Use the URL IMU M
left corner.
N
I
M

applicable to your country

D

S
R

T A A
Shown at 50% of actual size N D
Shown at 50% of actual size

Section 4 – Stationery 4 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 4 – Stationery 5
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Standard DL Envelope: 4.3 Standard C4 Envelope:

Hilton Property Brand, specifications – hotel level use only Hilton Master Brand, specifications – Maple Court use only
Size: Hilton Property Brand: Colour: Size: Paper stock: Hilton Master Brand:
110x220mm Size: 11.25mm Hilton Property Brand: 229x324mm Conqueror Diamond White or equivalent Size: 11.25mm
Pantone Blue 072U Basis Wt: 26.6, 100gsm Note – Size of Hilton Master Brand is
Printing method: Note – Size of Hilton Property Brand is
All typography prints black
Printing method: Finish: CX22 #1386 based on the width of the Hilton cartouche
Offset lithography based on the width of the Hilton cartouche Offset lithography
Paper stock: Tracking: Colour:
All typography typeset with a tracking Hilton Master Brand: Pantone Blue 072U
Conqueror Diamond White or equivalent
value of +2 All typography prints black
Basis Wt: 26.6, 100gsm Finish: CX22 #1386

Hilton Master Brand colour:

Pantone Blue 072U
Hilton Property Brand size:
41mm
Athénée Palace Hilton (width of the Hilton
Bucharest cartouche) 11.25mm 6.5mm on top of logo
Colour: Pantone Blue 072U and address on back
Hilton Master Brand size:
Addressee’s Name
(width of the Hilton cartouche) 11.25mm
Addressee’s Title
Company Name Recipient’s name and address:
Street Address
City, State and Postal Code
11/14 Times New Roman
Addressee’s Name
Addressee’s Title
Company Name
Recipient’s name and address:
Street Address
City, State and Postal Code
11/14 Times New Roman

front

Athénée Palace Hilton Bucharest

5.5mm to cap height
1-3 St. Episcopiei, Sector 1, front
Bucharest, Romania
hilton.com
41mm
Hilton International
Maple Court, Central Park, Reeds Crescent
Watford, Herts. WD24 4QQ England
hilton.com
Legal name and address on
back square flap: 9/10
Legal name and address Bodoni Antiqua Medium
on back URL: Univers 65
square flap: All typography prints black
9/10 Bodoni Antiqua Medium
Country-specific URL or
hilton.com: Univers 65
All typography prints black

back

back
IMU M
N
I
M

Shown at 50% of actual size Shown at 25% of actual size

D

S
R

T A A
N D

Section 4 – Stationery 6 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 4 – Stationery 7
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Standard C4 Envelope: 4.4 Envelope C6:

Hilton Property Brand, specifications – hotel level use only Hilton Master Brand, specifications
Size: Paper stock: Hilton Property Brand: Size: Hilton Master Brand: Tracking:
229x324mm Conqueror Diamond White or equivalent Size: 11.25mm 114x162mm Size: 10.25mm All typography typeset with a
Basis Wt: 26.6, 100gsm Note – Size of Hilton Property Brand is Placement: Centred at top of envelope tracking value of +2
Printing method: Printing method:
Finish: CX22 #1386 based on the width of the Hilton cartouche Note – Size of Hilton Master Brand is
Offset lithography Offset lithography Colour:
Colour: based on the width of the Hilton cartouche
Paper stock: Hilton Master Brand:
Hilton Property Brand: Pantone Blue 072U Conqueror Diamond White or equivalent Pantone Blue 072U
All typography prints black Basis Wt: 26.6, 100gsm Finish: CX22 #1386 All typography prints black

Hilton Property Brand size: (width of

the Hilton cartouche) 11.25mm
Hilton Property Brand colour:
41mm Pantone Blue 072U 41mm

6.5mm on top of logo 6.5mm on top of logo

and address on back Hilton Master Brand size:
(width of the Hilton cartouche) 11.25mm

Hilton Master Brand size:

Addressee’s Name
Addressee’s Title
Company Name
Recipient’s name and address: Addressee’s Name
Addressee’s Title
(width of the Hilton cartouche) 11.25mm
Street Address
City, State and Postal Code
11/14 Times New Roman Company Name
Street Address
Colour: Pantone Blue 072U
City, State and Postal Code

Front
front
5.5mm on top of address
41mm Hilton International
Maple Court, Central Park, Reeds Crescent
Watford, Herts. WD24 4QQ England
Hilton International
hilton.com
Maple Court, Central Park, Reeds Crescent
Watford, Herts. WD24 4QQ England
hilton.com
Legal name and address on
back square flap: 9/10
Bodoni Antiqua Medium
Country-specific URL or Legal name and address on back:
hilton.com: Univers 65 9/10 Bodoni Antiqua Medium
All typography prints black URL: Univers 65
All typography prints black

Back I
PT ON
O

A
L
S
back

T
A
N D A R D

Shown at 25% of actual size Shown at 50% of actual size

Section 4 – Stationery 8 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 4 – Stationery 9
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Envelope C6: 4.5 Business Card:

Hilton Property Brand, specifications – hotel level use only Hilton Master Brand, specifications – Maple Court use only
Size: Hilton Property Brand: Colour: Size: Hilton Master Brand: Tracking:
114x162mm Size: 10.25mm Hilton Property Brand: 85x55mm Size: 9.5mm All typography typeset with a tracking
Printing method: Placement: Centred at top of envelope Pantone Blue 072U Printing method: Placement: Centred at top of value of +2
Offset lithography Note – Size of Hilton Property Brand is All typography prints black Offset lithography business card Colour:
based on the width of the Hilton cartouche Optional: embossed Note – Size of Hilton Master Brand is Hilton Master Brand:
Paper stock: Paper stock: based on the width of the Hilton cartouche Pantone Blue 072U
Conqueror Diamond White or equivalent Tracking: Conqueror Diamond White or equivalent All typography prints black
Basis Wt: 26.6, 100gsm All typography typeset with a tracking
Basis Wt: 118.3, 340gsm
Finish: CX22 #1386 value of +2
Finish: CX22 #1394

41mm 4.5mm • 37.5mm Centre

4mm to top of logo
6.5mm on top of logo

British Colonial Hilton 17mm to top cap height

Nassau

Steven H. Benson
Vice President Operations 8.5mm to top cap height
Hilton International
Hilton Property Brand size: Maple Court, Central Park, Reeds Crescent Discretion of individual
Addressee’s Name
Addressee’s Title
(width of the Hilton cartouche) 11.25mm Watford, Herts. WD24 4QQ England
whether their mobile number
Tel Direct: +44 (0)20 7850 8470
Company Name
Street Address
Colour: Pantone Blue 072U Fax: +44 (0)20 7850 4001
or switchboard is shown
City, State and Postal Code email: steven.benson@hilton.com
hilton.com
4mm from bottom
14.5mm

Hilton Master Brand size: 21mm

Front (width of the Hilton space
cartouche) 9.5mm to cap
British Colonial Hilton Nassau
5.5mm on top of logo height
One Bay Street, Nassau, Bahamas
hilton.com

Walter M. Smith ISDN: +44 (0)1923 226797

Legal name and address on back: Vice President Operations Mobile: 07654 342265
9/10 Bodoni Antiqua Medium For cards with
Hilton International
Country-specific URL or Maple Court, Central Park, Reeds Crescent extended text or
Watford, Herts. WD24 4QQ England contact details
hilton.com: Univers 65 Tel Direct: +44 (0)20 7856 8470
All typography prints black Fax Direct: +44 (0)20 7856 8411
email: walter.smith@hilton.com
hilton.com

Individual’s name: front back

9pt Bodoni Antiqua Medium
Back Title: 7.5/9 Bodoni Antiqua
Medium Legal name and
address: 7.5/9 Bodoni Antiqua
I
PT ON
Medium Country-specific URL O

A
L
or hilton.com: Univers 65 9pt,

S
Pantone Blue 072U

T
A
N D A R D
Shown at 50% of actual size

Shown at 75% of actual size

Section 4 – Stationery 10 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 4 – Stationery 11
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Business Card: Business Card:

Hilton Property Brand, specifications – hotel use only Special formats, more than one location and other languages
Size: Basis Wt: 118.3, 340gsm Tracking: (Below) For cards with two office addresses (Right) For cards with extended text
85x 55mm Finish: CX22 #1394 All typography typeset with 21mm to
a tracking value of +2 top cap
Printing method: Hilton Property Brand: height
Offset lithography Size: 9.5mm Colour: John G. Smith Hilton International
Senior Vice President Europe Paris Offices: B.P. 10461–95708 Roissy
Optional: embossed Placement: Centred Hilton Property Brand: Pantone Blue 072U Charles de Gaulle Cedex, France
Hilton International Tel: +33 (0)14919 7702
at top business card All typography prints black London Office, Maple Court, Central Park, Fax: +33 (0)14919 7710
Paper stock: Reeds Crescent Watford, Herts. WD24 4QQ England.
Tel Direct: +44 (0)20 7850 4000

Conqueror Diamond White or equivalent Note – Size of Hilton Property Brand is Mobile: +44 (0)7960 432 999
email: john.smith@hilton.com
based on the width of the Hilton cartouche hilton.com

front back

Use 1/2 line space between

telephone numbers
4.5mm • 37.5mm Centre Janet Smith Hilton London This text position may be
Regional Director of International Sales Tel: +44 (0)20 7493 8000 used for any other essential Cap height aligns
items (additional telephone
4mm to top of logo Hilton Sales Worldwide – UK Langham Hilton
numbers, other addresses, etc) horizontally
London Hilton Tel: +44 (0)20 7636 1000
22 Park Lane, London. W1Y 4BE England Hilton London Mews
Tel: +44 (0)20 7493 8000 Tel: +44 (0)20 7493 7222
Tel Direct: +44 (0)20 7208 4108
17mm to top cap height email: janet.smith@hilton.com
hilton.co.uk
Brussels
Robert J. Harvey 42mm
General Manager 8.5mm to top cap height
Hilton Brussels
38 Boulevard de Waterloo, 1000 Brussels, Belgium
Tel: +32 (0)2 504 1111 Fax: +32 (0)2 504 2111
email: robert.harvey@hilton.com Tokyo Tokyo
I
Hitoshi Miyamato PT ON
O

A
Assistant Rooms Division Manager

L
hilton.com Hilton Tokyo

S
4mm from bottom 6-2, Nishi Shinjuku 6 chrome, Shinjuku-ku

T
A
N D A R D
Tokyo 160 Japan
160 6 6 2
Tel: +81 (03) 3344–5111, Ext 215
: (03) 3344-5111 : (03) 3342-6094
14.5mm email: hitoshi.miyamato@hilton.com
: 232-2515 HILTON J
hilton.co.jp

Hilton Property Brand size: (width of

the Hilton cartouche) 9.5mm front back

Note – For
measurement, colour www.hilton.com

and type
Dubai Dubai
Janet Smith
specifications
Brussels I
PT ON
Guest Relations Manageress see pages 181 & 182
O Hilton Dubai Resort
A

Robert J. Harvey
L

P.O. Box 927, Dubai, United Arab Emirates

Tel: +971 4 314000 Fax: 971 4 313383
General Manager
S

email: janet.smith@hilton.com
T

A
N D A R D

Hilton Brussels
hilton.com
38 Boulevard de Waterloo, 1000 Brussels, Belgium
Tel: +32 (0)2 504 1111 Fax: +32 (0)2 504 2111
email: robert.harvey@hilton.com front back

Individual’s name: 9pt Bodoni

hilton.com
Antiqua Medium
Title: 7.5/9 Bodoni Antiqua Medium
Country-specific URL: 9pt of Univers 65 Bold, Pantone Blue 072U Legal name and address: 7.5/9
Use the URL applicable to your country Bodoni Antiqua Medium

Shown at actual size

Shown at 65% of actual size

Section 4 – Stationery 12 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 4 – Stationery 13
brand applications manual brand applications manual

4.6 Compliment Card: Compliment Card:

Hilton Master Brand, specifications – Maple Court use only Hilton Property Brand, specifications – hotel level use only
Size: Hilton Master Brand: Tracking: Size: Hilton Property Brand: Colour:
99x210mm Size: 11.25mm All typography typeset with a tracking 99x210mm Size: 11.25mm Hilton Property Brand:
Printing method: Placement: Centred at page top value of +2 Placement: Centred at page top Pantone Blue 072U
Printing method:
Offset lithography Note – Size of Hilton Master Brand Colour: Note – Size of the Hilton Property Brand is All typography prints black
Offset lithography
is based on the width of the Hilton Property Brand:Pantone Blue 072U based on the width of the Hilton cartouche.
Paper stock: Paper stock:
Hilton cartouche All typography prints black
Conqueror Diamond White or equivalent Conqueror Diamond White or equivalent Tracking:
Basis Wt: 26.6, 100gsm Basis Wt: 26.6, 100gsm All typography typeset with
Finish: CX22 #1386 Finish: CX22 #1386 a tracking value of +2

Optional personalised card:

Hilton Master Brand colour: Individual’s name: 9.5/10 Hilton Master Brand colour: Optional personalised card:
Pantone Blue 072U Bodoni Antiqua Medium Pantone Blue 072U Individual’s name: 9.5/10 Bodoni
Hilton Master Brand size: Individual’s title: 9/10 Hilton Master Brand size: Antiqua Medium
(width of the Hilton Bodoni Antiqua Medium Title: 12pt Bodoni Antiqua Medium (width of the Hilton Individual’s title: 9/10 Bodoni
cartouche) 11.25mm All typography prints black All typography prints black (optional) cartouche) 11.25mm Antiqua Medium
All typography prints black
12mm 93mm 25mm 12mm 93mm 25mm

6.5mm to top of logo 6.5mm to top of logo

18.5mm to 18.5mm to
cap height cap height
With Compliments Walter M. Smith With Compliments Walter M. Smith
Vice President Operations Vice President Operations

Hilton International Hilton International Co. Incorporated with limited Hilton Manchester Airport Hilton International Co. Incorporated with limited
Maple Court Central Park, Reeds Crescent liability in Delaware, USA Head Office: 901 Ponce de Leon Outwood Lane, Manchester, UK, M90 4WP liability in Delaware, USA Head Office: 901 Ponce de Leon
Watford, Herts. WD24 4QQ England Boulevard, Suite 700, Coral Gables, Florida 33134, USA Tel: +44 (0)161 435 3000 Fax: +44 (0)161 435 3040 Boulevard, Suite 700, Coral Gables, Florida 33134, USA
hilton.com Tel: +44 (0)20 7850 4000 Fax: +44 (0)20 7850 4001 Registered in England No. BR000938 hilton.com Reservations: hilton.com Registered in England No. BR000938

6.5mm to baseline 6.5mm to baseline

hilton.com web address Legal name and Relevant local HRW Country-specific URL: Legal name and
9pt of Univers 65 Bold, address: 8/9 Bodoni number to be used 9pt of Univers 65 Bold, address: 8/9 Bodoni
Pantone Blue 072U. Antiqua Medium Pantone Blue 072U. Antiqua Medium
Use the URL applicable All typography Use the URL applicable All typography
to your country prints black to your country prints black
I
PT ON
O

A
I
PT ON

L
O
A

S
L

T
A
N D A R D
S
T

A D
N D A R

Shown at 75% of actual size Shown at 75% of actual size

Section 4 – Stationery 14 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 4 – Stationery 15
brand applications manual brand applications manual

4.7 Note Pad A5: Note Pad A5:

Hilton Master Brand, specifications – Maple Court use only Hilton Property Brand, specifications – hotel use only
Size: Hilton Master Brand: Colour: Size: Hilton Property Brand: Colour:
210x148.5mm Size: 11.25mm Hilton Master Brand: 210x148.5mm Size: 11.25mm Hilton Property Brand:
Placement: Centred at page top Pantone Blue 072U Placement: Centred at page top Pantone Blue 072U
Printing method: Printing method:
Note – Size of Hilton Master Brand is All typography prints black Note – Size of the Hilton Property Brand is All typography prints black
Offset lithography Offset lithography
based on the width of the Hilton cartouche based on the size of the Hilton Cartouche
Paper stock: Paper stock:
Conqueror Diamond White or equivalent Tracking: Conqueror Diamond White or equivalent
Tracking:
All typography typeset with All typography typeset with
Basis Wt: 118.3, 340gsm Basis Wt: 118.3, 340gsm
a tracking value of +2 a tracking value of +2
Finish: CX22 #1394 Finish: CX22 #1394

74.25mm 74.25mm

6.5mm to top of logo 6.5mm to top of logo

21.5mm to cap height Hilton Property Brand colour:

British Colonial Hilton
Hilton Property Brand colour: Nassau Pantone Blue 072U
Pantone Blue 072U

Hilton Property Brand size: Hilton Property Brand size: (width of

(width of the Hilton the Hilton cartouche) 11.25mm
cartouche) 11.25mm

I
PT ON
O
A
L
S
T

A
N D A R D

hilton.com 111 mm from top hilton.com 111 mm from top

URL Address: Country-specific URL:

45pt Univers 65 Bold, centred 45pt Univers 65 Bold, centred
Pantone Blue 072U filled Pantone Blue 072U filled
with a 30% tint. with a 30% tint.
Use the URL applicable Use the URL applicable
to your country to your country

Legal name and

address: 7/9 Bodoni
Antiqua Medium
All typography
I
PT ON
prints black O

A
L
Hilton International
Maple Court Central Park, Reeds Crescent British Colonial Hilton

S
Watford, Herts. WD24 4QQ England One Bay Street, Nassau. Bahamas

T
A
Tel: +44 (0)20 7850 4000 Fax: +44 (0)20 7850 4001 Tel: +1 242 322 3301 Fax: +1 242 302 9010 N D A R D
Reservations: hilton.com Reservations: hilton.com
Hilton Reservations Worldwide: 08705 90 90 90 Hilton Reservations Worldwide: 08705 90 90 90

8.5mm to baseline 8.5mm to baseline

Relevant local HRW number to be used 7/9 Bodoni

Antiqua Medium. All typography prints black
Shown at 75% of actual size Shown at 75% of actual size

Section 4 – Stationery 16 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 4 – Stationery 17
brand applications manual brand applications manual

4.8 Telephone Message Slip A6: 4.9 Facsimile A4:

Hilton Property Brand, specifications – hotel level use only Hilton Master Brand, specifications – Maple Court use only
Size: Hilton Property Brand: Colour: Size: Placement: Centred at page top Tracking:
148.5x105mm Size: 9.5mm Hilton Property Brand: 297x210mm Note – Size of the Hilton Master Brand is All typography typeset with
Printing method: Placement: Centred at page top Pantone Blue 072U based on the width of the Hilton cartouche a tracking value of +2
Printing method:
Offset lithography Note – Size of the Hilton Property Brand is All typography prints black “Facsimile”: Letterspacing adjusted
Laserprint Colour:
Paper stock: based on the width of the Hilton cartouche
Hilton Master Brand: Hilton Master Brand: Black
Conqueror Diamond White or equivalent All typography prints black
Size: 11.25mm
Basis Wt: 26.6, 100gsm Finish: CX22 #1386

5mm
20mm 79mm 12.5mm to cap height of title

Brussels
Hilton Property Brand colour: Pantone Blue 072U 6.5mm to top of logo
Hilton Master Brand colour: Black
Telephone Message
Titles: 12pt Bodoni Antiqua Medium 27mm to cap height
To: Room:

From:

Facsimile
To: Individual’s Name
Form text: 8/18 Univers Light Condensed Tel: +00 (0)000 0000
Fax: +00 (0)000 0000
Rules: .25pt CC:
Called Called in person Returned your call Country-specific URL: 12pt Univers 65
From: Individual’s Name
Please call Will call again Is waiting to see you
Emphasis text: 10/18 Univers Light Condensed Tel: +00 (0)000 0000
Check circles: 8.25pt Diameter using .20 rule Fax: +00 (0)000 0000 Title: EPS file provided colour: Black
Message:
Location: Location

Date: Today’s date

Hilton Master Brand size: (width of
Body text: 8/8 Univers Light Condensed Subject: Topic the Hilton cartouche) 11.25mm
aligned left (not shown) Total 3
Taken by: Pages:
Date: Time:

All typography and rules print black This message demonstrates the solid block typing format that has been adopted by Hilton

hilton.com
International for standard facsimile sheet. Facsimile text: 11/14 Times New Roman
The left margin is 25mm from the left edge of the sheet. The font used is Times New Roman 11/14 Regular in upper and lower case
aligned left. Begin by aligning the individual’s name with the first entry: “To:, then follow with other
typed entries using one line space between entries. After “Total Pages” skip two lines and begin body
Paragraphs: use 1 line space, no indents
4.5mm to top of Hilton cartouche of message. Text is single spaced with double spacing between paragraphs - no indentation. Maximum characters per line: 102
All typewritten information will be aligned left and ragged right. The right margin will maintain a
minimum of 19mm from the right edge of the sheet. Leave six to ten line spaces from the bottom of
the sheet.
Brussels
18.5mm to title cap height
Telephone Message
12mm to cap height
To: Room:

From: Reply text: 9/14 Bodoni Antiqua Medium

with “Total Pages:” 9/9 Bodoni Antiqua
Hilton Property Brand size: Medium, flush right
Called Called in person Returned your call (width of the Hilton cartouche) 9.5mm All typography prints black
Please call Will call again Is waiting to see you

Message:

Legal name and address:

Hilton International
Maple Court Central Park, Reeds Crescent 7/9 Bodoni Antiqua Medium
Watford, Herts. WD24 4QQ England
Taken by:
Tel: +44 (0)20 7850 4000 Fax: +44 (0)20 7850 4001 All typography prints black
Reservations: hilton.com
Date: Time: 4.5mm minimum space maintained hilton.com Hilton Reservations Worldwide: 08705 90 90 90

8.5 mm to baseline
hilton.com
6 mm to baseline URL Address: 15pt of Univers 65 Bold, Black. Relevant local HRW number to be used
Country-specific URL Use the URL applicable to your country

IMU M
Shown at 50% of actual size I
PT ON Shown at 50% of actual size N

I
M
O
A
L

D
S

R
S

T A A
N D
T

A
N D A R D

Section 4 – Stationery 18 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 4 – Stationery 19
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Facsimile A4: 4.10 Memorandum A4:

Hilton Property Brand, specifications – hotel use only Hilton Master Brand, specifications – Maple Court use only
Size: Note – Size of Hilton Property Brand is Tracking: Size: Hilton Master Brand: Tracking:
297x210mm based on the width of the Hilton cartouche All typography typeset with 297x210mm Size: 11.5mm All typography typeset with
Colour: a tracking value of +2 Placement: Centred a tracking value of +2
Printing method: Printing method:
Hilton Property Brand: Black “Facsimile”: Letterspacing adjusted at top of page “Memorandum”: Letterspacing adjusted
Laserprint Laserprint
All typography prints black Note – Size of Hilton Master Brand is
Hilton Property Brand: Paper stock: Colour:
based on the width of the Hilton cartouche
Size: 11.25mm Conqueror Diamond White or equivalent Hilton Master Brand: Black
Placement: Centred at page top Basis Wt: 26.6, 100gsm All typography prints black
Finish: CX22 #1386
5mm
20mm 79mm 12.5mm to cap height of title 5mm
20mm 79mm 12.5mm to cap height of title
6.5mm to top of logo
6.5mm to top of Hilton Master Brand
Hilton Property Brand colour: Black
Tunis 27mm to sidebar or
cap height of first line of typing

Facsimile
To: Individual’s Name
Tel: +00 (0)000 0000

Memorandum
To: Individual’s Name
Fax: +00 (0)000 0000
Tel: +00 (0)000 0000
CC:
Fax: +00 (0)000 0000
CC:
From: Individual’s Name Title: EPS file provided
Tel: +00 (0)000 0000
Fax: +00 (0)000 0000 Colour: Black From: Individual’s Name
Tel: +00 (0)000 0000
Location: Location
Fax: +00 (0)000 0000 Title: EPS file provided Colour: Black
Location: Location
Date: Today’s date
Hilton Property Brand size:
Date: Today’s date
Subject: Topic (width of the Hilton cartouche) 11.25mm Hilton Master Brand size:
Total 3
Subject: Topic (width of the Hilton cartouche) 11.25mm
Pages: Colour: Black
This message demonstrates the solid block typing format that has been adopted by Hilton
This message demonstrates the solid block typing format that has been adopted by Hilton
International for standard facsimile sheet.
Facsimile text: 11/14 Times New Roman International for standard facsimile sheet.
The left margin is 25mm from the left edge of the sheet. The font used is Times New Roman 11/14 Regular in upper and lower case The left margin is 25mm from the left edge of the sheet. The font used is Times New Roman 11/14
aligned left. Begin by aligning the individual’s name with the first entry: “To:, then follow with other
typed entries using one line space between entries. After “Total Pages” skip two lines and begin body Paragraphs: use 1 line space, no indents aligned left. Begin by aligning the individual’s name with the first entry: “To:, then follow with other
typed entries using one line space between entries. After “Total Pages” skip two lines and begin body
of message. Text is single spaced with double spacing between paragraphs - no indentation. Maximum characters per line: 102 of message. Text is single spaced with double spacing between paragraphs - no indentation.
All typewritten information will be aligned left and ragged right. The right margin will maintain a
minimum of 19mm from the right edge of the sheet. Leave six to ten line spaces from the bottom of
All typewritten information will be aligned left and ragged right. The right margin will maintain a
minimum of 19mm from the right edge of the sheet. Leave six to ten line spaces from the bottom of
Memorandum text:
the sheet.
the sheet. 11/14 Times New Roman Regular in
upper and lower case
Paragraphs: use 1 line space, no indents
Maximum characters per line: 102
Reply text: 9/14 Bodoni Antiqua Medium
with “Total Pages:” 9/9 Bodoni Antiqua
Medium, flush right Reply text:
All typography prints black 9/14 Bodoni Antiqua Medium
All typography prints black

Legal name and address: 7/9

Legal name and address: 7/9 Bodoni Bodoni Antiqua Medium
Hilton Tunis
Avenue de la Ligue Arabe, Carthage Tunis, 1080 Tunisia Antiqua Medium All typography
Tel: +216 1782100
Fax: +216 1782208 All typography prints black Hilton International
Maple Court Central Park, Reeds Crescent
prints black
Reservations: hilton.com Watford, Herts. WD24 4QQ England
hilton.com Hilton Reservations Worldwide: 08705 90 90 90 Tel: +44 (0)20 7850 4000 Fax: +44 (0)20 7850 4001
8.5 mm to baseline hilton.com
Reservations: hilton.com
Hilton Reservations Worldwide: 08705 90 90 90
8.5mm to baseline
Country-specific URL: 15pt of Univers 65 Bold, Black. Relevant local HRW number to be used
Use the URL applicable to your country URL Address: 15pt of Univers 65 Bold, Black.
IMU M
Use the URL applicable to your country N
IMU M
N

I
M
I
M

D
Shown at 50% of actual size Shown at 50% of actual size
D

R
S T A A
R

T A A N D
N D

Section 4 – Stationery 20 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 4 – Stationery 21
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Memorandum A4: 4.11 Mailing Label:

Hilton Property Brand, specifications – hotel use only Hilton Master Brand, specifications – Maple Court use only
Size: Finish: CX22 #1386 Tracking: Size: Paper stock: Tracking:
297x210mm Hilton Property Brand: All typography typeset 82.5x114mm, 4up per sheet Avery Self Adhesive All typography typeset with
with a tracking value of +2 139x99mm, 4up/A4 sheet Colour: White dull finish a tracking value of +2
Printing method: Size: 11.5mm
Placement: Centred at top of page “Memorandum”: Letterspacing adjusted 99x93mm, 6up/A4 sheet Hilton Master Brand: Colour:
Laserprint
99x67mm, 8up/A4 sheet Size: 9.5mm Hilton Property Brand: Blue 072U
Paper stock: Note – Size of Hilton Property Brand is Colour:
based on the width of the Hilton cartouche Hilton Property Brand: Black
Printing method: Placement: Centred at page top All typography prints black
Conqueror Diamond White or equivalent
Offset lithography Note – Size of Hilton Master Brand is Optional: Laser printed, All black
Basis Wt: 26.6, 100gsm All typography prints black
Optional: All laser printed based on the width of the Hilton cartouche

centred
5mm
20mm 79mm 12mm
12.5mm to cap height of title
4.5mm to top of Hilton cartouche
6.5mm to top of Hilton Property Brand

27mm to sidebar or
Auckland cap height of first line of typing
To:
Tel:
Individual’s Name
+00 (0)000 0000
Memorandum
Fax: +00 (0)000 0000
CC: Hilton Master Brand colour:
From: Individual’s Name
Pantone Blue 072U
Tel: +00 (0)000 0000 Hilton Master Brand size:
Fax: +00 (0)000 0000
Title: EPS file provided Colour: Black (width of the Hilton cartouche) 9.5mm
Location: Location

Date: Today’s date

Hilton Property Brand size: Hilton International
Subject: Topic (width of the Hilton cartouche) 11.25mm Maple Court Central Park, Reeds Crescent
Watford, Herts. WD24 4QQ England 9mm to baseline
Colour: Black
hilton.com
This message demonstrates the solid block typing format that has been adopted by Hilton
4.5mm to baseline
International for standard facsimile sheet.
Legal name and address: 8/9 Bodoni
The left margin is 25mm from the left edge of the sheet. The font used is Times New Roman 11/14
aligned left. Begin by aligning the individual’s name with the first entry: “To:, then follow with other Antiqua Medium – Black
typed entries using one line space between entries. After “Total Pages” skip two lines and begin body
of message. Text is single spaced with double spacing between paragraphs - no indentation.
URL: 9pt Univers 65 – Blue 072U

All typewritten information will be aligned left and ragged right. The right margin will maintain a
minimum of 19mm from the right edge of the sheet. Leave six to ten line spaces from the bottom
Memorandum text: 11/14 Times New
of the sheet. Roman Regular in upper and lower case
Paragraphs: use 1 line space, no indents
Maximum characters per line: 102 Hilton Master
Brand colour: Black

Hilton Tunis
Reply text: 9/14 Bodoni Antiqua Medium
Avenue de la Ligue Arabe, Carthage Tunis, 1080 Tunisia
Tel: +216 1782100
All typography prints black
Fax: +216 1782208
Reservations: hilton.com
Hilton Reservations Worldwide: 08705 90 90 90

Hilton International
Legal name and address: 7/9 Maple Court Central Park, Reeds Crescent
Bodoni Antiqua Medium Watford, Herts. WD24 4QQ England

All typography prints black hilton.com

Hilton Auckland
Princes Wharf
147 Quay Street
IMU M
Auckland, New Zealand N

I
Tel: +64 (0)9 978 2000 Fax: +64 (0)9 978 2001

M
hilton.com auckland.hilton.com
8.5mm to baseline

D
S

R
T A A
N D
Country-specific URL: 15pt of Univers 65 Bold, Black. N
IMU M
I

Use the URL applicable to your country

M

S
R

T A A
N D

Shown at 50% of actual size Shown at 75% of actual size

Section 4 – Stationery 22 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 4 – Stationery 23
brand applications manual

Mailing Label:
Hilton Property Brand, specifications – hotel level use only
Size: Self Adhesive Tracking:
82.5x114mm Colour: White dull finish All typography typeset with
Printing method: Hilton Property Brand: a tracking value of +2
Offset lithography Size: 9.5mm Colour:
Optional: All laser printed Placement: Centred at page top Hilton Property Brand: Blue 072U
Paper stock: Note – Size of Hilton Property Brand is typography prints black
Avery (or Fasson) based on the width of the Hilton cartouche Optional: Laser printed, all black

12mm 50mm
4.5mm to top of Hilton cartouche

Hilton Property Brand colour:

Pantone Blue 072U
Strasbourg

Hilton Property Brand size: (width of

the Hilton cartouche) 11.5mm

Hilton Strasbourg
Avenue Herrenschmidt,
Strasbourg, France F-67000. 9mm to baseline
hilton.com
4.5mm to baseline

Legal name and address:

Country-specific URL: 15pt of Univers 65 Bold, 8/9 Bodoni Antiqua Medium
Hilton Blue. All typography prints black
Use the URL applicable to your country

Hilton Property Brand colour:

Black
Strasbourg

Hilton Strasbourg
Avenue Herrenschmidt,
Strasbourg, France F-67000.
hilton.com

Country-specific URL: 15pt of Univers 65 Bold, Black.

Use the URL applicable to your country

Shown at 75% of actual size

Section 4 – Stationery 24
brand applications manual

Hotel Collateral

UPDATE 2005
5.1 The Hilton Brand Identity – 2
Hotel Collateral Parameters

5.2 Front Desk Items 6

5.3 Travel Items 9

5.4 Printed Forms 10

5.5 Laundry and Apparel Items 16

5.6 Door Items 18

5.7 Bathroom Amenities 20

5.8 Food and Beverage Items 22

5.9 Your Hotel Guide 26

5.10 Conference and Event Items 27

5.11 Press Releases 29

5.12 Team Member Items 31

brand applications manual

Hotel Collateral
Thoughtfully created hotel collateral items
help offer guests true Hilton Moments
throughout their stay. This is achieved by
incorporating the elements of Equilibrium
into a variety of items found in places such
as restaurants, bars and guest rooms.

This section shows examples of

how we can use the Hilton
Brand Identity to make us stand
out from our competitors.

I MU All items stamped Hilton Minimum

IN
M
M

Standard are mandatory for all hotels

and must adhere to the style
S

T R
A N
D A
shown, unless an option is available.

All items stamped Hilton Optional

TI ONA
P
Standard are not mandatory, but provide
O

an alternative or addition to Hilton

S

T R
A N
D A
Minimum Standard items. Hotels wishing
to use them must adhere to the style
shown when preparing their own items.

VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 5 – Hotel Collateral 1

brand applications manual brand applications manual

5.1 The Hilton Brand Identity – The Hilton Brand Identity –

Hotel Collateral Parameters: Hotel Collateral Parameters:
Hilton Master Brand
The Hilton cartouche
The Hilton Master Brand is the primary presentation of
the Hilton Brand. It is the prominent use of the Hilton The Hilton cartouche captures the essence of our brand,
Master Brand, repeatedly across our hotels, that will our positioning and values. It brings strong recognition
establish and reinforce our brand and create high across all communications and reminds our guests of their
customer recognition. experiences and impressions of Hilton. The Hilton
cartouche is a classical design based on the letter 'H'.
• Elements of the Hilton Master Brand A surrounding oval reflects Hilton's global presence.
(Hilton cartouche, Hilton Proprietary Typeface and Hilton cartouche
the Hilton name) must always appear in the correct • The Hilton cartouche, on its own, should be used
configuration and proportion with restraint

• The primary corporate colour is Hilton Blue and is • Minimum size restrictions – 10mm for all hotel
the preferred presentation for the Hilton Master collateral, please ensure the exclusion zone is
Brand. The primary presentation includes Hilton Blue adhered to
on white and white out on Hilton Blue. In certain
circumstances, such as in one colour newspaper • The Hilton cartouche must be seen in its entirety.
advertising, the Hilton Master Brand may be applied Do not place images, logos or copy over the cartouche
Hilton Blue – Pantone 2736c in a black or white out format
Exclusion zone Note – See Section 10 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines
Update Manual for detailed information on displaying the
Hilton cartouche.
Sizing

• Minimum size restrictions – 17mm for corporate The Hilton curve

application – and exclusion zone applies
The Hilton curve must be applied to all hotel
MIN 17mm
• You should choose an appropriate size to create a collateral. Two Hilton curves have been developed and
consistent impression when you view similar objects must be used to distinguish between different market
together – see illustrated size examples segments.
Business curve
• Please ensure the Hilton Master Brand exclusion • Hilton Business curve – used for all hotel collateral
zone is adhered to business communication material, such as conference
and event items
H Note – See Section 3 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines • Hilton Leisure curve – used for any hotel collateral
Update Manual for detailed information on displaying communication material that promotes leisure or a
the Hilton Master Brand. combination of leisure and business services and
H
H

facilities, such as front desk items and printed forms

Leisure curve
H Note – You must never apply both Hilton curves to one
communication item. It must be either the Hilton Leisure
curve or the Hilton Business curve.
Exclusion zone
Note – When copy or a Hotel Property Brand is reversed
out of the Hilton curve the tint value within the Hilton
curve must be no less than 80%

Always use master artwork provided on the Hilton

Creative Library for the reproduction of Hilton Brand
Identity elements. To download Hilton logos and fonts
please visit: hiltoncreativelibrary.com

Section 5 – Hotel Collateral 2 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 5 – Hotel Collateral 3
brand applications manual brand applications manual

The Hilton Brand Identity – The Hilton Brand Identity –

Hotel Collateral Parameters: Hotel Collateral Parameters:
Bodoni Antiqua Light Hilton supporting typefaces Hilton Property Brand
A Hilton Property Brand is developed for an individual
Bodoni Antiqua Regular Two typeface families can be used within the Hilton hotel and combines the Hilton name and the property
Identity System. These typefaces should be used for name, and can be arranged vertically (preferably) or
Bodoni Antiqua Medium headlines and text purposes in all our printed material. horizontally if there is a space issue – see Section 4
They can be used separately or together as desired. Standard Hilton property name of the Hilton Identity Guidelines Update Manual.
Bodoni Antiqua Bold The typefaces are easily available in most computer
text setting systems. There are three Hilton property naming conventions that
must be adhered to:
Bodoni Antiqua Light Italic
• Never replace the two typeface families with
• Standard Hilton property name – this is the preferred
Bodoni Antiqua Regular Italic alternatives, not even substitutes
Hilton Property Brand naming convention. This
combines the Hilton name and the Hilton property name
Bodoni Antiqua Medium Italic • Text should be aligned to the left – justified type
should be avoided Recognised hotel property name • Recognised hotel property name – this is only to be
Bodoni Antiqua Bold Italic used for a hotel that has been acquired by Hilton and
• Consistent line weights help guests to separate and has an existing internationally recognised hotel name
navigate through forms and information. 0.25pt is
the general line weight for horizontal definition, • Recognised hotel property name plus a Location
Univers Light such as boxes on forms. 1pt is the general line Statement – this is only to be used for a hotel that
weight for section dividers, to clearly distinguish has been acquired by Hilton and has an existing
Univers Regular elements within forms internationally recognised hotel name which
incorporates a location statement
Recognised hotel property name
Univers Bold Bodoni Antiqua
plus location statement Country-specific URL application
Univers Extra Black • This is a serif typeface and is similar to the Hilton Every year, more and more customers are using the internet
Proprietary typeface. This is particularly suited to as their preferred method of booking. To help us achieve
Univers Condensed Light headlines and small amounts of text hilton.co.jp this goal, we launched a series of country-specific websites.

Univers Condensed Regular Univers hilton.co.uk • Only your single, country-specific URL should feature
and never more than one URL
Univers Condensed Bold • This is a sans serif typeface. It is particularly suited hilton.de
for large amounts of text • It is also unnecessary to include ‘www’ at the start of
Univers Light Italic hilton.at any URL
Note – See Section 3 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines
Update Manual for further details. Country-specific URLs • If there is not a country-specific URL for your location
Univers Regular Italic use hilton.com

Univers Bold Italic hilton.com • Where possible it is preferred to apply the following
standardised format, combining the country-specific
Generic URL URL with our ‘Best Rates, Guaranteed’ promise.

‘For the best rates, visit’ to appear in Univers 45 light,

For the best rates, visit hilton.com
‘hilton.com’ to appear in Univers 65 Bold.
Standardised call to action

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON ‘TAKE ME TO THE HILTON’ application

The new company strapline must be applied to all
New company strapline appropriate hotel collateral items. Please note it must all
appear in upper case, Univers 65 Bold.

Section 5 – Hotel Collateral 4 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 5 – Hotel Collateral 5
brand applications manual brand application manual

5.2 Front Desk Items: Front Desk Items:

Key and key card holder Key card holder
A variety of different types of keycards, mechanisms and carrying The country-specific URL must be included on all front desk
devices exist. The important principle for brand application is to items. Where possible, it is recommended to include the Hilton
clearly identify Hilton location through the use of the Hilton Leisure curve.
Property Brand and access instructions.
These examples show how simple design tactics can be applied Note – These examples are a style suggestion only.
to promote additional services and/or facilities that the hotel The completed design should be based on your assessment Page one Back Front
provides. These can also be used to promote Hilton Branded of hotel clientele. VONDEL
Products/Programmes or 3rd parties. PARK CONCERT

HOBBEMAKADE
HALL
AT RIJKS
T RA MUSEUM
ES
SS
A IRE
D EL

AP
OL
LO

BEETHOVEN STRAAT
Key front Key back Key back – Hilton Branded Product/Programme LA
AN
CHURCHIL LAAN
BEATRIX PARK

SHOPPING
WORLD RAI
TRADE CONGRESS
CENTRE HALL
TO SCHIPHOL INT. AIRPORT

Belfast Belfast
This edge in slot

This edge in slot

Appololaan 138,
I
PT ON Amsterdam, Netherlands 1077BG
O Ut wisi enim ad minim

A
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam Tel: +31-20-7106000

L
nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam
Start at top
Start at top Fax: +31-20-7106080

S
erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci

T
A
N D A R D tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo con-
Belfast Slide down quickly
Slide down quickly sequat.

Push lever or lever or

Push
turn knobturn knob Key front – Promotional message Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit esse
molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilifacilisi.
This edge in slot

only afteronly
green after green quam erat volutpat. TAKE ME TO THE HILTON
hilton.co.uk
hilton.co.uk light. appears.
light appears
For the best rates, visit hilton.com
ENTER
enter ENTER
enter
Start at top
Slide down quickly
Push lever or
turn knob
IMU M only after green
N
hilton.co.uk light appears.
I
M

ENTER
enter I
PT ON
D

O
S
Inside spread
A
R

T A A

L
N D
S
T

A
N D A R D

Belfast
Ut wisi enim ad minim
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam
HILTON HILTON
HHONOURS HHONOURS
nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam
Lorem ipsum
Loremdolor sit amet,
ipsum dolor consectetuer
sit amet, consectetuer erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci

This edge in slot

adipiscingadipiscing
elit, sed diam nonnumy
elit, sed nibh euismod
diam nonnumy nibh euismod tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo con-

tempor incidunt ut labore et dolore rnagna sequat.

tempor incidunt ut labore et dolore rnagna
Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit esse
HILTONHILTONHHONOURS
MEETINGS
HILTON MEETINGS molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilifacilisi. Start at top
Lorem ipsum dolor erat
aliquam sit amet, consectetuer
volupat.
aliquam eratUt wisi Ut wisi
volupat. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, magna ali-
Slide down quickly
adipiscing elit, sed diam nonnumy nibh euismod
enim ad minim
uUamcorper
enim ad veniam,
minimquis
suscipit laboris
nostrud
veniam, quisexercitation
tempor incidunt ut labore et dolore rnagna
nisl ut aliquip
nostrud exercitation
exaliquip
ea
quam erat volutpat.
Insert your
Push lever or
uUamcorper suscipit laboris nisl ut ex ea turn knob
commodocommodo
HILTON MEETINGS
consequat. consequat.
ENTER ENTER hilton.co.uk
hotel’s
only F&B
after green
light appears.
aliquam erat volupat. Ut wisi
enim ad minim veniam, hilton.co.uk
hilton.co.uk
quis nostrud exercitation
Guest name: ENTER
enter and health club
Duis autem
uUamcorper Duisvelautem
suscipit eum irure
vel
laboris dolor
nisleum in henderit
irure
ut aliquip ex ea in in
dolor henderit in

hilton.co.uk
hilton.co.uk
commodo
vulputatevulputate
velit consequat.
essevelit
molestie
esse consequat, vel illum vel illum
molestie consequat,
ENTER
Room Number:
logos here
dolore eudolore
feugiateunuua facilisi
feugiat nuua Atfacilisi
vero eosAt et
vero eos et
hilton.co.uk Departure:
Duis autem vel eum irure dolor in henderit in
vulputate velit esse molestie consequat, vel illum
hilton.co.uk dolore eu feugiat nuua facilisi At vero eos et

I
PT ON
O

A
L
Key card holder N
IMU M TAKE ME TO THE HILTON

S
For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk
I

T
A
N D A R D
M

S
R

T A A
N D

Section 5 – Hotel Collateral 6 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 5 – Hotel HILTON
Collateral
HHONOURS 7
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer
adipiscing elit, sed diam nonnumy nibh euismod
tempor incidunt ut labore et dolore rnagna
brand application manual brand applications guidelines

Front Desk Items: 5.3 Travel Items:

Registration forms Luggage Labels/Luggage Stickers
There are two suggested formats for registration forms. The The following items must be included on all registration forms: The travel items displayed must be produced in the format The following items must be included on all luggage labels and
type used by your hotel will need to be confirmed by your outlined. The use of colour, other than Hilton Blue, and stickers:
Regional Marketing Department. • The Hilton Master Brand must be applied wording, however, are flexible as long as they follow the
• The Hilton Leisure curve must be used • The Hilton Property Brand must be applied
supporting colour palette and Equilibrium copy style.
• The country-specific URL must be included • The Hilton Leisure curve must be used – not applicable for
Hilton Branded Product/Programme luggage labels
• Data protection details These items are not only useful to the customer, but will be
displayed to an outside audience – an excellent opportunity to • The country-specific URL must be included
promote Hilton and/or Hilton Branded Products/Programmes.
Registration form Note – These examples are a style suggestion only. The
I
N
IMU M completed design should be based on your assessment of
hotel clientele.
M

S D
R
T A A
N D
Please use block capitals
Title/Name Hilton Ltd will use your information for administration and marketing purposes including
Title/Name analysing your travel and accommodation preferences. We will need to disclose your
information to our service providers and agents for these purposes. By completing this

5
Surname form you consent to the transfer of your information to our administration centres in the
Surname
United States and to other countries where our hotels are situated. Further, if you provide
Street us with sensitive personal data about you, for example health and dietary information,
Street you consent to our processing this information for the above purposes. We may share

5
5
your information with our group-companies, hotel owners and selected third parties and
City/State we, or they, may wish to contact you with special offers of goods, services or forthcoming Room No.
City/State events or promotions which may interest you.
I hereby acknowledge by signing this registration card that I agree to having my personal
Postcode information entered into and available to be used by the Hilton International Data Base
Postcode worldwide. I understand that the terms and conditions of my rights regarding Personal Data

27
30% PMS 2736
Protection are to be found in the in-room guest directory and I hereby agree to them.
Country If you do not want to be contacted for marketing or research
Country purposes, please tick this box.
All the information you give us is voluntary. You have the legal right to apply for a copy of the
Email information we hold on you and correct any inaccuracies as well as to object against its use No. 007248
Email for direct marketing or research purposes.
Hilton Ltd will use your information for administration and marketing purposes including

53
analysing your travel and accommodation preferences. We will need to disclose your

5
information to our service providers and agents for these purposes. By completing this
Passport/Visa No. form you consent to the transfer of your information to our administration centres in the Room No.
Passport/Visa No. United States and to other countries where our hotels are situated. Further, if you provide
us with sensitive personal data about you, for example health and dietary information,

Room no.
Place of Issue you consent to our processing this information for the above purposes. We may share
Place of Issue your information with our group-companies, hotel owners and selected third parties and

Pieces

27
we, or they, may wish to contact you with special offers of goods, services or forthcoming
Date of Issue

Date
events or promotions which may interest you.
Date of Issue I hereby acknowledge by signing this registration card that I agree to having my personal
information entered into and available to be used by the Hilton International Data Base

5 2.5
Issuing Authority worldwide. I understand that the terms and conditions of my rights regarding Personal Data
Issuing Authority Protection are to be found in the in-room guest directory and I hereby agree to them. No. 007248
If you do not want to be contacted for marketing or research
Nationality purposes, please tick this box.
Nationality All the information you give us is voluntary. You have the legal right to apply for a copy of the
information we hold on you and correct any inaccuracies as well as to object against its use

5
Place of Birth for direct marketing or research purposes.
Place of Birth

No. 007248
Date of Birth
Date of Birth The guest acknowledges joint and several liability for all services rendered until full settle-
ment of the bill. The management takes no responsibility for valuables left in the guest 60% PMS 2736
room. Safe deposit boxes are provided without charge in each room and also at front desk.

The guest acknowledges joint and several liability for all services rendered until full settle-
HHonors No. ment of the bill. The management takes no responsibility for valuables left in the guest
room. Safe deposit boxes are provided without charge in each room and also at front desk.

Frequent Flyer No.

Non-Stop Check Out

FRAGILE
I authorise Hilton to debit the credit card that has been authorised on arrival for the full amount
incurred during my stay

Non-Stop Check Out

I authorise Hilton to debit the credit card that has been authorised on arrival for the full amount

Time
incurred during my stay
Company Name
Company Name Signature
How will account be settled?
How will account be settled?

Cash Cheque (with bankers card)

Handle with Care

Cash Cheque (with bankers card)
Checked

109
Credit Card Co Account
Credit Card Co Account

Hotel to complete Tokyo Hilton International

Guest Signature

138
Arrival Date Departure Date Room Number 6 - 2 Nishishinjuku 6 Chome, Shinjuku - Ku, Tokyo, JP1600023 Reservations: www.hilton.com
Telephone +81 (3) 334 4511 Facsimile +81 (3) 3342 6094
No of guests Rate Initials/Agent
hilton.co.jp

Number of pieces

Accepting initials
Registered Office: Maple Court, Central Park,
Reeds Crescent, Watford, Herts WD24 4QQ

hilton.co.jp
Arrival date
Name
5 2.5
I
PT ON
O

A
L
S
T
A
N D A R D

30% PMS 2736

Key card holder – front

Time

20mm centred

138
95

13
Number of pieces

Accepting initials
Departure date

hilton.co.jp
Name
5 2.5
100% PMS 2736

Key card holder – back 20mm centred

Tokyo

39
Note – This option can be developed if you

35
wish to promote a Hilton Branded
I
PT ON
O Product/Programme.
Registration form combined with
A

13
L

IMU M I
PT ON I
N PT ON
O O
key card holder
I

A
S

L
T

A
N D A R D
D

S
S
R

T
A

T
A
T A
N D
A N D A R D N D A R D

Section 5 – Hotel Collateral 8 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 5 – Hotel Collateral 9
brand applications manual brand applications manual

5.4 Printed Forms: Printed Forms:

No stop checkout Safe deposit box record
The no stop checkout form is the perfect way of letting the guest • The Hilton Property Brand must be applied The safe deposit form should be easy for the guest to understand • The Hilton Leisure curve must be used
know that you are thinking of their every need. The main objective • The Hilton Leisure curve has been used and to complete successfully. • The country-specific URL must be included
here is to inform the guest in a clear and concise manner of the • ‘TAKE ME TO THE HILTON’ must be applied
• The country-specific URL is included
service that is on offer. It will also be the last chance of The following items must be included on safe deposit record
communication with the guest so there is an opportunity to wish • ‘TAKE ME TO THE HILTON’ must be applied
forms: Note – These examples are a style suggestion only. The
them well, and invite them back for a future visit.
Note – These examples are a style suggestion only. completed design should be based on your assessment of
The following items must be included on all no stop checkout The completed design should be based on your assessment hotel clientele.
• The Hilton Property Brand must be applied
forms: of hotel clientele.

5 2.5 20mm centred 5

20mm 50.5mm 20mm 50.5mm 20mm

39

Buenos Aires Glasgow

68mm
0.5
I hereby acknowledge the receipt of the key of the safe deposit box no.

6 Name

Address

Good morning,

Thank you for having chosen The Hilton Buenos Aires and we very much trust that you are
enjoying your stay with us. If you would like to access your safe deposit box, all authorised persons should sign in the presence of a front desk agent.
Authorised signatures
We have noted your anticipated departure for today and would like to offer you our unique
no stop checkout. Enclosed you will find an itemised statement of your account as of 4.00am 1
this morning.
2
If you would like to take advantage of this rapid departure service, please make the
3
necessary corrections to your address shown on the statement, sign the statement and, when
leaving the Hotel please drop the envelope together with your key into the no stop checkout
box at the Front Desk in the Lobby. Your finalised account plus your completed credit card
slip will then be forwarded to you.

We look forward to serving you again in the near future.

Please note our checkout time is 12.00 noon. Should you require assistance with your To release your box, please return the key to one of our front desk agents and sign the release form.
onward transportation please contact the Concierge on extension 5.

2.5mm Please remember, if you leave the hotel without returning the key, we reserve the right to open the box
18mm
and remove the content without liability.
1mm
Name Room On the notice board in the safe deposit box room, you will find the charges, which will occur in the
11mm
case of forgetting or losing a key.
Signature

Guest signature

Front Desk Agent

IMU M
N
I
M
IMU M
N
I

D
TAKE ME TO THE HILTON 18mm (min)
M

S For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk

R
T A A
18mm (min) N D
TAKE ME TO THE HILTON For the best rates, visit hilton.com
D

S
R

T A A
N D

Section 5 – Hotel Collateral 10 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 5 – Hotel Collateral 11
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Printed Forms: Printed Forms:

Guest questionnaire form Laundry – order and valet forms
It is important that these forms are easy to follow. Guest The following items must be included on all guest questionnaire
questionnaire forms are integral to the success of your hotel. As forms: It is important that these forms are easy to follow, so they must Note – These examples are a style suggestion only. The
a Hilton employee your primary concern should be your guests – clearly distinguish between the valet service and the laundry completed design should be based on your assessment of
so help them feel important, encourage them to give their views, • The Hilton Master Brand must be applied service. Alternative use of colour is a simple solution. hotel clientele.
offer them an attractive and eye catching form, make them feel • The Hilton Leisure curve must be used
like they can make a difference. • The country-specific URL must be included The country-specific URL must be included on all laundry order
Please check, however, if there is already a standard layout that
and valet forms.
is used by your area Note – This is a style suggestion only. The completed design
should be based on your assessment of hotel clientele.

2.5mm
5mm
20mm

5
Toronto

Laundry service – Dial 7

36mm Name

Toronto
Room Date

Valet service – Dial 7

Laundry mark P.No. C.C

2 Name Count Gentlemen Price Amount

11mm Shirt 5.00
0.5mm Room Date Underpants 2.00

7
Valet service C.C. Tick box for item service required Ref.

Count Gentlemen Clean & press Press only Amount

Suit 13.00 10.00

Jacket 6.50 5.00

I
PT ON
O
A
L
S
T

A
N D A R D

Total
Slacks
Vat included
Scarves

Special instructions

Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi
enimad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.
Total
Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit esse molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at vero eros et accumsan et
iustoodio dignissim qui blandit praesent luptatum zzril delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi.
Vat included

Special instructions

6mm
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi
enimad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.

Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit esse molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at vero eros et accumsan et
iustoodio dignissim qui blandit praesent luptatumLorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enimad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea
commodo consequat.
hilton.com

I
PT ON
O

A
L
hilton.com

S
T
A
N D A R D

IMU M
N

I
M

D
S

R
T A A
N D

Section 5 – Hotel Collateral 12 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 5 – Hotel Collateral 13
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Printed Forms: 5.5 Laundry and Apparel Items:

Bathrobe and housekeeping card Laundry or dry cleaning return bag

The cards featured are a perfect example of how, with small • The Hilton Master Brand must be applied Laundry return bags provide another opportunity to let guests • This example has a stylish, clean look incorporating the Hilton
touches, we can let guests know we are thinking about them. • The Hilton Leisure curve must be used know we are thinking of their every need. Property Brand, Hilton Leisure curve and country-specific URL
A small card placed in their guest room will not impose on their
• The country-specific URL must be included
personal space, and if thoughtfully designed can create a
The country-specific URL must be included on all laundry and dry • This can be recreated or hotels can choose from the range of
Hilton Moment.
cleaning return bags. laundry bags from the new bathroom amenities line shown
Note – These examples are a style suggestion only. The
The following items must be included on all bathrobe and completed design should be based on your assessment of
housekeeping cards: hotel clientele.

Bathrobe card – if applicable to your region/hotel Bathrobe card – if applicable to your region/hotel Laundry or dry cleaning suit return bag
I
N
IMU M PT ON
O

A
I
M

L
S
D

T
S A
N D A R D
R

T A A
N D

Lorem ipsum,

dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed

veniam. Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hen
Dear Guest, drerit in vulputate velit esse molestie
consequat.veniam. Duis autem vel eum iriure
We hope you enjoy Hilton Copenhagen dolor in hen.
Airport embracing you.

If you wish to bring this feeling with you

Copenhagen Airport
home – please call Housekeeping to
purchase this embracing Bathrobe, at the Laundry or dry cleaning return bag
discounted price of DKK 650,
– Push for Housekeeping.

Hospitably yours,
The Housekeeping Team

hilton.com hilton.com
hilton.com
For your laundry or dry cleaning
Housekeeping card – if applicable to your region/hotel Housekeeping card – if applicable to your region/hotel
I
PT ON
O hilton.com
A
L

IMU M
N
I
M

S
T

A
N D A R D
D

S
R

T A A
N D

Name

Room

Your room has been specially Please do not forget to put your laundry or valet list inside

prepared for you by Copenhagen Airport

Your room has been Jackie Smith hilton.com

specially prepared WARNING
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOY. TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFOCATION KEEP IT AWAY FROM CHILDREN
AND BABIES. DO NOT USE THIS BAGS IN CRIBS, BEDS, CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS.

for you by
I
PT ON
O

A
• This example of a simple laundry return bag is

L
Jackie Smith I
PT ON

S
O
available for individual hotels wishing to produce a

T
A
N D A R D

A
L
personalised laundry bag. It is a minimum standard to

S
T
A
N D A R D
have a laundry bag provided, however this may be
hilton.com hilton.com provided by a local laundry supplier

Section 5 – Hotel Collateral 14 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 5 – Hotel Collateral 15
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Laundry and Apparel Items: Laundry and Apparel Items:

Laundry box Shoe box

These boxes show how laundry boxes can be produced in Note – These examples are a style suggestion only. Shoe boxes provide another excellent opportunity to let guests • The Hilton Property Brand must be applied
keeping with the style of other hotel collateral items. The completed design should be based on your assessment know we are thinking of their every need. This example • The Hilton Leisure curve must be used
of hotel clientele. illustrates how shoe boxes can be produced in a modern and
The following items must be included on all laundry boxes. • The country-specific URL must be included
creative way, within guidelines. Alternatively, hotels can choose
a shoe box from the new bathroom amenities range shown.
• The Hilton Property Brand must be applied Note – These examples are a style suggestion only.
• The Hilton Leisure curve must be used The completed design should be based on your assessment
The following items must be included on all shoe boxes:
• The country-specific URL must be included of hotel clientele.

I
PT ON
O

A
L
S
T
A
N D A R D

Tel Aviv

I
PT ON
O

A
L
S
hilton.com

T
A
N D A R D

hilton.com hilton.com

Section 5 – Hotel Collateral 16 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 5 – Hotel Collateral 17
brand applications manual brand applications guidelines

5.6 Door Items: Door Items:

Breakfast card door hanger Do not disturb card and freshen up my room card

These examples illustrate the difference between a more • The Hilton Leisure curve must be used These examples illustrate the difference between a more • The Hilton Leisure curve must be used
creative and standard version, but both work within guidelines • The country-specific URL must be included creative and standard version, but all work within guidelines. • The country-specific URL must be included
The following items must be included on all breakfast card door Note – It is mandatory that each hotel has a breakfast door The following items must be included on all do not disturb and
hangers: hanger card, however each will vary with the menu on offer. freshen up my room cards: Note – These examples are a style suggestion only. The
For advice contact your Regional Marketing Department. These completed design should be based on your assessment of
• Only Hilton Blue or colours within the supporting colour palette examples are a style suggestion only. The completed design • Only Hilton Blue or colours within the supporting colour hotel clientele.
must be used should be based on your assessment of hotel clientele. palette must be used
• The Hilton Master Brand must be applied • The Hilton Master Brand must be applied

Belfast

Room Service Breakfast

Please hang outside your room before 1.00am

Continental Breakfast
700,-
Includes choice of one juice, fresh fruit or cereals,
bakery selection or toasts and choice of beverage
Juice
Orange Grapefruit Pineapple Tomato

or Fresh Fruit
Corn Flakes Rice Krispies All Bran

Hot Milk
served with
Cold Milk Cream Shh I’m relaxing
or Plain Yoghurt Fruit Yoghurt
How about Breakfast in Bed?
How about Breakfast in Bed?
Breakfast
basket
Bakery Selection
Toast Margarine Butter To pre-order breakfast in your room please hang this order form on the Please freshen up Do not disturb Please make up
all served with jam, honey and marmalade To pre-order
outside breakfast
of your in your
door before 2.00room
am. please hang this order form on the
my room
Hot
Beverages
outside of your door before 2.00am.
DESIRED SERVICE TIME
DESIRED
4.30 – SERVICE
5.00am TIME ■ 6.30 – 7.00am ■ 8.30 – 9.00am
my room
Cold Milk Coffee Tea
chocolate 4.30 –– 5.30
5.00 am
5.00am ■ 7.00
■ 6.30 –– 7.30 am
7.00am ■ 9.00
■ 8.30 –– 9.30 am
9.00am
Decaffeinated Coffee
5.00 –– 6.00
5.30 am
5.30am ■ 7.30
■ 7.00 –– 8.00
7.30am ■ 9.30
■ 9.00 –– 10.00
9.30amam
with
5.30 –– 6.30
■ 6.00 am
6.00am ■ 8.00
■ 7.30 –– 8.30 am
8.00am ■ 9.30 – 10.00am hilton.com hilton.com
Cold Milk Hot Milk Cream Lemon
■ 6.00
Only – 6.30am
available ■ 8.00 – 8.30am
at airport hotels
Only available at airport hotels
American Breakfast COOKED BREAKFAST available from 7.00am £14.50
950,- COOKED
Includes yourBREAKFAST
choice from the available from
Continental 7.00am and also any£14.50
Breakfast of the IMU M
N
Includes your
following items:choice from the Continental Breakfast and also any of the

I
Includes the Continental above plus one of the

M
following main courses following
■ items:
Fried Eggs ■ Scrambled Eggs ■ Poached Eggs
■ Tomato
■ Fried Eggs ■ Mushrooms
■ Scrambled Eggs ■ Baked
■ Poached Eggs
Beans

D
Two Eggs S

R
Boiled ■ Hash
■ Tomato
Brown ■ Pork
■ Mushrooms
Sausage ■ Vegetarian
■ Baked BeansSausage T A A
Fried Scrambled Poached N D
(.....mins)
served with ■ Back Bacon
■ Hash Brown ■ Black
■ Pork Sausage
Pudding ■ Vegetarian Sausage
■ Back Bacon ■ Black Pudding
Bacon Ham Sausages CONTINENTAL BREAKFAST £10.50
CONTINENTAL BREAKFAST £10.50
or
How about
JUICES
JUICES
■ Orange Juice ■ Tomato Juice ■ Grapefruit Juice
Pancakes with log cabin maple syrup
■ Orange
COLD
Juice
SELECTION ■ Tomato Juice ■ Grapefruit Juice
served with
COLD SELECTION

Breakfast
Bacon Ham Sausages ■ Cornflakes ■ Frosties ■ Special K
■ Branflakes
■ Cornflakes ■ Muesli
■ Frosties ■ Weetabix
■ Special K
■ Fruit
■ Branflakes
Yoghurt ■ Plain
■ MuesliYoghurt ■ Prunes
■ Weetabix
Please serve breakfast between: ■ Grapefruit
Fruit Yoghurt ■ Fresh
Plain Fruit
Yoghurt ■ Prunes
■ Segments ■ Salad
06.00 - 06.30

09.00 - 09.30
06.30 - 07.00

09.30 - 10.00 10.00 - 10.30

a.m.
■ Grapefruit
FROM
FROM
■ OURPastry
Danish
Segments
OUR BAKERY
BAKERY
■ Fresh Fruit Salad
■ Morning Roll ■ Croissant
in Bed?
10.30 - 11.00 11.00 - 11.30 Complementary Newspaper ■ White
■ DanishToast
Pastry ■ Pain
■ Morning Roll
au Chocolat ■ Brown
■ Croissant
Toast
■ White Toast
BEVERAGES ■ Pain au Chocolat ■ Brown Toast
Name
Room No. of Persons BEVERAGES
■ Coffee ■ Decaffeinated Coffee ■ Breakfast Tea
Guest's signature I
■ Coffee ■ Decaffeinated Coffee ■ Breakfast Tea
■ FANCY SOMETHING ELSE? JUST ASK PT ON
O
A

05/04/1
■ FANCY SOMETHING ELSE? JUST ASK
L

For internal use only Number of breakfasts ordered : 05/04/1 hilton.com

IMU M Please charge my account
S

N Number of breakfasts ordered :

Name
T

A
N D A R D
I

Guest Name : Room

Please charge my No :
account
Room No. of Persons
M

AGuest Name
£2.50 tray: charge will be applicableRoom No orders.
on all : For guests who have
paid for atray
room package
will including breakfast,
on allthere willFor
be guests
a charge of £6.00 hilton.com
D

A £2.50 charge be applicable orders. who have

S per
paidroom
for afor room service. I
PT ON
R

T A A room package including breakfast, there will be a charge of £6.00

N D For
perthose
roomwith
for special dietary requirements or allergies who may wish to know about
room service. O

A
hilton.com food ingredients used, please ask for the manager.

L
For those with special dietary requirements or allergies who may wish to know about
food ingredients used, please ask for the manager.
hilton.com

S
T
A
N D A R D

Section 5 – Hotel Collateral 18 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 5 – Hotel Collateral 19
brand applications manual brand applications guidelines

Bathroom Amenities:
5.7 Bathroom Amenities: Existing bathroom amenities
Bathroom amenities UK, Ireland and Europe
These items are currently under review and are subject to changes. This is not a global brand standard. Shower Cap
Bonnet de Douche

If you are a hotel in the UK, Ireland or Europe you can find out more about this range by contacting your Regional Marketing Department.
Where possible please include the country specific URL. Toothbrush
Set
Kit Dentaire

hilton.com Vitamin E
Hydrating Body Vitamin E
Hydrating Body Lotion
Lotion Creme Hydratante
PourHydratante
Creme le Corps
Pour le Corps
hilton.com

GREDIENTS: SOD
E IN IUM
XID
LM
PA DIO
AT M
IU
E AN

,S

T
TI
O

E,
DI

AT
UM

ON
PA

IDR
LM

TRA SODIUM ET
KERNE
Skincare Bar

LATE, AQUA

A, TE
Savon Naturel 80g

EDT
GLY
CE

UM
RI

DI
N,

SO
SO
DI

RA
UM E T
CH ,T
LR M
IDE R FU
, SO , PA
DI UM HYDROXIDE

Vitamin E
Hydrating Body Lotion
Creme Hydratante
Pour le Corps

GREDIENTS: SOD
E IN IUM
XID
LM
PA DIO
AT M
IU
E AN
,S

T
TI
O

CottonKit
Shaving Wool
E,
DI

MUM
AT
UM

NI
ON
PA

IDR
LM

Boules
de de Coton
TRA SODIUM ET
I

Nécessaire Rasage
KERNE

Skincare Bar à Démaquiller

LATE, AQUA

A, TE

Savon Naturel 80g

D
,

EDT
GLY

S
R
CE

UM

T A N D A
RI

DI
N,

SO
SO

DI
RA

UM E T
CH ,T
LR M
IDE R FU
, SO , PA
DI UM HYDROXIDE

Shaving Cream

MUM
NI

I
M
Shaving Kit

D
S

R
T A N D A Nécessaire de Rasage

Section 5 – Hotel Collateral 20 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 5 – Hotel Collateral 21
brand applications manual brand applications manual

5.8 Food and Beverage Items: Food and Beverage Items:

Coasters, swizzle stick and sugar sachet Note – Do not use these food and beverage items when the Napkins Note – Do not use these food and beverage items when the
outlet has a clear concept and/or theme, such as Zeta Bar or These can be used in banqueting and/or bar. outlet has a clear concept and/or theme, such as Zeta Bar or
These can be used in city and airport hotels, but less in resorts.
Caffè Cino. These examples are a style suggestion only. The Caffè Cino. These examples are a style suggestion only. The
completed design should be based on your assessment of Where possible please include the country specific URL. completed design should be based on your assessment of
Where possible please include the country specific URL.
hotel clientele. hotel clientele.
• Do not use in formal restaurants – instead use good quality,
coloured paper or linen napkins

I
PT ON
O
Swizzle stick

A
L
S
T
A
N D A R D

hilton.com

Belfast
MUM
NI

I
M

D
S

R
T A N D A

hilton.com
Coasters

I
PT ON
O

A
L
S
T
A
N D A R D

Hilton napkin Hilton Branded Product/Programme

napkin – Hilton Breakfast
MUM
NI
I
M

I
PT ON
D

S
Matches
R

O
T A N D A
A
L
S

To be placed in ‘smoking areas’ and

T

A
N D A R D

food and beverage outlets only.

hilton.com
Sugar sachet Belfa
st

These can be used in all properties. When appropriate, MUM

NI Belfast
roll-out sugar dispensers should be used for a more

I
M
environmentally friendly approach. hilton

D
S .co.uk

R
T A N D A

hilton.co.uk

ast
B elf

White Sugar O
I
PT ON
Sucre
A
L

hilton.com .uk
S

.co
T

A
N D A R D on
hilt

Section 5 – Hotel Collateral 22 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 5 – Hotel Collateral 23
brand applications guidelines brand applications manual

Food and Beverage Items: Food and Beverage Items:

The following items can be used in all properties. Note – These examples are a style suggestion only.
The completed design should be based on your assessment Mini-bar price list card
of hotel clientele.
The country-specific URL must be included on all food and
beverage items.

Leather bill presenter Refreshment Menu

Card bill folder – front

Card bill folder – inside

hilton.co.uk

Back cover Front cover

Spirits
Ballentines Scotch 8.00
Your Refreshment Menu Jack Daniels 8.00
Beefeater Gin 8.00
Finlandia Vodka 8.00

Consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonum Beers

Australian Beer 7.00
my nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore Premium & International
aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim at Beer 8.00
Print last name

Room No.
veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper in Soft Drinks
Print last name Address suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo Coca-Cola 4.00
a consequat et al.. Diet Coke 4.00
Room No. Signature

VAT Registration No. 672 3317 41

Sprite 4.00
Address Fanta 4.00
Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit Tonic Water 4.00
Dry Ginger Ale 4.00
Signature
Belfast Hilton International
Adelaide House, Adelaide Street, Belfast, BT2 8FD
Northern Ireland, United Kingdom
in vulputate velit esse molestie consequat, Mt Franklin Spring Water 4.00
hilton.co.uk
Tel: +44 (0) 1232 257 830 Fax: +44 (0) 1232 257 830
vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at Lift Plus 6.00
VAT Registration No. 672 3317 41
vero eros et accumsan et iusto odio dign Juices
issim qui blandit praesent luptatum zzril del Fruitopia Orange Juice 4.00
Fruitopia Apple Juice 4.00
Belfast Hilton International
enit augue duis dolore te feugait.
IMU M
N
Adelaide House, Adelaide Street, Belfast, BT2 8FD Wine
I
M

Northern Ireland, United Kingdom Tyrellls Old Winery

Tel: +44 (0) 1232 257 830 Fax: +44 (0)1232 257 830
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consect
Chardonnay 375ml 22.00
etuer adipiscing elit.
D

S
R

hilton.co.uk T A A Miscellaneous
N D
Pringles Chips 4.00 IMU M
N
Chocolate 3.00

I
M
Tim Tam 4.00
bill receipt TI ONA
Cookie 4.00

D
P S

R
T A A
O

N D
D
S

T
A N
D A
R
Inside spread

hilton.co.uk

Card bill folder – back

Section 5 – Hotel Collateral 24 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 5 – Hotel Collateral 25
brand applications manual brand applications manual

5.9 Your Hotel Guide:

Your Hotel Guide – content
5.10 Conference and Event Items:
Flip Chart Cover
‘Your Hotel Guide’ is a modified, Equilibrium version of the guest The following items must be included on all hotel guides: Delegates come to Hilton for their meetings as they can rely on • The Hilton Master Brand, Hilton cartouche or Hilton Property
services directory. The purpose of Your Hotel Guide is to give consistent levels of hotel quality. In the absence of a Hilton Brand
guests quick and easy reference to the following hotel services • The Hilton Property Brand must be applied Meetings product, generic events material can be used. • The Hilton Business curve
and information: • The country-specific URL
• The Hilton Leisure curve must be used
The flip chart, note pad and delegate name card are ideal ways of
• The country-specific URL must be included
• Key hotel numbers letting guests know that they are valued. Note – These visual examples are a style suggestion only.
• Hotel restaurant location and opening hours The completed design should be based on your assessment of
Note – The information is personalised to each hotel. These hotel clientele.
• Hotel health club location and opening hours The following items must be included on all flip chart covers:
examples are a style suggestion only. The completed design
• Health and Safety information on reverse, plus DDA should be based on your assessment of hotel clientele.
requirements

Flip Chart Cover

IMU M
N

I
M

D
S

R
T A A
N D

Front cover Introductory Spread

Inside Spread

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON For the best rates, visit hilton.com

Back cover

Section 5 – Hotel Collateral 26 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 5 – Hotel Collateral 27
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Conference and Event Items: 5.11 Press Releases:

I
Press release
PT ON
O

A
L
This design follows the same measurement specifications as Note – This example is a style suggestion only. If press release

S
T
A
N D A R D

Facsimile and Memorandum stationery – see Section 10 of the paper is required, check with your Regional Marketing
Hilton Identity Guidelines Update Manual. Department that this has not already been produced.

The following items must be included on all press releases:

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON For the best rates, visit hilton.com

• The standardised call to action
Delegate name card • The company strapline

IMU M
N

I
M
Security card

D
S

R
T A A
N D

In the interest of security,

please ask for your room to be
locked during breaks or at the
end of your meeting. I
PT ON
O
A
L
S
T

A
N D A R D

Hilton International
Maple Court, Central Park, Reeds Crescent
Watford, Herts, WD24 4QQ England
Tel: +44 (0)20 7850 4000 Fax: +44 (0)20 7850 4001
Reservations: hilton.com

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON For the best rates, visit hilton.com

IMU M
N
I
M

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON For the best rates, visit hilton.com S

R

T A A
N D

A5 pad cover

Section 5 – Hotel Collateral 28 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 5 – Hotel Collateral 29
brand applications manual brand applications guidelines

Press Releases:
Press release folder
5.12 Team Member Items:
Certificate Hilton pins
• The press release folder must always be in Hilton Blue. • The country-specific URL must be included This certificate has been developed to reward loyal team Hilton pins can be worn by all hotel team members
• The Hilton Leisure curve must be used members for their hard work and effort for Hilton.
The following items must be included on all press release • They should be specifically worn by hotel team members
folders: It is an example of how Equilibrium is combined with the Esprit without a uniform
Note – This example is a style suggestion only. If press release logo, but is shown as a style guide only.
• The standardised call to action
folders are required, check with your Regional Marketing
• The company strapline • Ensure a supply of good quality frames are always available

Note – See Section 9 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines Update

Manual for details on using Hilton Branded
Products/Programmes logos.

Press release folder

PRESS RELEASE
PRESS RELEASE

IMU M
N

I
M
Pin

D
S

R
T A A
N D

This Certificate is awarded to...

IMU M
N
I
M

S
R

T A A
TAKE ME TO THE HILTON For the best rates, visit hilton.com N D TAKE ME TO THE HILTON For the best rates, visit hilton.com

for your spirit

Letterhead held in folder by elastic cords on each corner Letterhead held in a ‘no-capacity’ packet

enthusiasm
& commitment
in appreciation of to the company

General Manager
Hilton International
Maple Court, Central Park, Reeds Crescent
Hilton International
Maple Court, Central Park, Reeds Crescent
Put date here
Watford, Herts, WD24 4QQ England Watford, Herts, WD24 4QQ England
Hilton International Hilton International
Tel: +44 (0)20 7850 4000 Fax: +44 (0)20 7850 4001 Tel:
Maple+44 (0)20Central
Court, 7850 4000
Park, Fax:
Reeds+44 (0)20 7850 4001
Crescent Maple Court, Central Park, Reeds Crescent
Reservations: hilton.com Reservations: hilton.com
Watford, Herts, WD24 4QQ England Watford, Herts, WD24 4QQ England
Tel: +44 (0)20 7850 4000 Fax: +44 (0)20 7850 4001 Tel: +44 (0)20 7850 4000 Fax: +44 (0)20 7850 4001
TAKE ME TO THE HILTON For the best rates, visit hilton.com TAKE ME TO THE HILTON For the besthilton.com
Reservations: rates, visit hilton.com Reservations: hilton.com

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON For the best rates, visit hilton.com TAKE ME TO THE HILTON For the best rates, visit hilton.com

IMU M I
N PT ON
O
I
M

A
L
D

S
R

T A A A
N D N D A R D

Certificate O
I
PT ON

A
L
S
T
A
N D A R D

Section 5 – Hotel Collateral 30 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 5 – Hotel Collateral 31
brand applications manual

Hotel Signage

UPDATE 2005
6.1 The Hilton Brand Identity – 2
Signage Parameters

6.2 Signing Visibility – 7

Basic Principles

6.3 High Level – Consistent Branding 10

and Long Distance Visibility

6.4 Sign Construction – 12

Maximising Impact – Day and Night

6.5 Approach Signs – 15

Entrance Signing

6.6 Approach Signs – 18

The Main Entrance

6.7 Non Roman Script 19

6.8 Getting Started 21

brand applications manual

Hotel Signage
Signage signals Hilton’s presence
in cities around the world and
represents the expectation of our
brand, values and quality of
service, to our customers and the
world’s travellers.

Presenting the Hilton brand consistently

through external signage is vital to
create and maintain recognition and set
us apart from our competitors.

In this section we provide the

framework for the presentation of the
Hilton brand, the principles of sign
location and desired appearance of all
exterior property signs. It should serve
as an initial reference for all those
involved in the design, planning and
procurement of external signage.

VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 6 – Hotel Signage 1

brand applications manual brand applications manual

6.1 The Hilton Brand Identity – Signage Parameters: The Hilton Brand Identity – Signage Parameters:

The Hilton Master Brand is the primary presentation of Hilton Property Brand
the Hilton brand. It is the prominent use of the Hilton
Master Brand, repeatedly across our network, that will A Hilton Property Brand is developed for an individual
establish and reinforce our brand and create high hotel and combines the Hilton name and the Hilton
customer recognition. property name, and can be arranged vertically
(preferably) or horizontally if there is a space issue.
Preferred configuration
The Hilton Property Brand must never be used on
Wherever possible the vertical version of the Hilton high-level or rooftop signs as the main building
Master Brand should be used to form the primary identification sign.
Standard Hilton property name
identification sign to all our properties.
There are three Hilton property naming conventions that
Elements of the Hilton Master Brand (cartouche, must be adhered to:
proprietary typeface and name) must always appear
Hilton Master Brand Vertical format in the correct signage configuration, proportion and
exclusion zone – see Section 4 of the Hilton Identity • Standard Hilton property name – this is the preferred
Guidelines Update Manual. Hilton Property Brand naming convention. This
combines the Hilton name and the Hilton property name

Recognised hotel property name • Recognised hotel property name – this is only to be
Alternative configuration used for a hotel that has been acquired by Hilton and
has an existing internationally recognised hotel name
A horizontal format of the Hilton Master Brand may
ONLY be used for signage applications where space
• Recognised hotel property name plus a location
dictates, such as where height is restricted yet size
statement – this is only to be used for a hotel that
and legibility of the Hilton Master Brand is important.
has been acquired by Hilton and has an existing
Hilton Master Brand Horizontal format internationally recognised hotel name which
Note – The Hilton cartouche is applied after the Hilton
incorporates a location statement
name and their proportions must not be altered – see
Section 4 of the Hilton Brand Identity Guidelines
Update Manual.
Note – All signs must accurately follow the approved
Recognised hotel property name
individual Hilton property brand master artworks that have
plus a location statement been produced for each Hilton property – see Section 4
of the Hilton Identity Guidelines Update Manual.
The Hilton cartouche

There are approved circumstances when the Hilton

cartouche is permitted to be applied alone on exterior
signage. However, it must never be used instead of the
Hilton Master Brand, but may be used in addition to it.

Note – Minimum size restrictions and exclusion zones

apply – see Section 10 of the Hilton Brand Identity
Guidelines Update Manual.

Section 6 – Hotel Signage 2 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 6 – Hotel Signage 3
brand applications manual brand applications manual

The Hilton Brand Identity – Signage Parameters: The Hilton Brand Identity – Signage Parameters:

Hilton supporting typeface – Univers Web address application

Univers Condensed Regular Univers Condensed in either Bold or Regular is Every year, more and more customers are using the
the typeface that must be used for all secondary hilton.co.jp internet as their preferred method of booking. To help
Univers Condensed Bold supporting messages on all exterior signs. It is a clear, us achieve this goal, we launched a series of
legible typeface, ideal for signing purposes. hilton.co.uk country-specific websites. It may be appropriate to
incorporate a country-specific URL into some external
facilities signage, such as Monolith signage.
hilton.de
The Hilton Business curve • Only your single, country-specific URL should feature
Applied at the top hilton.at and never more than one URL
If incorporating the Hilton curve into external
• It is also unnecessary to include ‘www’ at the start of
facilities signage, the Hilton Business curve Country-specific URLs
any URL
must be used.
• If there is not a country-specific URL for your region
• The Hilton Business curve may appear at the top or
bottom as shown here hilton.com use hilton.com

Applied at the bottom • The Hilton Business curves must appear in the Generic URL Note – See Section 10 of the Hilton Brand Identity
Guidelines Update Manual for further details.
Hilton Blue or one of the colours in the Hilton
supporting palette
Always use the approved master artwork of the Hilton
Note – Further details on the Hilton Business curve
Master Brand, Hilton cartouche, Hilton Proprietary
and Hilton supporting colour palette – see Sections 2
Typeface and Hilton Property Brands. To download artwork
and 3 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines Update Manual.
Hilton Business curves please visit: hiltoncreativelibrary.com

Section 6 – Hotel Signage 4 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 6 – Hotel Signage 5
 brand applications manual brand applications manual

Signing Visibility – Basic Principles:

High level High level building

High-level
High buildingsigns
level building signs
signs

• The Hilton Master Brand must be the primary identification

sign for all our properties. It identifies our buildings from a
distance, promotes the Hilton brand and distinguishes us from
6.2 Signing Visibility – Basic Principles:
our competitors
1200mm
1200mm
1200mm
Note – Ideal minimum size for high level building signs is
1200mm cap height, giving 1.6km viewing.

Low level building

Low-level buildingsigns
signs
Low level building signs
Approach

• At a lower level, signs should be positioned to reflect the

approach or passing route of customers
• Large signs that are to be viewed from a distance at a lower
level use the Hilton Master Brand 550mm
550mm
550mm
• Secondary small scale ground level signs (such as signs
around the main drive or entrance) should display the relevant
Hilton Property Brand

Note – Ideal minimum size for low level building signs is

550mm cap height, giving approx. 800m viewing.

Entrance
Entrancearea
areasigns
signs
Welcome Entrance area signs

• Signs around the entrance area should use the relevant Hilton
Property Brand, to clearly name and identify the property 300mm
300mm
300mm
• Do not clutter the entrance area with signs. Avoid the use of
unnecessary signs and the duplication of signs
• The size and scale of all signs must be considered to suit the views
and vistas of the building, alternative approach routes, and the

▲
distance from which individual signs are to be viewed Please turn over
Note – Ideal minimum size for entrance area signs is 300mm cap
height, giving 2m viewing approx.

In all instances specifiers of signage should use these guidelines for

reference only and must satisfy planning and practical issues with
the appropriate parties prior to commissioning signs.

VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 6 – Hotel Signage 9 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 6 – Hotel Signage 7
brand applications manual brand applications manual

6.3 High Level – Consistent Branding and Long Hilton Property Brand – vertical format
Distance Visibility: This is the preferred high level sign and must be used when
surface area and building sign permits.
The main high level Hilton Master Brand sign forms the primary identification sign of our properties. It identifies our hotels from a
distance and promotes the Hilton brand.

Preferred high level sign configuration Maximising sign size when

space is limited
• The high level sign is the most expensive of all signing
components. The vertical Hilton Master Brand is the It is recommended that the overall sign size is determined by
preferred format the Hilton cartouche size, rather than the Hilton Master Brand
as a whole. However there should be a minimum of half a
• This sign should be located on the building to maximise character height clear space around the wordmark to allow
visibility as well as be at a scale that suits the proportion, lines for light emission.
and style of the building

• Do not alter the position or scale of the Hilton cartouche in

relation to the name

• Locate a high level sign on main faces of the building so the

brand is visible from multiple vantage points

• Signs should be applied at a high level to the main faces of the

building so that at least one sign is visible on key façades

Hilton Property Brand – horizontal format

Alternative configuration
The alternative configuration with the Hilton cartouche
after the Hilton name may be used in areas of restricted
• The architecture and structure of the building may prohibit
height, to achieve adequate letter height for long distance
the application of the preferred vertical Hilton Master Brand
visibility. The size is determined by the maximum size of the
configuration. In these situations the horizontal version may be
Hilton cartouche.
used, in order to achieve optimum legibility

• Do not use the Hilton name alone. It must be used with the
Hilton cartouche in the correct proportion

Hilton cartouche only

Using the Hilton cartouche on its own can be applied at a high

level providing a complete Hilton Master Brand is also visible
on an adjacent façade.

Note – There should be a minimum of half a character height

clear space around the Hilton name to allow for light emission.

Section 6 – Hotel Signage 10 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 6 – Hotel Signage 11
brand applications manual brand applications manual

6.4 Sign Construction – Maximising Impact Sign Construction – Maximising Impact

– Day and Night: – Day and Night:
Consistent standards of construction of high level signs are important for the presentation of the Hilton brand. Full details of materials
suppliers and hard copy and digital files of technical drawings are provided in the back pocket of this document.

Daytime appearance
High level signs
During the day, when unilluminated, the Hilton Master Brand
To achieve maximum visibility, day and night, the proportion of should be manufactured in Hilton Blue on light-coloured
the Hilton cartouche and Hilton name have been modified buildings and white on dark-coloured buildings.
slightly (for high level signs only), and the sign system has been
created in two colourways – blue or white.

Note – Construction details illustrate the amount of neon at

various sizes, a recommended ampage level and even the
internal colour for the metal back plates in order to achieve the
best effect.

Preferred version: vertical Night-time appearance

At night, the blue and white signs should illuminate white

whether on light or dark coloured buildings. For the blue sign
this is achieved using the sign face construction described.

Consistency
Limited height version: horizontal For maximum consistency do not use a combination of blue and
white signs on one building. Select the most appropriate finish
at high level and use the same finish for all.

Note – In exceptional circumstances where it is necessary

to use a combination of blue and white signs on the same
building to obtain maximum legibility, there is guidance as to
how this can be implemented effectively. Contact your VP of
Technical Services for details.

Section 6 – Hotel Signage 12 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 6 – Hotel Signage 13
brand applications `manual brand applications manual

Sign Construction – Maximising Impact 6.5 Approach Signs – Entrance Signing:

– Day and Night: Lower level signs viewed close to the hotel should use the relevant and authorised Hilton Property Brand, combining the Hilton cartouche,
name and property location.

Materials: blue signs Canopy signs

Note – it is vital that blue signs are not lit during the day. • The relevant and authorised Hilton Property Brand should be
prominently displayed above or adjacent to the main entrance,
on the canopy, or as a low level wall sign

• Never use the Hotel Property Brand as the main high level
Metal fabricated back plate
building identification
(finished white internally,
blue externally)
• Where height is restricted on a porte couchere or canopy, the
15mm dia white neon preferred form of signage uses the horizontal version of the
tubing. See technical Hotel Property Brand and suits the restricted depth available
drawings and clearly identifies the property location

• Signage must be either lit from above or below with fixed

Satin face blue/white
lighting, or back lit
acrylic. See suppliers

Metal fabricated face beads and

return (finished white internally,
blue externally) Approach signs

• The choice of finish for low level signage depends on the

colour of the building or the porte couchere

• Select a finish which will give maximum visibility while

White signs considering architectural and aesthetical detail

• Signage must be lit from above or below with fixed lighting

Metal fabricated back plate
(finished white internally
and externally)

15mm dia neon tubing.

See technical drawings

Satin face opal acrylic.

See suppliers

Metal fabricated face beads and

return (finished white internally
and externally)

Section 6 – Hotel Signage 14 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 6 – Hotel Signage 15
brand applications manual brand applications manual

Fascia construction
• Low level building signs may be internally illuminated within
the canopy structure. The Hotel Property Brand may appear
cut-out and flush to the surface or be built up in three
dimensions with blue metal returns

• Or, they may be constructed out of individual three

dimensional letters and internally illuminated. This is only
possible where the letter size is large enough to include the
lighting tubes

• Signs may be constructed out of unilluminated all-metal

letters, coloured Hilton Blue or a neutral finish to suit the
building. This form of sign must be illuminated from an
external source

Main driveway sign

• The sign at the main gateway to the property or at the
driveway leading to the main entrance to the property must
display the appropriate Hilton Property Brand in vertical
format, to clearly identify the property on approach, at
ground level

• Select a finish for the structure and hotel property brand which
gives maximum stand out and complements the
Directional signs Hotel grounds
building/environment
• All signs around the property should be carefully planned and • Main directional signs within the property grounds should
• Signage must be lit from above or below with fixed lighting designed to reflect the Hilton brand include the relevant Hilton Property Brand as illustrated here

• The physical form of all directional signing within the grounds • Secondary signs may display the Hilton cartouche alone
should be designed to suit the style of the main building and
Monolith signs
the surrounding environment • The Hilton Property Brand and Hilton cartouche are always
• In addition to or instead of the main driveway sign, a Monolith positioned centred on the sign
sign can be installed. It identifies the hotel, location and is • The graphics, lettering and Hilton branding applied to the
used to advertise Hilton Branded Products/Programmes, and signs, however, must follow the style illustrated • Signage must be lit from above or below with fixed lighting
hotel facilities
• Signage must be lit from above or below with fixed lighting
• The Monolith signs can be produced in two sizes: 4m high or
2.6m high

• The signs are illuminated internally to depict the Hilton brand

in the upper section and externally from the ground to highlight
the products/programmes and hotel facilities x
Note – All messages on directional and secondary signs
must appear in Univers Regular Condensed. All messages are
• The Hilton Business curve should be used positioned centred with directional arrows in the style shown.

• Your country-specific URL should be included at the bottom of x

the sign

• Signage must be lit from above or below with fixed lighting

Note – Ensure the sign is positioned so it does not reflect

sunlight as it may ‘blind’ drivers
hilton.co.uk
Flags
• Flags can be used to help identify the building at approach
points and can display either the Hilton cartouche, Hilton
Master Brand or Hilton Property Brand

Section 6 – Hotel Signage 16 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 6 – Hotel Signage 17
brand applications manual brand applications manual

6.6 Approach Signs – The Main Entrance: 6.7 Non Roman Script:
First impressions count. The main entrance to the property is the focal point of the building and should appear as The Hilton name may be displayed as non Roman script on signs in approved applications only.
accessible and welcoming as possible.

The main entrance

• Signing and branding should be discreet and elegant whilst High-level
signaling to the guest and visitor that they are entering a
Hilton property • Strong preference is to display the Hilton Master Brand
• The cumulative effect of all entrance area signs must be only for high level/rooftop signs
carefully considered – all signs should work together
in harmony • Presentation of the Hilton name in non Roman script is
• The Hotel Property Brand in the correct configuration may permitted for high level signs, but must be agreed by your Area
appear directly above the doorway on glazing or the wall VP Operations and approved by Hilton Corporate Marketing at
surface immediately above the entrance, if there is no porte Maple Court in the UK
couchere for it to appear on
• It should only be used where required:
Discreet - By law
- For religious sensitivity
• Signs and notices around the entrance area should be kept to
- In developing markets where the Hilton name is not well
a minimum. The Hilton cartouche may be used on its own to
established
subtly brand panels, glazing and doors at eye level
• Features around the entrance area, such as entrance carpeting
• Non Roman scripts must use an agreed typeface (consistent
or the concierge stand, may be branded using the Hotel
with the type on the approved hotel property brand)
Property Brand or the Hilton cartouche

Application of signs • Presentation of the local script must not appear with the
Hilton cartouche
• Signs should be designed to suit the style, scale and total
appearance of the entrance, and not applied as an afterthought • The script must not appear on the same face of the building as
• Materials used for the signs must be considered to reflect the the Hilton Master Brand
materials and structures of the entrance

Plaques and eye level signs Non Roman script

• Discreet plaque signs, displaying the Hotel Property Brand,
etched in metal, engraved in granite or a material that suits • In approved circumstances the Hilton name may be shown
the building, or as cut-out letters, may be placed either side of as featured in non Roman script
the entrance
• Only approved fonts may be used
Note – Signs of this kind, that are viewed closely, must be of
the highest quality. • The Hilton cartouche should not be used in conjunction with
non Roman script

Signature/symbol on glass
• Glazing may be etched frosted or decals applied. Colour and
form of decals will vary depending on the colour of the glass
and the view through to the lobby

• White or frosted etched effect decals will suit most glazing.

Hilton Blue decals will only be visible on clear glazing

Section 6 – Hotel Signage 18 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 6 – Hotel Signage 19
brand applications manual brand applications manual

• Non Roman script may appear at approach and welcome levels Note – Applications which do not form part of the building fabric
on applications which do not constitute part of the building fabric, may display the approved property name in non Roman script as 6.8 Getting Started:
such as removable plaques, podiums and free-standing signs shown here.
Use the flow chart to help you plan. Please note that it is important to include experts at all stages who will be able to
• Porte couchere and canopy signs should not include non advise you on local issues.
Roman script

Proposals

Establish the team:

GM, architect, sign manufacturer, etc.

Read and distribute guidelines

Site appraisal Anomalies to guidelines to be discussed with area

• review current sign positions VP technical services
• review relevance and content of all current signs
(including directional, legal, etc.)

Architect or sign manufacturer to draw photoshop scaled

proposals for new signs

Approval

Submit to Hilton for approval Within Guidelines:

Approval by area VP technical services, GM
Outside Guidelines:
Refer to Central Marketing at Maple Court, Watford

Submit to local council for Planning Permission Amendments

Applications which do not form part of the building fabric may Installation
display the approved property name in non Roman script as
shown here. Commission sign manufacturer

Installation

Maintenance

Safety and maintenance checks

Section 6 – Hotel Signage 20 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 6 – Hotel Signage 21
brand applications manual
Guest Stationery

UPDATE 2005
7.1 Guestroom Letterhead A4 2

7.2 Guestroom Facsimile A4 3

7.3 Guestroom Scratch Pad A6 – 4

Hilton Master Brand

7.4 Guestroom Scratch Pad A6 – 5

Hilton Property Brand
brand applications manual

Guest Stationery
Guest stationery is similar in
style to that used within the
organisation, but it does have
subtle differences.

This section outlines the main items of

stationery that are to be placed within

the guest room.

These stationery items are categorised

either as a Hilton Minimum or a Hilton All items stamped Hilton Minimum I MU

IN
M
M

Optional Standard. Standard are mandatory for all

hotels and must adhere to the style
S

T R
A N
shown, unless an option is available. D A

All items stamped Hilton Optional I

PT ON
O
A

Standard are not mandatory, but

L

provide an alternative or addition to

S T

A
N D A R D
Hilton Minimum Standard items.
Hotels wishing to use them must
adhere to the style shown when
preparing their own items.
VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 7 – Guest Stationery 1
brand applications manual brand applications manual

7.1 Guestroom Letterhead A4: 7.2 Guestroom Facsimile A4:

Hilton Property Brand, specifications Hilton Property Brand, specifications
Size: Hilton Property Brand: Colour: Size: Hilton Property Brand: Tracking:
297x210mm Size: 11.25mm Hilton Property Brand: Pantone Blue 072U 297x210mm Size: 11.25mm All typography typeset with a tracking
Placement: Centred at page top All typography prints black Placement: Centred at page top value of +2
Printing method: Printing method:
Offset lithography Note – Size of Hilton Property Brand is Offset lithography Note – Size of the Hilton Property Brand is “Facsimile”: Letterspacing adjusted
based on the width of the Hilton cartouche based on the width of the Hilton cartouche
Paper stock: Paper stock:
Conqueror Diamond White or equivalent Tracking: Conqueror Diamond White or equivalent Colour:
Basis Wt: 26.6, 100gsm All typography typeset with Basis Wt: 26.6, 100gsm Hilton Property Brand: Black
Finish: CX22 #1386 a tracking value of +2 Finish: CX22 #1386 All typography prints black

25mm 80mm 25mm 79mm 12.5mm to cap height of title

6.5mm to top of logo 6.5mm to top of logo
Hilton Property Brand colour: Hilton Property Brand
Pantone Blue 072U Hanoi Opera colour: Black

Facsimile
From:
Room No: From:
Room No:
Text: 9.5/10 Bodoni Antiqua Medium Tel:

Typography prints black Date:

Subject: Title: EPS file provided

Total
Colour: Black
Pages:

Hilton Property Brand size:

.
Fold dot: 9pt (width of the Hilton cartouche) 11.25mm
period of
Bodoni
Antiqua
Medium

IMU M
N IMU M
N
I
M

I
M
D

D
S
R

T A A S

R
N D T A A
N D

Relevant local HRW

number to be used
Legal name and address: 9/10 Bodoni
Antiqua Medium
All typography prints black Legal name and address: 7
7/9 Bodoni Antiqua Medium
Hilton Cardiff
Kingsway, Cardiff, UK, CF10 3HH
Hilton Hanoi Opera
1 Le Thanh Tong Street Hoan Kiem,
All typography prints black
Tel: +44 (0) 29/20646300 Fax: +44 (0) 29/20646350 Hanoi, Vietnam.
Reservations: www.hilton.com Tel: +84 (0)4 9330500 Fax: +84 (0)4 9330530

hilton.co.uk Hilton Reservations Worldwide: 08705 90 90 90 hilton.com

Reservations: hilton.com
Hilton Reservations Worldwide: 08705 90 90 90

8.5mm to baseline 8.5mm to baseline

Country-specific URL: 15pt of Country-specific URL: 15pt of Relevant local HRW
Univers 65 Bold, Pantone Blue Univers 65 Bold, Pantone Blue number to be used
072U. Use the URL applicable to 072U. Use the URL applicable to
your country your country

Page layout shown at 50% actual size Page layout shown at 50% actual size

Section 7 – Guest Stationery 2 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 7 – Guest Stationery 3
brand applications manual brand applications manual

7.3 Guestroom Scratch Pad A6: 7.4 Guestroom Scratch Pad A6:
Hilton Master Brand, specifications Hilton Property Brand, specifications
Size: Hilton Master Brand: Tracking: Size: Hilton Property Brand: Colour:
148.5x105mm Size: 9.5mm All typography typeset with a tracking 148.5x105mm Size: 9.5mm Hilton Property Brand: Pantone Blue 072U
Placement: Centred at page top value of +2 Placement: Centred at page top All typography prints black
Printing method: Printing method:
Offset lithography Note – Size of Hilton Master Brand is Colour: Offset lithography Note – Size of Hilton Property Brand is
based on the width of the Hilton cartouche Hilton Master Brand: Pantone Blue 072U based on the width of the Hilton cartouche
Paper stock: Paper stock:
Conqueror Diamond White or equivalent All typography prints black Conqueror Diamond White or equivalent Tracking:
Basis Wt: 26.6, 100gsm Basis Wt: 26.6, 100gsm All typography typeset with a tracking
Finish: CX22 #1386 Finish: CX22 #1386 value of +2

52.5mm 4.5mm to top of Hilton cartouche

•

Hilton Master Brand size: 52.5mm

(width of the Hilton cartouche) 9.5mm 4.5mm to top of Hilton cartouche
• Calling
numbers
Caracas
Hilton Property Brand Caracas
only
colour: Pantone
Blue 072U
Hilton cartouche width: 81mm
7% tint of black

Country-specific URL: 10pt of

Hilton International
Maple Court, Central Park, Reeds Crescent Univers 65 Bold, Pantone Blue 072U. Hilton cartouche colour:
Watford, Herts. WD24 4QQ England
Tel: +44 (0)20 7850 4000
Fax: +44 (0)20 7850 4001 Use the URL applicable to your country 7% tint of black
Reservations: hilton.com
hilton.com Hilton Reservations Worldwide: 08705 90 90 90

6.5mm to baseline Legal name and address:

Full Address 7/9 Bodoni Antiqua
Hilton Caracas
Medium. All typography
Avenida Libertador-Sur 25, Caracas,
Venezuela 1010-A prints black
Tel: +58/212/5035000 Tel: +58/212/5035000
Fax: +58/212/5035003 Fax: +58/212/5035003
Reservations: www.hilton.com Reservations: www.hilton.com
hilton.com Hilton Reservations Worldwide: 08705 90 90 90 hilton.com Hilton Reservations Worldwide: 08705 90 90 90

6.5mm to baseline 6.5mm to baseline

Full Address Booking Numbers
Country-specific URL:
10pt of Univers 65 Bold,
Pantone Blue 072U.
Use the URL applicable
Shown at 50% of actual size to your country
I
PT ON
O
A

I
PT ON
L

A
S

L
T

A
N D A R D

S
T
A
N D A R D

Tel: +44 (0)20 7850 4000

Fax: +44 (0)20 7850 4001
Reservations: www.hilton.com
hilton.com Hilton Reservations Worldwide: 08705 90 90 90

6.5mm to baseline
Booking Numbers

Shown at 50% of actual size

Section 7 – Guest Stationery 4 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 7 – Guest Stationery 5
brand applications manual
Merchandising

UPDATE 2005
8.1 The Hilton Brand Identity – 2
Merchandising Parameters

8.2 Umbrella 6

8.3 Merchandising Items 7

brand applications manual

Merchandising
Merchandising items are a creative way
to let the guest or supplier know that
Hilton understands the balance between
work and leisure.

This section shows how we can

stylishly incorporate Equilibrium into
everything we do and can be used to
brief local merchandising suppliers.

I MU All items stamped Hilton Minimum

Note – Whenever you are producing IN
M
M

Standard are mandatory for all hotels

merchandising items, material used
and must adhere to the style
S

should be as environmentally friendly T R

A N
D A
shown, unless an option is available.
as possible. Items should also be
rolled out on a no waste basis.
All items stamped Hilton Optional
TI ONA
P
Standard are not mandatory, but provide
O

an alternative or addition to Hilton

S

T R
A N
D A
Minimum Standard items. Hotels wishing
to use them must adhere to the style
shown when preparing their own items.

VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 4 – Merchandising 1

brand applications guidelines brand applications manual

8.1 The Hilton Brand Identity – The Hilton Brand Identity –

Merchandising Parameters: Merchandising Parameters:
The Hilton Master Brand is the primary presentation of the Hilton name. It is the prominent use of the Hilton Master Brand, repeatedly
across our hotels, that will establish and reinforce our brand and create high customer recognition.
The Hilton cartouche

The Hilton cartouche captures the essence of our brand,

our positioning and values. It brings strong recognition
The Hilton Master Brand across all communications and reminds our guests of
their experiences and impressions of Hilton. The Hilton
• Elements of the Hilton Master Brand cartouche is a classical design based on the letter 'H'. A
(Hilton cartouche, Hilton Proprietary typeface and surrounding oval reflects Hilton's global presence.
the Hilton name) must always appear in the correct Hilton cartouche
configuration and proportion • The Hilton cartouche, on its own, should be used
with restraint
• The primary corporate colour is Hilton Blue and is
the preferred presentation for the Hilton Master • Minimum size restrictions – 10mm for corporate
Brand. The primary presentation includes Hilton Blue application and 7mm for promotional application
on white and white out of Hilton Blue. In certain – and exclusion zone apply
circumstances, such as in one colour newspaper
Hilton Master Brand advertising, the Hilton Master Brand may be applied • The Hilton cartouche must be seen in its entirety.
in a black or white out format Do not place images, logos or copy over the cartouche

Note – See Section 3 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines Note – See Section 10 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines
Update Manual for detailed information on displaying Exclusion zone Update Manual for detailed information on displaying the
the Hilton Master Brand. Hilton cartouche.

Hilton Blue – Pantone 2736c

Sizing The Hilton curve

The Hilton curve must be applied to all hotel

• Minimum size restrictions – 17mm for corporate
collateral. Two Hilton curves have been developed and
application – and exclusion zone apply
must be used to distinguish between different market
segments.
• You should choose an appropriate size to create a
consistent impression when you view similar objects
• Hilton Business curve – used for all business
together – see illustrated size examples
MIN 17mm
merchandising material
• Please ensure the Hilton Master Brand exclusion Business curve
• Hilton Leisure curve – used for any merchandising
zone is adhered to
material that promotes leisure or a combination of
leisure and business services and facilities
Note – See Section 3 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines
Note – You must never apply both Hilton curves to one
Update Manual for detailed information on displaying
H the Hilton Master Brand.
item. It must be either the Hilton Leisure curve or the
Hilton Business curve.

Note – When copy or a Hilton Brand is reversed out of

H
H

the Hilton curve the tint value within the Hilton curve must
be no less than 80%
H Leisure curve
Always use master artwork provided on the Hilton
Creative Library for the reproduction of Hilton Brand
Exclusion zone Identity elements. To download Hilton logos and fonts
please visit: hiltoncreativelibrary.com

Section 8 – Merchandising 2 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 8 – Merchandising 3
brand applications manual brand applications manual

The Hilton Brand Identity – The Hilton Brand Identity –

Merchandising Parameters: Merchandising Parameters:
Hilton supporting typefaces Hilton Property Brand
Bodoni Antiqua Light
Two typeface families can be used within the Hilton A Hilton Property Brand is developed for an individual
Bodoni Antiqua Regular Identity System. These typefaces should be used for hotel and combines the Hilton name and the property
headlines and text purposes in all our printed material. name, and can be arranged vertically (preferably) or
Bodoni Antiqua Medium They can be used separately or together as desired. horizontally if there is a space issue – See Section 4 of
Standard Hilton property name
The typefaces are easily available in most computer the Hilton Identity Guidelines Update Manual.
Bodoni Antiqua Bold text setting systems.
There are three Hilton property naming conventions that
Bodoni Antiqua Light Italic • Never replace the two typeface families with must be adhered to:
alternatives, not even substitutes
Bodoni Antiqua Regular Italic • Standard Hilton property name – this is the preferred
• Text should be aligned to the left – justified type Hilton Property Brand naming convention. This
Bodoni Antiqua Medium Italic should be avoided combines the Hilton name and the Hilton property name
Recognised hotel property name
Bodoni Antiqua Bold Italic • Consistent line weights help guests to separate and • Recognised hotel property name – this is only to be
navigate through forms and information. 0.25pt is used for a hotel that has been acquired by Hilton and
the general line weight for horizontal definition, has an existing internationally recognised hotel name
such as boxes on forms. 1pt is the general line
Univers Light weight for section dividers, to clearly distinguish • Recognised hotel property name plus a location
elements within forms statement – this is only to be used for a hotel that
Univers Regular has been acquired by Hilton and has an existing
Recognised hotel property name
Bodoni Antiqua internationally recognised hotel name which
Univers Bold plus location statement incorporates a location statement
• This is a serif typeface and is similar to the Hilton
Univers Extra Black Proprietary typeface. This is particularly suited to
headlines and small amounts of text Web address application
Univers Condensed Light
Univers hilton.co.jp Every year, more and more customers are using the
Univers Condensed Regular internet as their preferred method of booking. Therefore
we have launched a series of country-specific websites.
Univers Condensed Bold
• This is a sans serif typeface. It is particularly suited hilton.co.uk
for large amounts of text
• Only your single, country-specific URL should feature
Univers Light Italic hilton.de and never more than one URL
Note – See Section 3 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines
Update Manual for further details. hilton.at
Univers Regular Italic • It is also unnecessary to include ‘www’ at the start of
Country-specific URLs any URL
Univers Bold Italic
• If there is not a country-specific URL for your location
hilton.com use hilton.com

Generic URL • Where possible it is preferred to apply the following

standardised format, combining the country-specific
URL with our ‘Best Rates, Guaranteed’ promise
For the best rates, visit hilton.com
‘For the best rates, visit’ to appear in Univers 45 light,
Standardised call to action
‘hilton.com’ to appear in Univers 65 Bold.

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON ‘TAKE ME TO THE HILTON’ application

New company strapline The new company strapline must be applied to all
appropriate hotel collateral items. Please note it must all
appear in upper case, Univers 65 Bold.

Section 8 – Merchandising 4 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 8 – Merchandising 5
brand applications manual brand applications manual

8.2 Umbrella: 8.3 Merchandising Items: O

I
PT ON

A
L
The Hilton umbrella is an excellent way to market your hotel and • The country-specific URL should be included as the Hilton These examples are style suggestions only.

S T
A
Hilton Branded Products/Programmes – displayed simply or more minimum standard and an appropriate reservations number N D A R D

creatively incorporating the style of Equilibrium. as the Hilton optional standard • The country-specific URL should be included
as the Hilton minimum standard and an
• Colours should be Hilton Blue or those from the Hilton appropriate reservations number as the Hilton
Supporting Colour Palette – See Section 3 of the Hilton optional standard
Identity Guidelines Update Manual
• The Hilton Leisure curve must be applied
• Umbrella hardware should be of a high standard of quality when appropriate hilt
on.c
om

hil
ton
.co
m

hilton.com
Carrier bags hilto
n.co
m

hil
to n
.co
m

Pen and pencil set

I
650 PT ON
O

A
Las Vegas

L
S T
A rain hail
D
and shine
rain hail and shine
N D A R

Las Vegas
hilton.com
hilton.co.uk

hilton.com

I
PT ON
O
A
L

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk

900
S T

A
N D A R D

Wrapping paper

Section 8 – Merchandising 6 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 8 – Merchandising 7
brand applications manual

Merchandising Items:
These examples are style suggestions only; however they • The country-specific URL should be included as the Hilton
illustrate how merchandising can be created within guidelines minimum standard and an appropriate reservations number
using the Hilton cartouche, Hilton Property Brands, Hilton as the Hilton optional standard
Blue/supporting colour palettes and Hilton Leisure curve
• The Hilton Leisure curve must be applied when appropriate

hilton.com
I
PT ON
O

A
L
Golf and tee set

S T
A
N D A R D
hilton.com

Corkscrew

m
co
m .co com
n. on n.
ilto h ilt lot
h hi m
m
co
m co co
n. om n. n.
lto .c lt o li to
hi n hi h
lto
hi m co
m
co
m c o n.
n. n. lto
lto ilto hi
hi h m
m co
.co n.
on ilto
TAKE ME TO THE HILTON For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk h

Stressballs
Suit carrier

Section 8 – Merchandising 8 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005

 Hilton Branded Products/
Programmes Literature
brand applications manual

UPDATE 2005
9.1 The Hilton Brand Identity – Hilton branded 2
products/programmes parameters

9.2 Literature Development Checklist 7

9.3 Poster – Options 8

9.4 Leaflets/Brochures – Front Cover – Options 48

9.5 Leaflets/Brochures – Back Cover – Options 66

9.6 Dispensers 74

9.7 Letterheads 78

9.8 Envelopes 82

9.9 Vouchers 86
brand applications guidelines

Hotel Branded
Products/
Programmes
Literature
Often a Hilton Branded Product/Programme is designed,
with a unique look and personality, to target a specific
market segment and build upon or even change existing
customer attitudes. These may be facility-based offers,
such as Hilton Relaxation Rooms and Hilton Executive
Floor, or service-based offers, such as Hilton Theatre
Breaks and Hilton Gift Vouchers.

In this section we provide the All items included within this section are optional
TI ONA
P
framework and examples of how standard, however each piece of literature must
O

effective Hilton Branded include the Eight Key Elements of Hilton Branded
S

T R
A N
Products/Programmes D A Products/Programmes Literature.
literature can be created, that all
work within the Hilton Brand Identity
Note – Always use master artwork provided on the
and capture our 'Equilibrium' style.
Hilton Creative Library for the reproduction of Hilton

Brand Identity elements. To download Hilton logos,

It also contains a simple
fonts, templates and images please visit:
development checklist to guide
hiltoncreativelibrary.com
literature development.

VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 1

brand application manual brand application manual

9.1 The Hilton Brand Identity – Hilton Branded The Hilton Brand Identity – Hilton Branded
Products/Programmes Parameters: Products/Programmes Parameters:
We understand that in its very nature Hilton Brand Product/Programme literature will be varied in appearance and style as it's tailored to
appeal to and meet the needs of a specified audience. However, as a minimum standard, every piece of Hilton Branded Product/Programme Option Five
literature must include the following Eight Key Elements. Vertical format – product/programme name,
plus strap/tag line – 4 layers

1.Hilton Branded
Products/Programmes logo Option five Option Six
There are six options for constructing a Hilton Branded Vertical format – product/programme name,
Product/Programmes logo. All newly created Hilton plus mnemonic/symbol – 4 layers
Branded Product/Programmes logos must follow one of
the following options.

Note – For further guidance see Section 9 of the Hilton Note – There are four existing exceptions to the
Identity Guidelines Update Manual. aforementioned methods of constructing a Hilton Branded
Product/Programme logo; these are Hilton Worldwide
Resorts, Hilton HHonors, Hilton Meetings and Hilton
Option six Festive Breaks.
Option One
Vertical format – product/programme name only
Option one – 2 layers
2.The Hilton curve

The Hilton curve must be applied to all Hilton

Branded Products/Programmes literature. Two Hilton
curves have been developed and must be used to
distinguish between different market segments.
Option Two Business curve
Vertical format – product/programme name only • Hilton Business curve – used for all business
– 3 layers product/programme literature, such as Hilton Meetings

Option two • Hilton Leisure curve – used for any

product/programme literature that promotes leisure
or a combination of leisure and business services
and facilities
Leisure curve Note – You must never apply both Hilton curves to one
Option Three
Vertical format – product/programme name, plus item. It must be either the Hilton Leisure curve or the
mnemonic/symbol – 3 layers Hilton Business curve.

Note – A Hilton curve is mandatory to be applied to front

Option three
and back covers of all flyers/leaflets/brochures, but is not
mandatory to be included within the internal spreads.

Note – The Hilton curve may be applied as a tint, no less

Option Four than 10%. When copy or a Hilton Branded
Vertical format – product/programme name only Product/Programme logo is reversed out of the Hilton
– 4 layers curve, the tint value within the Hilton curve must be no
less than 80%.

Always use master artwork provided on the Hilton

Option four Creative Library for the reproduction of Hilton Brand
Identity elements. To download Hilton logos and fonts
please visit: hiltoncreativelibrary.com

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 2 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 3
brand application manual brand application manual

The Hilton Brand Identity – Hilton Branded The Hilton Brand Identity – Hilton Branded
Products/Programmes Parameters: Products/Programmes Parameters:
hilton.co.jp 3. Country-specific URL application Bodoni Antiqua Light 5. Hilton supporting typefaces

Every year, more and more customers are using the Bodoni Antiqua Regular Two typeface families can be used within the Hilton
hilton.co.uk internet as their preferred method of booking. To help Identity System. These typefaces should be used for
us achieve this goal, we launched a series of Bodoni Antiqua Medium headlines and text purposes in all our printed material.
country-specific websites. They can be used separately or together as desired.
hilton.co.de Bodoni Antiqua Bold The typefaces are easily available in most computer text
• Only your single, country-specific URL should setting systems.
feature and never more than one URL Bodoni Antiqua Light Italic
hilton.co.at • Never replace the two typeface families with
• It is also unnecessary to include ‘www’ at the start
of any URL
Bodoni Antiqua Regular Italic alternatives, not even substitutes
Country-specific URLs
• If there is not a country-specific URL for your Bodoni Antiqua Medium Italic • Text should be aligned to the left – justified type
location use hilton.com should be avoided
Bodoni Antiqua Bold Italic
• Where possible it is preferred to apply the following • Consistent line weights help guests to separate and
hilton.com standardised format, combining the country-specific navigate through forms and information. 0.25pt is
URL with our ‘Best Rates, Guaranteed’ promise. the general line weight for horizontal definition,
Generic URL Univers Light such as boxes on forms. 1pt is the general line
weight for section dividers, to clearly distinguish
‘For the best rates, visit’ to appear in Univers 45 Univers Regular elements within forms
light, ‘hilton.com’ to appear in Univers 65 Bold.
For the best rates, visit hilton.com
Note – See Section 10 of the Hilton Brand Identity
Univers Bold Bodoni Antiqua
Standardised call to action Guidelines Update Manual for further details.
Univers Extra Black • This is a serif typeface and is similar to the Hilton
Proprietary typeface. This is particularly suited to
Univers Condensed Light headlines and small amounts of text
4. ‘TAKE ME TO THE HILTON’
application Univers Condensed Regular Univers
TAKE ME TO THE HILTON
The new company strapline must be applied to all Univers Condensed Bold • This is a sans serif typeface. It is particularly suited
New company strapline for large amounts of text
appropriate hotel collateral items. Please note it must
all appear in upper case, Univers 65 Bold. Univers Light Italic
Note – See Section 3 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines
Univers Regular Italic Update Manual for further details.

Univers Bold Italic Note – You are permitted to use an ‘alternative’ typeface
that is part of the Hilton Branded Product/Programme
Identity for headlines, subheads and calls to action.

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 4 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 5
brand application manual brand application manual

The Hilton Brand Identity – Hilton Branded

9.2 Literature Development Checklist:
Products/Programmes Parameters:
It is recognised that Hilton will continue to identify and 1. Ensure the Hilton Brand Identity is
anticipate commercial opportunities around the globe that expressed consistently
require the development of new products and programmes and 2. Maximise the benefit of the Hilton name
6. Hilton supporting colour palette subsequent production of supporting literature.
3. Drive online business through using Hilton URLs
4. Eliminate or minimise the potential of duplication
Colour ranges have been specifically selected to be A development checklist has been included in this manual to help of effort in creating Hilton Branded
used as supporting colours to the Hilton Master Brand. with the development of effective Hilton Branded Product/Programme literature regionally
Product/Programme literature. Following this checklist will help:
5. Ensure the creation of high-quality
• Bright range – suitable for leisure and resort
communication which adheres to the Eight
applications, but not mandatory
Key Elements
• Muted range – suitable for business-related
communications, but not mandatory
• Natural range – can be used to complement either
Bright or Muted ranges
• Metallic range – can be used for traditional,
sophisticated or contemporary design applications, Hilton Branded Product/Programmes design templates that satisfy your needs. If an existing
such as festive promotions development checklist leaflet example is available, download the item and
contact the Regional Marketing Department responsible
Note – For guidance on tint values and further for the leaflet for further information and/or guidance
1. Creating a new Hilton Branded as to whether it can be adapted in alternative sizes,
information about using the Hilton supporting colour Product/Programme logo – if you are creating a
palette refer to Section 3 of the Hilton Identity should this be an issue
new Hilton Branded Product/Programme logo see
Guidelines Update Manual. Section 9 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines
Update Manual • If there is no ‘match’, you can develop original
7. Imagery (visual) communication material within the parameters
outlined in this manual; proceed to step 3
• Using a newly created Hilton Branded
All imagery selected must represent our brand values
Product/Programme logo – if you have already
and be in line with the 'Equilibrium' concept – see 3. Select the appropriate Hilton Branded
created a new Hilton Branded Product/Programme logo
Section 10, Photography Guidelines, in the Hilton Product/Programme literature option – match
and now want to develop product/programme
Identity Guidelines Update Manual. To view Hilton your requirements to the parameters as outlined in
literature, then proceed to step 3
photography visit: hiltoncreativelibrary.com these guidelines

8. Copy tone of voice • Using an existing Hilton Branded

Product/Programme logo – if you want to 4. Develop your communication material – maintain a
create literature associated with an existing Hilton high quality of presentation, design and finish. Ensure
It is essential we communicate throughout Hilton the Eight Key Elements and parameters as outlined in
Branded Product/Programme, proceed to step 2
Branded Products/Programmes Literature in an these guidelines are adhered to
'Equilibrium' style – see Section 10 of the Hilton
Identity Guidelines Update Manual. 2. Complete a search on the ‘Online Hilton
Brand/Logo Library’ – before creating new 5. Obtain communication material approval – when
Hilton Branded Product/Programmes literature developing communication material it is essential you
complete a search on the ‘Online Hilton adhere to the approval process as outlined – see page 6
Brand/Logo Library’ for any existing and/or relevant of this manual, Hilton communication material approval
material. Visit: hiltoncreativelibrary.com process

• If there is existing literature that satisfies your 6. Enter your Hilton Branded Product/Programme
requirements, you can download this from the site for literature on to the ‘Online Hilton Brand/Logo
use. Contact the Regional Marketing Department Library’ – to enter your Hilton communication material,
responsible for these as noted on the ‘Online Hilton please follow the steps as outlined on the ‘Online
Brand/Logo Library’ to establish the associated Hilton Brand/Logo Library’
requirements and/or standards which need to be
adhered to. For example, if you wish to develop a Hilton
Executive Floor leaflet, go online and search ‘Hilton
Executive Floor leaflet’ to see if there are any existing

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 6 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 7
brand application manual brand application manual

Poster – Option One – Image Driven: Poster – Option One – Image Driven:
Image driven Image driven
This poster format is to be used when you have a particularly ‘compelling’ image, when the image is the single strongest selling item;
therefore you have instant recognition through the strength of the image.

Your headline is located below the picture within the Hilton curve. Your supporting text provides additional levels of information to
endorse your communication.

This format is very flexible and can be used for promoting a range of products/sub-brands, plus Hilton facilities and services.

Note – When ‘terms and conditions’ are required to be highlighted on the poster, please state:

*Terms and Conditions apply

This must be applied below the standardised call to action in Univers 45 light no smaller than 20pt on an A1 poster

I NEEDED A FULLY EQUIPPED BUSINESS

CENTRE WITH AUDIO–VISUAL EQUIPMENT

AND FLEXIBLE CATERING FACILITIES.

I GOT, I GOT AND I GOT.

Also get air–conditioned meeting rooms,

ergonomic furniture and specially trained people.

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON

For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 8 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 9
brand application manual brand application manual

Page layout shown at 25% actual size

Poster – Option One – Image Driven:
594mm Image driven
The following guidelines must be adhered to when
constructing this poster format: Note – Anchor the brand/logo in the bottom of the
1. box right aligned.
The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram must be
adhered to.

1. The image – a single main image is to be used. You

may create a montage of images within this space –
see Section 10 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines
Update Manual for photography guidance

2. The Hilton curve – this curve must have a maximum

depth of 420mm and a minimum depth of 280mm
<Insert Image Here> (measurements based on an A1 poster).

Note – Measurements taken from the bottom of

the poster.

3. Headline and supporting text:

i. These must appear in one of the Hilton
supporting typefaces or an ‘alternative’ typeface
that is part of the Hilton Branded
Product/Programme identity
ii. All text must appear within the text box as
outlined in the proportional diagram
iii. Headline and supporting text can be either left or
centre aligned
840mm iv. Headline and supporting text may appear in upper
2.
and/or lower case, or a combination
<Insert Headline and Text Here> v. Headline – it is recommended to use between
3-12 words
3. vi. Supporting text – it is recommended to use
between 10-35 words displayed using
1, 2 or 3 columns

4. Apply the company strapline with the

standardardised call to action in a ‘vertical
stack’ style

Note – If you require to extend the URL to include

additional information, such as a hotel-specific URL,
‘hilton.com/auckland’, or offer-specific URL,
‘hilton.co.uk/summeroffers’. The font point size for
the company strapline and the standardised call to
5. action must be reduced in proportion to enable the 6.

extended URL to fit within the area as shown here.

Univers <Insert Logo Here> This must be no smaller than 36 point size.
65 Bold 4. TAKE ME TO THE HILTON 5. Brand/Logo – maintain the minimum
42 pt, clearance area as illustrated in the individual brand
For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk
Upper Case exclusion zones found on the ‘Online Hilton
31mm Brand/Logo Library’ at hiltoncreativelibrary.com
Example of Hilton Business
Univers 45 light Univers 65 curve application
34mm 42 pt 34mm
Bold 42 pt

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 10 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 11
brand application manual brand application manual

Poster – Option Two (A) – Combination: Poster – Option Two (A) – Combination:
Headline/proposition and image Headline/proposition and image
This poster format is suited when you have a strong message or proposition. This message is pictorially endorsed and underpinned with
copy to broaden your story. The amount of copy that can be used within this format is flexible. This poster format is
ideal for static areas, but can be used within traffic areas with reduced copy.

This format is very flexible and can be used for promoting a range of products/sub-brands, plus Hilton facilities and services.

Note – When ‘terms and conditions’ are required to be highlighted on the poster, please state:
Take me to

LONDON
*Terms and Conditions apply

This must be applied below the standardised call to action in Univers 45 light no smaller than 20pt on an A1 poster.

Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consect

adipiscing elit sed diam nonummy
Lorem ipsum Magna Lobortis nisl
Dolor sit amet Aliquam Ut aliquip
Consectetuer Erat volutpat Commodo
Adipiscing elit Ut wisi enim Consequat
Sed diam Veniam nostrud Duis autem
Nonummy Exerci tation Aliquam
Nibh euismod Ullamcorper
Tincidunt ut Suscipit

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON

For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 12 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 13
brand application manual brand application manual

Page layout shown at 25% actual size

Poster – Option Two (A) – Combination:
594mm Headline/proposition and image
The following guidelines must be adhered to when
1. 34mm min
constructing this poster format:

The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram must be

adhered to.

1. The image – a single main image is to be used. You 6. Brand/Logo – maintain the minimum
may create a montage of images within this space – clearance area as illustrated in the individual brand
see Section 10 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines exclusion zones found on the ‘Online Hilton
2. Update Manual for photography guidance Brand/Logo Library’ at hiltoncreativelibrary.com

2. The headline: Note – Anchor the brand/logo in the bottom of the

i. Must appear in one of the Hilton supporting box right aligned.
typefaces or an 'alternative' typeface that is part
of the Hilton Branded Product/Programme identity
ii. Can be either left or centre aligned
<Insert Headline Here> iii. May appear in upper and/or lower case, or
a combination
iv. Is recommended to be between 3-12 words

3. The Hilton curve – this curve must have a maximum

depth of 420mm and a minimum depth of 280mm
(measurements based on A1 poster).

Note – Measurements taken from the bottom of

the poster.

840mm 4. Supporting text:

i. Must appear in one of the Hilton supporting
typefaces or an 'alternative' typeface that is part
of the Hilton Branded Product/Programme identity
ii. All text must appear within the text box as
outlined in the proportional diagram
iii. Can be either left or centre aligned
3. iv. May appear in upper and/or lower case, or
a combination
v. Is recommended to be between 10-35 words
4. vi. Can be displayed using 1, 2 or 3 columns
<Insert Text Here> 5. Apply the company strapline with the
standardardised call to action in a ‘vertical
stack’ style

Note – If you require to extend the URL to include

6. additional information, such as a hotel-specific URL, 6.

‘hilton.com/auckland’, or offer-specific URL,

Univers <Insert Logo ‘hilton.co.uk/summeroffers’. The font point size for
65 Bold Here> the company strapline and the standardised call to
TAKE ME TO THE HILTON action must be reduced in proportion to enable the
42 pt, 5. extended URL to fit within the area as shown here.
For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk
Upper Case This must be no smaller than 36 point size.
31mm
Example of Hilton Business
Univers 45 light curve application
34mm 34mm
42 pt
Univers 65
Bold 42 pt

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 14 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 15
brand application manual brand application manual

Poster – Option Two (B) – Combination: Poster – Option Two (B) – Combination:
Headline/proposition and image – multi picture variation Headline/proposition and image – multi picture variation
This poster format is suited when you have a strong message or proposition. This message is pictorially endorsed and underpinned with
copy to broaden your story. The amount of copy that can be used within this format is flexible. This poster format is ideal for static
areas, but can be used within traffic areas with reduced copy.

A collection of images can be used to underpin your ‘compelling’ image to assist in telling the broader story.
Take me to
This format is ideal for assorted Hilton Branded Products/Programmes and hotel services and facilities.

Note – When ‘terms and conditions’ are required to be highlighted on the poster, please state:
IRELAND &
*Terms and Conditions apply

This must be applied below the standardised call to action in Univers 45 light no smaller than 20pt on an A1 poster.
NORTHERN IRELAND

Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consect

adipiscing elit sed diam nonummy
Lorem ipsum Dolor sit amet Luptatum zzril
Duis autem Magna aliquam Consectetuer

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON

For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 16 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 17
 brand application manual brand application manual

Page layout shown at 25% actual size

Poster – Option Two (B) – Combination:
594mm Headline/proposition and image
The following guidelines must be adhered to when
1. 34mm min constructing this poster format:

The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram must be

adhered to.

1. The image – a single main image is to be used. You 7. Brand/Logo – maintain the minimum
may create a montage of images within this space – clearance area as illustrated in the individual brand
see Section 10 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines exclusion zones found on the ‘Online Hilton
Update Manual for photography guidance Brand/Logo Library’ at hiltoncreativelibrary.com

2. The headline: Note – Anchor the brand/logo in the bottom of the

2. i. Must appear in one of the Hilton supporting box right aligned.
typefaces or an 'alternative' typeface that is part
of the Hilton Branded Product/Programme identity
<Insert Headline Here> ii. Can be either left or centre aligned
iii. May appear in upper and/or lower case, or
a combination
iv. Is recommended to be between 3-12 words

3. The Hilton curve – this curve must have a

maximum depth of 420mm and a minimum depth of
280mm (measurements based on A1 poster).

Note – Measurements taken from the bottom of

the poster.

840mm 4. Supporting text:

i. Must appear in one of the Hilton supporting
typefaces or an 'alternative' typeface that is part
5. of the Hilton Branded Product/Programme identity
<Insert ii. All text must appear within the text box as
Image
Here>
outlined in the proportional diagram
80mmx80mm iii. Can be either left or centre aligned
3. iv. May appear in upper and/or lower case, or
a combination
5. v. Is recommended to be between 10-35 words
<Insert
4. Image vi. Can be displayed using 1, 2 or 3 columns
Here>
80mmx80mm
5. Supporting images – three images must be included
<Insert Text Here> as shown here. These images must tell ‘a
5. broader story’
<Insert
Image
Here> 6. Apply the company strapline with the
80mmx80mm standardardised call to action in a ‘vertical 6.

stack’ style
Univers
<Insert Logo Note – If you require to extend the URL to include
65 Bold 7.
TAKE ME TO THE HILTON additional information, such as a hotel-specific URL,
42 pt, 6. Here> ‘hilton.com/auckland’, or offer-specific URL,
For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk
Upper Case ‘hilton.co.uk/summeroffers’. The font point size for
31mm the company strapline and the standardised call to
action must be reduced in proportion to enable the Example of Hilton Business
Univers 45 light extended URL to fit within the area as shown here. curve application
34mm 34mm This must be no smaller than 36 point size.
42 pt
Univers 65
147mm 27mm
Bold 42 pt

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 18 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 19
brand application manual brand application manual

Poster – Option Three (A) – Headline Driven: Poster – Option Three (A) – Headline Driven:
Headline driven Headline driven
This poster format is suited when you have a strong message or proposition. This message is pictorially endorsed and underpinned with
copy to broaden your story. The amount of copy that can be used within this format is flexible. Ideally for static areas, but can be used
in traffic areas with reduced copy.

This format is ideal for assorted Hilton Branded Products/Programmes and hotel services and facilities.
Relaxing Airport Stopovers
Note – When ‘terms and conditions’ are required to be highlighted on the poster, please state:

*Terms and Conditions apply

with FREE Airport Car Parking
This must be applied below the standardised call to action in Univers 45 light no smaller than 20pt on an A1 poster.

Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer

adipiscing elit, sed diam:
• Ut wisi enim ad minim
• Aliquip ex ea commodo consequat
• Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor
• Consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam
nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON

For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 20 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 21
 brand application manual brand application manual

Page layout shown at 25% actual size

Poster – Option Three (A) – Headline Driven:
594mm Headline driven
The following guidelines must be adhered to when
constructing this poster format:
1.
The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram must be
<Insert Headline Here> adhered to.

1. The headline is to appear within the top Hilton curve: 5. Apply the company strapline with the
3. i. it must appear in one of the Hilton supporting standardardised call to action in a ‘vertical
typefaces or an 'alternative' typeface that is stack’ style
part of the Hilton Branded Product/Programme
identity Note – If you require to extend the URL to include
ii. it can be either left or centre aligned additional information, such as a hotel-specific URL,
iii. it may appear in upper and/or lower case, ‘hilton.com/auckland’, or offer-specific URL,
or a combination ‘hilton.co.uk/summeroffers’. The font point size for
the company strapline and the standardised call to
iv. it is recommended to be between 3-12 words
action must be reduced in proportion to enable the
extended URL to fit within the area as shown here.
2. This must be no smaller than 36 point size.
2. The image – a single main image is to be used. You
may create a montage of images within this space –
<Insert Image Here> see Section 10 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines 6. Brand/Logo – maintain the minimum
Update manual for photography guidance clearance area as illustrated in the individual brand
exclusion zones found on the ‘Online Hilton
Brand/Logo Library’ at hiltoncreativelibrary.com
3. The Hilton curves – the top Hilton curve must have a
maximum depth of 280mm and a minimum depth of Note – Anchor the brand/logo in the bottom of the
140mm. The bottom Hilton curve must have a maximum box right aligned.
840mm
depth of 420mm and a minimum depth of 210mm
(measurements based on A1 poster)

Note – Measurements taken from the bottom of

the poster.
3.
34mm Supporting text:
4. i. must appear in one of the Hilton supporting
<Insert Logo
typefaces or an 'alternative' typeface that is
Here> part of the Hilton Branded Product/Programme
identity
4. ii. must appear within the text box as outlined in
<Insert Text Here> 6.
the proportional diagram to ensure minimum
exclusion zones apply
iii. can be either left or centre aligned
iv. may appear in upper and/or lower case, or
a combination
Please take a leaflet for details v. is recommended to be between 10-35 words
Univers vi. can be displayed using 1, 2 or 3 columns 6.

65 Bold
42 pt, TAKE ME TO THE HILTON
5.
Upper Case For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk
31mm

Univers 45 light Example of Hilton Business

34mm 34mm
42 pt curve application
Univers 65
Bold 42 pt

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 22 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 23
brand application manual brand application manual

Poster – Option Three (B) – Combination Poster – Option Three (B) – Combination
Headline driven – multi picture variation Headline driven – multi picture variation
This poster format is suited when you have a strong message or proposition. This message is pictorially endorsed and underpinned with
copy to broaden your story. The amount of copy that can be used within this format is flexible. Ideally for static areas, but can be used
in traffic areas with reduced copy.

A collection of images can be used to underpin your ‘compelling’ image to tell the story. See the example overleaf for how multi images Relaxing Airport Stopovers
can be applied.
with FREE Airport Car Parking
This format is ideal for assorted Hilton Branded Products/Programmes and hotel services and facilities.

Note – When ‘terms and conditions’ are required to be highlighted on the poster, please state:

*Terms and Conditions apply

This must be applied below the standardised call to action in Univers 45 light no smaller than 20pt on an A1 poster.

Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis

nostrud exerci tation ullam.
• hendrerit in vulputate velit esse
• accumsan et iusto odio
• delenit augue duis dolore te feugait
• hendrerit in vulputate velit esse
• accumsan et iusto odio

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON

For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 24 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 25
 brand application manual brand application manual

Page layout shown at 25% actual size

594mm
Poster – Option Three (B) – Combination
Headline driven – multi picture variation
The following guidelines must be adhered to when
constructing this poster format:
3. <Insert Headline Here>
The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram must be
adhered to.

1. 1. The headline is to appear within the top Hilton curve: 5. Apply the company strapline with the
i. it must appear in one of the Hilton supporting standardardised call to action in a ‘vertical
typefaces or an 'alternative' typeface that is stack’ style
part of the Hilton Branded Product/Programme
identity Note – If you require to extend the URL to include
ii. it can be either left or centre aligned additional information, such as a hotel-specific URL,
iii. it may appear in upper and/or lower case, ‘hilton.com/auckland’, or offer-specific URL,
2. ‘hilton.co.uk/summeroffers’. The font point size for
or a combination
the company strapline and the standardised call to
iv. it is recommended to be between 3-12 words
action must be reduced in proportion to enable the
extended URL to fit within the area as shown here.
This must be no smaller than 36 point size.
2. The images – a single main image is supported by
two additional images as shown here – see Section
2. 10 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines Update manual for 6. Brand/Logo – maintain the minimum
photography guidance clearance area as illustrated in the individual brand
exclusion zones found on the ‘Online Hilton
Brand/Logo Library’ at hiltoncreativelibrary.com
3. The Hilton curves – the top Hilton curve must have a
840mm maximum depth of 280mm and a minimum depth of Note – Anchor the brand/logo in the bottom of the
140mm. The bottom Hilton curve must have a maximum box right aligned.
2.
depth of 420mm and a minimum depth of 210mm
(measurements based on A1 poster)

Note – Measurements taken from the bottom of

the poster.
3.
31mm
4. Supporting text:
4. i. must appear in one of the Hilton supporting
typefaces or an 'alternative' typeface that is
6. part of the Hilton Branded Product/Programme
<Insert Text Here> identity
ii. must appear within the text box as outlined in
<Insert Logo the proportional diagram to ensure minimum
Here> exclusion zones apply
iii. can be either left or centre aligned
Univers iv. may appear in upper and/or lower case, or
65 Bold a combination 6.

42 pt, TAKE ME TO THE HILTON 5. v. is recommended to be between 10-35 words

Upper Case vi. can be displayed using 1, 2 or 3 columns
For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk
31mm

34mm Univers 45 light 34mm

42 pt Example of Hilton Business
Univers 65 curve application
Bold 42 pt

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 26 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 27
brand application manual brand application manual

Poster – Option Four (A) – Sub-Brand Driven: Poster – Option Four (A) – Sub-Brand Driven:
Sub-brand/product driven Sub-brand/product driven
This poster format is a simple and elegant way of promoting a Hilton Product/Programme brand. A clean pictorial format plus simple
supporting copy, is used to endorse the branding. However, try to keep copy to a minimum for this format.

This format is ideal for promoting assorted Hilton Branded Products/Programmes and hotel services and facilities.

Note – When ‘terms and conditions’ are required to be highlighted on the poster, please state:

*Terms and Conditions apply

This must be applied below the standardised call to action in Univers 45 light no smaller than 20pt on an A1 poster. Festive Celebrations

A truly magical
occasion...
Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis
nostrud exerci tation ullam.
• hendrerit in vulputate velit esse
• accumsan et iusto odio
• delenit augue duis dolore te feugait

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON

For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 28 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 29
brand application manual brand application manual

Page layout shown at 25% actual size

Poster – Option Four (A) – Sub-Brand Driven:
594mm Sub-brand/product driven
3. The following guidelines must be adhered to when
constructing this poster format:

1. The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram must be

adhered to.
< Insert Logo Here>
1. Brand/Logo – maintain the minimum 5. Apply the company strapline with the
clearance area as illustrated in the individual standardardised call to action in a ‘vertical
brand exclusion zones found on the ‘Online Hilton stack’ style
Brand/Logo Library’ at hiltoncreativelibrary.com.
The logo must appear within the top Hilton curve Note – If you require to extend the URL to include
additional information, such as a hotel-specific URL,
Note – The brand/logo must appear centred and ‘hilton.com/auckland’, or offer-specific URL,
proportional within the box. ‘hilton.co.uk/summeroffers’. The font point size for
the company strapline and the standardised call to
action must be reduced in proportion to enable the
2. The image – a single main image is to be used. You
2. extended URL to fit within the area as shown here.
may create a montage of images within this space –
This must be no smaller than 36 point size.
see Section 10 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines
< Insert Image Here> Update manual for photography guidance

3. The top Hilton curve and the bottom panel – the top
Hilton curve must have a maximum depth of 280mm
and a minimum depth of 210mm. The bottom panel
840mm must have a maximum depth of 420mm and a
minimum depth of 210mm (measurements based on
A1 poster)
3.
Note – Measurements taken from the bottom of
the poster.

4. Headline and supporting text:

4. i. These must appear in one of the Hilton
supporting typefaces or an 'alternative'
typeface that is part of the Hilton Branded
Product/Programme identity
< Insert Text Here> ii. All text must appear within the text box as
outlined in the proportional diagram to ensure
minimum exclusion zones apply
iii. Headline and supporting text can be either left
or centre aligned
iv. Headline and supporting text may appear in
upper and/or lower case, or a combination 6.

v. Headline – it is recommended to use between

Please take a leaflet for details
3-12 words
Univers 5. vi. Supporting text – it is recommended to use
65 Bold between 10-35 words
TAKE ME TO THE HILTON
42 pt, vii. Supporting text – can be displayed using 1, 2
For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk or 3 columns
Upper Case
31mm
Example of Hilton Business
curve application
34mm Univers 45 Light
42 pt
Univers 65
Bold 42 pt

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 30 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 31
brand application manual brand application manual

Poster – Option Four (B) – Sub-Brand Driven: Poster – Option Four (B) – Sub-Brand Driven:
Sub-brand/product driven – multi picture variation Sub-brand/product driven – multi picture variation
This poster format is a simple and elegant way of promoting a Hilton Product/Programme brand. A clean pictorial format plus
simple supporting copy, is used to endorse the branding. However, try to keep copy to a minimum for this format.

A collection of images can be used to underpin your ‘compelling’ image to tell the story. See the example for how
multi images can be applied.

This format is ideal for promoting assorted Hilton Branded Products/Programmes and hotel services and facilities.

Note – When ‘terms and conditions’ are required to be highlighted on the poster, please state:

*Terms and Conditions apply Festive Celebrations

This must be applied below the standardised call to action in Univers 45 light no smaller than 20pt on an A1 poster.

Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet

adipiscing elit sed diam nonu
• Delenit augue duis dolore te feugait
• Hendrerit in vulputate velit esse
• Accumsan et iusto odio
• Delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla.

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON

For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 32 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 33
brand application manual brand application manual

Page layout shown at 25% actual size

594mm
Poster – Option Four B – Sub-Brand Driven:
Sub-brand/product driven – multi picture variation
3.
The following guidelines must be adhered to when
1. constructing this poster format:

The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram must be

<Insert Logo Here> adhered to.

1. Brand/Logo – maintain the minimum 5. Apply the company strapline with the
clearance area as illustrated in the individual standardardised call to action in a ‘vertical
brand exclusion zones found on the ‘Online Hilton stack’ style
Brand/Logo Library’ at hiltoncreativelibrary.com.
The logo must appear within the top panel Note – If you require to extend the URL to include
additional information, such as a hotel-specific URL,
2. Note – The brand/logo must appear centred and ‘hilton.com/auckland’, or offer-specific URL,
2. ‘hilton.co.uk/summeroffers’. The font point size for
proportional within the box.
the company strapline and the standardised call to
action must be reduced in proportion to enable the
2. The images – a single main image is supported by
extended URL to fit within the area as shown here.
two additional images as shown here – see Section
This must be no smaller than 36 point size.
10 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines Update manual
for photography guidance

3. The top panel and the bottom Hilton curve – the top
panel must have a maximum depth of 280mm
2.
and a minimum depth of 140mm. The bottom Hilton
curve must have a maximum depth of 420mm and a
840mm minimum depth of 210mm (measurements based on
A1 poster)

Note – Measurements taken from the bottom of

the poster.
3.
4. Headline and supporting text:
i. These must appear in one of the Hilton
4. supporting typefaces or an 'alternative'
typeface that is part of the Hilton Branded
Product/Programme identity
ii. All text must appear within the text box as
outlined in the proportional diagram to ensure
<Insert Text Here>
minimum exclusion zones apply
iii. Headline and supporting text can be either left
or centre aligned
iv. Headline and supporting text may appear in
Please take a leaflet for details upper and/or lower case, or a combination
v. Headline – it is recommended to use between
Univers 6.

3-12 words
65 Bold vi. Supporting text – it is recommended to use
TAKE ME TO THE HILTON
42 pt, 5. For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk between 10-35 words
Upper Case vii. Supporting text – can be displayed using 1, 2
31mm or 3 columns

34mm Univers 45 light 34mm Example of Hilton Business

42 pt curve application
Univers 65
Bold 42 pt

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 34 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 35
brand application manual brand application manual

Poster – Option Five – Image Driven Landscape: Poster – Option Five – Image Driven Landscape:
Image driven landscape Image driven landscape
This poster format is to be used when you have a particularly ‘compelling’ image, when the image is the single strongest selling item;
therefore you have instant recognition through the strength of the image.

Your brand/sub-brand is located within the Hilton curve and can be underpinned by a collection of images, to help to tell the story.
Your supporting text provides additional levels of information to endorse your communication.

This format can be used for promoting a range of products/sub-brands, plus Hilton facilities and services.

Note – When ‘terms and conditions’ are required to be highlighted on the poster, please state:

*Terms and Conditions apply

This must be applied below the standardised call to action in Univers 45 light no smaller than 20pt on an A1 poster.

Lorem ipsum
dolor sit...

...dolor sit amet®

Lorom ipsum dolor sit amet

consectetuer adipiscing elit,
sed nonummy nibh euismod.

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON

For the best rates, visit hilton.com

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 36 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 37
brand application manual brand application manual

Page layout shown at 17% actual size

Poster – Option Five – Landscape:
Image driven landscape
26mm 26mm The following guidelines must be adhered to when
constructing this poster format:

840mm The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram must be

adhered to.
31mm
Note – The Hilton curve for this format is applied vertically.
1.

1. Brand/Logo – maintain the minimum 6. Apply the company strapline with the
clearance area as illustrated in the individual standardardised call to action in a ‘vertical
brand exclusion zones found on the ‘Online Hilton stack’ style
Brand/Logo Library’ at hiltoncreativelibrary.com
3. 5. Note – If you require to extend the URL to include
Note – The brand/logo must appear centred and additional information, such as a hotel-specific URL,
2. <Insert Logos ‘hilton.com/auckland’, or offer-specific URL,
proportional within the box.
Text and ‘hilton.co.uk/summeroffers’. The font point size for
594mm <Insert Images Here> Images Here> the company strapline and the standardised call to
2. The image – a single main image is to be used. You
action must be reduced in proportion to enable the
may create a montage of images within this space –
extended URL to fit within the area as shown here.
see Section 10 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines
This must be no smaller than 36 point size.
Update Manual for photography guidance

4. 3. Supporting images – three images may be included

and displayed as illustrated within the proportional
diagram
Univers 65
Bold 42 pt, The Hilton curve – the Hilton curve must have a
6. 4.
TAKE ME TO THE HILTON Upper Case maximum width of 420mm and a minimum width
For the best rates, visit hilton.com
31mm of 280mm (measurements based on A1
landscape poster).

Univers 45 Univers 65 Note – Measurements taken from the right side

light 42 pt Bold 42 pt of the poster.

5. Headline and supporting text:

i. These must appear in one of the Hilton
supporting typefaces or an 'alternative'
typeface that is part of the Hilton Branded
Product/Programme identity
ii. All text must appear within the text box
as outlined in the proportional diagram
iii. Headline and supporting text can be either
left or centre aligned
iv. Headline and supporting text may appear
in upper and/or lower case, or a combination 6.

v. Headline – it is recommended to use

between 3-12 words
vi. Supporting text – it is recommended to Example of Hilton Business
use between 10-35 words
vii. Supporting text – can be displayed using
curve application
1 or 2 columns

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 38 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 39
brand application manual brand application manual

Poster – Option Six – Pictorial Focus: Poster – Option Six – Pictorial Focus:
Pictorial focus Pictorial focus
This is a more rounded communication. It is pictorial driven, with the inclusion of the headline and supporting copy within the image,
ideal when you need contrasting and impactful communication.

The Hilton curve is used as an endorsement and contains the country-specific URL with ‘TAKE ME TO THE HILTON’.

This format is ideal for high impact communication, such as seasonal or tactical promotions.

Note – When ‘terms and conditions’ are required to be highlighted on the poster, please state:

*Terms and Conditions apply

This must be applied below the standardised call to action in Univers 45 light no smaller than 20pt on an A1 poster.

Sleep easy...
...with Hilton’s new best rates guarantee
• Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
consectetuer adipiscing elit.

• Phasellus sit amet velit

feugiat odio tristique
malesuada.

Our Best Rates.

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 40 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 41
brand application manual brand application manual

Page layout shown at 25% actual size

26mm Poster – Option Six – Pictorial Focus:
594mm Pictorial focus
26mm
The following guidelines must be adhered to when
1.
constructing this poster format:

<Insert Logo Here> The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram must be
adhered to.

1. Brand/Logo – maintain the minimum 5. Apply the company strapline with the
clearance area as illustrated in the individual brand standardardised call to action in a ‘vertical
exclusion zones found on the ‘Online Hilton stack’ style
Brand/Logo Library’ at hiltoncreativelibrary.com
Note – If you require to extend the URL to include
Note – The brand/logo must appear right aligned and additional information, such as a hotel-specific URL,
proportional within the box. ‘hilton.com/auckland’, or offer-specific URL,
‘hilton.co.uk/summeroffers’. The font point size for
2. The image – a single main image is to be used. You the company strapline and the standardised call to
may create a montage of images within this space – action must be reduced in proportion to enable the
see Section 10 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines extended URL to fit within the area as shown here.
Update Manual for photography guidance This must be no smaller than 36 point size.

3. Headline and supporting text:

i. These must appear in one of the Hilton
765mm supporting typefaces or an 'alternative'
<Insert Image/Text Here> typeface that is part of the Hilton Branded
2. 3. Product/Programme identity
ii. All text must appear within the text box as
outlined in the proportional diagram
iii. Headline and supporting text can be either left
or centre aligned
iv. Headline and supporting text may appear in
upper and/or lower case, or a combination
v. Headline – it is recommended to use between
3-12 words
vi. Supporting text – it is recommended to use
between 10-35 words
vii. Supporting text – can be displayed using 1
or 2 columns

4. The Hilton curve – the Hilton curve must be 75mm in

depth (measurements based on A1 poster).

Note – Measurements taken from the bottom of

the poster. 6.

4.
5.
75mm TAKE ME TO THE HILTON For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk
31mm
Example of Hilton Business
curve application
34mm Univers 65 Bold Univers 45 light 34mm
42 pt, Upper Case 42 pt
Univers 65
Bold 42 pt

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 42 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 43
brand application manual brand application manual

Poster – Option Seven – Pictorial Focus Poster – Option Seven – Pictorial Focus
Landscape: Landscape:
Pictorial focus landscape Pictorial focus landscape

This is a more rounded communication. It is pictorial driven, with the inclusion of the headline and supporting copy within the image,
ideal when you need contrasting and impactful communication.

The Hilton curve is used as an endorsement and contains the country-specific URL with ‘TAKE ME TO THE HILTON’.

This format is ideal for high impact communication, such as seasonal or tactical promotions.

Note – When ‘terms and conditions’ are required to be highlighted on the poster, please state:

Sleep easy...
*Terms and Conditions apply

This must be applied below the standardised call to action in Univers 45 light no smaller than 20pt on an A1 poster.

...with Hilton’s new best rates guarantee

Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
consectetuer adipiscing elit.

Phasellus sit amet velit feugiat

odio tristique malesuada.

Our Best Rates.

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 44 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 45
brand application manual brand application manual

Poster – Option Seven – Pictorial Focus

Landscape:
Pictorial focus landscape

The following guidelines must be adhered to when

constructing this poster format:

The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram must be

Page layout shown at 17% actual size adhered to.

1. Brand/Logo – maintain the minimum clearance area 5. Apply the company strapline with the
26mm as illustrated in the individual brand standardardised call to action in a ‘vertical
840mm exclusion zones found on the ‘Online Hilton stack’ style
Brand/Logo Library ’at hiltoncreativelibrary.com
26mm Note – If you require to extend the URL to include
Note – The brand/logo must appear right aligned additional information, such as a hotel-specific URL,
<Insert Logo and proportional within the box. ‘hilton.com/auckland’, or offer-specific URL,
Here> ‘hilton.co.uk/summeroffers’. The font point size for
1. 2. The image – a single main image is to be used. You the company strapline and the standardised call to
may create a montage of images within this space – action must be reduced in proportion to enable the
see Section 10 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines extended URL to fit within the area as shown here.
Update Manual for photography guidance This must be no smaller than 36 point size.

3. Headline and supporting text:

<Insert Image/Text Here> i. These must appear in one of the Hilton
supporting typefaces or an 'alternative'
594mm typeface that is part of the Hilton Branded
2. 3. Product/Programme identity
ii. All text must appear within the text box as
outlined in the proportional diagram
iii. Headline and supporting text can be either left
or centre aligned
iv. Headline and supporting text may appear in
upper and/or lower case, or a combination
v. Headline – it is recommended to use between
4. 3-12 words
vi. Supporting text – it is recommended to use
TAKE ME TO THE HILTON 5. For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk between 10-35 words
31mm vii. Supporting text – can be displayed using 1
or 2 columns

34mm Univers 65 Bold 34mm 4. The Hilton curve – the Hilton curve must be 75mm
42 pt, Upper Case Univers 45 in depth (measurements based on an A1 landscape
light 42 pt poster).
Univers 65
Note – Measurements taken from the bottom of
Bold 42 pt the poster.
6.

Example of Hilton Business

curve application

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 46 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 47
brand application manual brand application manual

9.4 Leaflets/Brochures Front Cover – Leaflets/Brochures Front Cover –

Format Options: Format Options:
Four front cover options are provided to help create effective Hilton Branded Product/Programme Literature that incorporates the Eight
Key Elements and adheres to the Hilton Brand Identity. Templates are versatile, so leaflets and brochures can be created that have a
unique look and personality to target a specific market segment.

Option one to three templates are shown in DL format and can be adapted for use with any size of leaflet and brochure as shown on
the following page.

The template of option four has been shown in A4 horizontal format, as DL and A5 sizes does not support this design.

A4 Portrait
210mm x 297mm
DL Portrait
A5 Portrait or
99mm x 210mm
148mm x 210mm
A4 Landscape
or
or 297mm x 210mm
Executive Floor
You'll appreciate DL Landscape
the difference... 210mm x 99mm A5 Landscape
210mm x 148mm

Total exclusivity and quality 1/2 A4 Portrait –

105mm x 297mm

Option one Option two Option three or

1/2 A4 Landscape
297mm x 105mm Square

giftVOUCHERS

Give back a little of what life takes out...

Option four – landscape only

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 48 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 49
brand application manual brand application manual

Leaflets/Brochures Front Cover – Leaflets/Brochures Front Cover –

Option One – Brand Driven: Option One – Brand Driven:
Brand driven Brand driven
This front cover option involves the prominent use of the Hilton Branded Product/Programme logo to communicate.

The logo always features in the top Hilton curve and is then supported with the creative use of images and/or a proposition statement.

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 50 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 51
brand application manual brand application manual

Page layout shown at 100% actual size

Leaflets/Brochures Front Cover –
1.
Option One – Brand Driven:
Brand driven
2.
The following guidelines must be adhered to when
<Insert Hilton Branded constructing this leaflet/brochure front cover.
70mm Product/Programme Logo Here>
The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram must be
max adhered to.

1. The Hilton curve must appear in Hilton Blue or in one

of the colours of the Hilton supporting colour palette
3. <Insert Strapline Here (Optional)> – see Section 3 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines
Update Manual

2. The Hilton Branded product/programme logo must

appear centred and proportional as shown here

3. Option to insert product/programme strapline here

within the Hilton curve as shown

4. The creative application of images and

product/programme proposition must appear within
the panel as shown here

5. Option to insert supporting logos within the panel

as shown
4.

<Insert Images/Proposition>

<Insert Supporting Logos

5.
Here (Optional)>

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 52 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 53
brand application manual brand application manual

Leaflets/Brochures Front Cover – Leaflets/Brochures Front Cover –

Option Two – Combination: Option Two – Combination:
Brand and proposition driven Brand and proposition driven

Similar to the previous front cover option, but this option uses the combination of the Hilton Branded Product/Programme logo with a
prominent proposition statement to communicate key benefits. These can be supported with the creative use of images.

Executive Floor
You'll appreciate
the difference...

Total exclusivity and quality

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 54 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 55
brand application manual brand application manual

Page layout shown at 100% actual size Leaflets/Brochures Front Cover –

1.
Option Two – Combination:
Brand and proposition driven
2.
<Insert Hilton Branded The following guidelines must be adhered to when
Product/Programme Logo Here> constructing this leaflet/brochure front cover.
70mm The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram must be
max adhered to.

1. The Hilton curve must appear in Hilton Blue or in one

3. <Insert Proposition Here>
of the colours of the Hilton supporting colour palette –
see Section 3 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines
Update Manual

2. The Hilton Branded Product/Programme logo must

appear centred and proportional as shown here

3. Insert product/programme proposition

within the panel as shown here

4. The creative application of images must appear within

the Hilton curve as shown here

5. The bottom panel, which can also be changed to a

Hilton curve must appear in the same colour as the top
Hilton curve, or in a complementary colour from the
4. <Insert Images Here> Hilton supporting colour palette – see Section 3 of the
Hilton Identity Guidelines Update Manual

6. Option to insert product/programme supporting

statement and/or logos within the bottom panel

60mm
(max)
5.
30mm
<Insert Supporting Statement and/or (min)
6. Logos Here (Optional)>

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 56 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 57
brand application manual brand application manual

Leaflets/Brochures Front Cover – Option Three – Leaflets/Brochures Front Cover – Option Three –
Image Driven: Image Driven:
Image driven Image driven

This front cover option is ideal if you have a strong product related shot and you want to use this to communicate the
product/programme’s key benefits.

The image must be carefully selected to ensure the logo can be used reversed out with sufficient clear space and tonal variation for the
logo to be clearly visible.

The image is supported by a proposition statement.

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 58 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 59
brand application manual brand application manual

Page layout shown at 100% actual size Leaflets/Brochures Front Cover – Option Three –
Image Driven:
Image driven

2. The following guidelines must be adhered to when

constructing this leaflet/brochure front cover.

The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram must be

60mm adhered to.
<Insert Hilton Branded
Product/Programme Logo Here> 1. A single main image is to be used. You may create a
montage of images within this space

Note – If the Hilton Branded Product/Programme logo

is placed over an image(s) there must be sufficient
clear space and tonal variation for logo to be clearly
visible.

2. The Hilton Branded Product/Programme logo must

appear right or centre aligned and proportional as
shown here

3. The Hilton curve must appear in Hilton Blue or

in one of the colours of the Hilton supporting colour
palette – see Section 3 of the Hilton Identity
Guidelines Update Manual

4. Insert product/programme proposition and/or

1.
supporting logos within the Hilton curve
<Insert Image(s) Here>

60mm 3.
(max)
<Insert Proposition and/or 30mm
Supporting Logos Here> (min)
4.

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 60 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 61
brand application manual brand application manual

Leaflets/Brochures Front Cover – Option Four – Leaflets/Brochures Front Cover – Option Four –
Landscape: Landscape:
Landscape Landscape

This landscape front cover option is ideal if you have a strong product related shot and you want to use this to communicate the
product/programme’s key benefits.

The image must be carefully selected to ensure the logo can be used reversed out with sufficient clear space and tonal variation for the
logo to be clearly visible.

The image is supported by a proposition statement.

giftVOUCHERS

Give back a little of what life takes out...

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 62 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 63
brand application manual brand application manual

Leaflets/Brochures Front Cover – Option Four –

Landscape:
Page layout shown at 50% actual size
Landscape

The following guidelines must be adhered to when

constructing this leaflet/brochure front cover.

The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram must be

adhered to.

1. A single main image is to be used. You may create a

297mm montage of images within this space

1. Note – If the Hilton Branded Product/Programme logo

is placed over an image there must be sufficient clear
2.
space and tonal variation for logo to be clearly visible.

2. The Hilton Branded Product/Programme logo must

appear within the image area and proportional

3. The Hilton curve must appear in Hilton Blue or

in one of the colours of the Hilton supporting colour
palette – see Section 3 of the Hilton Identity
Guidelines Update Manual
210mm <Insert Pictures/Images, Proposition
and/or Supporting Logos and Hilton Branded 4. Insert product/programme proposition or additional
Product/Programme Logo Here> supporting logos within this panel as shown here

4.
3.

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 64 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 65
brand application manual brand application manual

9.5 Leaflets/Brochures Back Cover – Option One Leaflets/Brochures Back Cover – Option One –
Horizontal Hilton Curve: Horizontal Hilton Curve:

This back cover option is ideal for all portrait and/or landscape front covers when the Hilton curve is applied horizontally.

The product/programme logo must be positioned at the top. Images may be incorporated to support the design; however, these are not
mandatory. This is the ideal location for Terms and Conditions and the product/programme specific call to action.

Note – Inside spreads have not been included in this manual as they are product/programme specific.

a great deal more fun

* TERMS AND CONDITIONS Valid for stays up to 31st December 2002. Prices are quoted as per person, per
night, Bed & Breakfast unless otherwise stated, and are based on two adults sharing a standard twin/double
room for a minimum of two consecutive nights, Bed & Breakfast. Rates are valid Friday-Sunday, midweek
rates available on request. All bookings are subject to availability and allocation of rooms and may be limited
over the Festive period at selected hotels. When the allocation is reached, the hotel cannot accept any more
bookings at this rate even though the hotel may not be fully booked. Offer valid on new bookings only.
Credit card guarantee required on booking. Subject to availability of suitable rooms, under 5’s sharing a
room with two adults stay completely free and are entitled to meals on the same basis as the adults. At
most hotels up to two children aged 5-15 years sharing with two adults stay free on a room only basis.
Children’s meals are charged at the normal rate. The following hotels charge for children; Hilton Blackpool,
Hilton Coylumbridge, Hilton Craigendarroch, Hilton Dunblane Hydro, Hilton Keswick Lodore. Please ask for
details at the time of booking. Star ratings have been given in accordance with our own independent star
rating criteria. Full Terms & Conditions as detailed in the current Hilton Leisure Breaks brochure apply, and
are available on request.

TO BOOK CALL 08708 960 960

“QUOTING BOOKING CODES RB FOR BED &
BREAKFAST AND RD FOR DINNER BED & BREAKFAST

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON

For the best rates, visit hilton.com

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 66 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 67
brand application manual brand application manual

Leaflets/Brochures Back Cover – Option One – Leaflets/Brochures Back Cover – Option One –
Horizontal Hilton Curve: Horizontal Hilton Curve:
Page layout shown at 75% actual size
The following guidelines must be adhered to when
constructing this leaflet/brochure back cover.
99 mm
The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram must be
adhered to.

1. 1. This area is used for the product/programme logo

(must be located at the top; left, right or centre
aligned), plus relevant terms and conditions, contact
details, images and/or specific product/programme
call to action. The font size must be no less than 6pt

2. The Hilton curve must appear in Hilton Blue or in one

of the colours of the Hilton supporting colour palette –
see Section 3 of the Hilton Identity guidelines
Update Manual

<Insert Hilton Branded 3. Apply the country-specific URL with ‘TAKE ME TO THE
Product/Programme Logo HILTON’ in a ‘vertical stack’ style
Terms and Conditions
Contact Details
Images
Specific Call to Action Here>

Univers 65 Bold 10 pt, 2.

Upper Case TAKE ME TO THE HILTON 3.
6mm For the best rates, visit londonmet.hilton.com
26 mm
9mm

Univers 45 light Univers 65

11 pt Bold 11 pt

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 68 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 69
brand application manual brand application manual

Leaflets/Brochures Back Cover – Option Two – Leaflets/Brochures Back Cover – Option Two –
Horizontal Hilton Curve: Horizontal Hilton Curve:

This back cover option is ideal for all portrait and/or landscape front covers that have the Hilton curve applied vertically.

The product/programme logo must be positioned at the top. Images may be incorporated to support the design; however, these are not
mandatory. This is the ideal location for Terms and Conditions and the product/programme specific call to action.

Note – Inside spreads have not been included in this manual as they are product/programme specific.

giftVOUCHERS

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Email: reserLorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper
suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate
velit esse molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at vero eros et accumsan et iusto odio
dignissim qui blandit praesent luptatum zzril delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi. Lorem ipsum dolor sit
amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat
volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea
commodo consequat. Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit esse molestie consequat, vel
illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at vero eros et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit praesent luptatum
zzril delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi. Nam liber tempor cum soluta nobis eleifend option congue nihil
imperdiet doming id quod mazim placerat facer possim assum. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing
elit, sed diam.

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 70 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 71
 brand application manual brand application manual

Leaflets/Brochures Back Cover – Option Two – Leaflets/Brochures Back Cover – Option Two –
Horizontal Hilton Curve: Horizontal Hilton Curve:

Page layout shown at 50% actual size The following guidelines must be adhered to when
constructing this leaflet/brochure back cover.

The dimensions as outlined in the proportional diagram must be

adhered to.
297mm
1. This area is used for the product/programme logo
(must be located at the top; left, right or centre
aligned), plus relevant terms and conditions, contact
1. details, images and/or specific product/programme
call to action. The font size must be no less than 6pt

2. The Hilton curve must appear in Hilton Blue or in one

of the colours of the Hilton supporting colour palette –
see Section 3 of the Hilton Identity guidelines
<Insert Hilton Branded Update Manual
Product/Programme Logo
Terms and Conditions 3. Insert the company strapline (all upper case, Univers
Contact Details 65 bold) and the ‘standardised call to action’, using
210mm your country-specific URL (‘For the best rates, visit’, to
Images appear in upper and lower case, Univers 45 light’,
Specific Call to Action Here> ‘country- specific URL’ to appear in all lower case,
Univers 65 bold) as shown here

2.
12. 32 mm
TAKE ME TO THE HILTON 3. For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk

Univers 65 Bold Univers Univers

Upper Case 45 light 65 Bold
(15pt on an A4 document) (15pt on an A4 document)

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 72 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 73
brand application manual brand application manual

9.6 Dispensers: Dispensers – Examples:

To increase the chances of guests noticing and picking up your Hilton Branded Products/Programmes literature, you can consider
creating bespoke product/programme dispensers for use throughout your hotel.

The following examples and suggested formats provide creative and format direction for the development of product/programme
dispensers. These are only design direction suggestions – size, colourways, typefaces, die-cuts etc. should be developed in line with New
FROM
the product/programme style and needs. Hilton

Escape to an oasis of calm and tranquillity...

hilton.co.uk

Wireless Broadband Internet Access

High Speed Internet Access
Access to PCs and the latest software
Wireless Printing Facilities
Travel Adaptor Kits
Making life easier...
Managed Conference Solution

WIRELESS BROADBAND

Please take a leaflet BROADBAND

or visit us online at hilton.com

WIRELESS PRINTING

PLUG
P L& GO
EASE TAKE A LEAFLET
PLUG & GO
MANAGED CONFERENCE
AND A GUIDE TO

Hilton Relaxation Rooms – A5 leaflet dispenser

WIRELESS LAN
SOLUTION
‘WHAT’S AVAILABLE
BROADBAND
AND WHERE’
MANAGED CONFERENCE
PORTABLE PRINTING
SOLUTIONS
TRAVEL ADAPTORS
MANAGED CONFERENCE or visit, hilton.co.uk
SOLUTIONS
PLUG & GO

Hilton Connections
– DL leaflet dispenser
IN TOUCH WITH TECHNOLOGY IN TOUCH WITH TECHNOLOGY

Book your festive

celebration for
2004 now...
2 0 0 4

Festive Breaks
Festive Celebrations

The ultimate
London theatre
EXPERIENCE

A truly magical occasion...

A T R U LY MAGICAL TIME AWAY

CHOOSE FROM

A SELECTION OF

STYLISH FESTIVE

PACKAGES AT

OVER 50 HOTELS...

Festive Celebrations Official

Partner

Please take a leaflet or visit us online at hilton.co.uk

or visit, hilton.co.uk
Hilton Festive Celebrations
– multi pocket leaflet dispenser Hilton Theatre Breaks
– DL leaflet dispenser

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 74 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 75
brand application manual brand application manual

Dispensers – Suggested Formats:

Dispensers – Suggested Formats:
The basic features for a Hilton Branded Product/Programme
dispenser are as follows:

• Size/format – as required, horizontal or vertical

• Material – cardboard or plastic, as required

• The Hilton curve – the Hilton curve must be

incorporated within the design. This can be die-cut onto
the main board or onto the dispensing pockets.

Note – Shapes can also be die-cut to support

promotional messages, as shown in example four.

• Dispensing pockets – single or multiple, as required

• Hilton Branded Product/Programme logo – the Hilton

Branded Product/Programme logo must be clearly visible
and in proportion

• Typeface – all copy must appear in one of the Hilton

supporting typefaces or an ‘alternative’ typeface that is
part of the Hilton Branded Product/Programme identity

1. 2. 3. • Country-specific URL – this must be applied in either

the standardised call to action format, or included as a
product/product dispenser-specific call to action, such as
‘Please take a leaflet or visit us online at hilton.com’

5.

4.

6.

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 76 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 77
brand application manual brand application manual

9.7 Letterheads: Letterheads – Examples:

For correspondence specifically related to the product/programme, you may wish to create a dedicated Hilton Branded
Product/Programme letterhead.

A number of letterhead options have been suggested, ranging from a basic A4 format for standard letters, to more complex fold-out
options, should you wish, for example, to send creative direct mail or include tear off coupons.

The following examples and suggested formats provide creative and format direction for the development of product/programme
letterheads. These are only design direction suggestions – format, size, colourways etc. should be developed in line with the
product/programme style and needs.

for further information, visit hilton.com

Hilton Relaxation Rooms –

A5 letterhead

Festive Celebrations

A truly magical occasion...

Picture a family break you’ll remember forever.

PS. Hilton Family Breaks are available at 33

Hilton hotels across the UK. It’s so easy to book,
CHRISTMAS BOOKINGS BEING TAKEN NOW...
just call 08708 960606 or book on–line at hilton.co.uk/familybreaks visit, hilton.co.uk

Hilton Family Breaks – A4 letterhead Hilton Festive Celebrations – A4 letterhead

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 78 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 79
brand application manual brand application manual

Letterheads – Suggested Formats: Letterheads – Suggested Formats:

The basic features for a Hilton Branded Product/Programme
letterhead is as follows:

• Size/format – as required

• Material – select an appropriate paper type, weight

and quality

• Fold-outs – additional space can be created for

promotional messages and images and perforated for
coupons if desired, by including a fold-out as shown in
examples 2-6

• Hilton curve – a Hilton curve must be incorporated into

the letterhead, either within the main or fold out area

• Hilton Branded Product/Programme logo – the Hilton

Branded Product/Programme logo must be clearly visible
and in proportion

• Typeface – all copy must appear in one of the Hilton

supporting typefaces or an ‘alternative’ typeface that
is part of the Hilton Branded Product/Programme
identity

• Country-specific URL – this must be applied in either

1. 2. the standardised call to action format, or included as a
Product/Programme letter-specific call to action, such as
‘It’s easy to book, just call 08708 900 000 or book online
at hilton.co.uk/familybreaks’

• Application of ‘TAKE ME TO THE HILTON’ – this may

be included in the body text of the letter

6.
5.

3.
4.

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 80 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 81
brand application manual brand application manual

9.8 Envelopes: Envelopes – Examples:

As with letterheads, you may wish to create dedicated Hilton Branded Product/Programme envelopes to complement the enclosed
literature and further highlight your promotional messages.

The following examples and suggested formats provide creative and format direction for the development of product/programme
envelopes. These are only design direction suggestions – format, size, colourways etc. should be developed in line with the
product/programme style and needs.

Hilton Family Breaks

– A5 envelope

Earn 5,000 bonus Hilton HHonors® points for a five star stay in London...

Hilton HHonors – DL envelope

Enjoy a truly
scrumptious break
in London...

EXCLUSIV
E
SUMMER
THEATRE
OFFER – IN
CLUDES A
FREE CHAU
FFEUR
TO YOUR SH
OW

Chitty Chitty Bang Bang, just one of the 23 fantastic shows available...

Hilton Theatre Breaks – square envelope

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 82 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 83
brand application manual brand application manual

Envelopes – Suggested Formats: Envelopes – Suggested Formats:

The basic features for a Hilton Branded Product/Programme

envelope is as follows:

• Size/format – as required

• Material – select an appropriate paper type, weight

and quality

• Hilton Branded Products/Programme logo – a Hilton

Branded Products/Programme logo must appear on the
front of the envelope, be clearly visible and in proportion

• Hilton curve – a Hilton curve must appear on the front

of the envelope
1.
• Typeface – all copy must appear in one of the Hilton
supporting typefaces or an ‘alternative’ typeface that is
part of the Hilton Branded Product/Programme identity

Note – It is ‘good practice’ to place a return address on

the back of the envelope.

3.

2.

4.

5. 6.

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 84 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 85
brand application manual brand application manual

9.9 Vouchers: Vouchers – Examples:

Some Hilton Branded Products/Programmes necessitate the production of vouchers, for example Hilton Gift Vouchers and
Hilton Star Points Vouchers.

The following style examples illustrate how elements of the Hilton Brand Identity can be carried through to a voucher format.
Designs must be developed in line with the Product/Programme style and needs.
giftVOUCHERS
The basic features for a Hilton Branded Product/Programme voucher are as follows:
HOLOGRAM
HERE

• Size/format – as required
diningexperience
• Material – select an appropriate paper type,
weight and quality This Voucher has a value and should be kept safe.
For details on how to use this voucher please see
the Hilton Gift Voucher ‘guide to booking’ leaflet
• Hilton Branded Products/Programme logo – or call 0870 89 05550.

a Hilton Branded Products/Programme logo must

appear on the front of the voucher, be clearly visible
and in proportion Hilton Gift Vouchers – dining experience voucher

• Hilton curve – a Hilton curve must appear on the

front of the voucher

• Typeface – all copy must appear in one of the Hilton

supporting typefaces or an ‘alternative’ typeface that is giftVOUCHERS
part of the Hilton Branded Product/Programme identity HOLOGRAM
HERE

Note – It may be appropriate to include a ‘validity seal’ and/or a

numeric sequence on the front of the voucher.
theatrebreaksexperience
This Voucher has a value and should be kept safe.
For details on how to use this voucher please see
the Hilton Gift Voucher ‘guide to booking’ leaflet
or call 0870 89 05550.

Hilton Gift Vouchers – theatre experience voucher

No: 12345678 No: 12345678

500 S t a r Points
StarPoints H I L T O N E S P R I T C L U B
V O U C H E R

Please keep
this counterfoil
as your record. 500StarPoints V O U C H E R

500 StarPoints has the value of £50. Hilton Esprit Club StarPoints
can now be redeemed against even more Esprit Club benefits.
These are outlined in your Esprit Club Membership Pack. Terms
and conditions that apply to your StarPoints are listed overleaf.

Hilton Starpoints Voucher

Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 86 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 9 – Hilton Branded Products/Programmes Literature 87
brand applications manual

Corporate Literature

UPDATE 2005
10.1 The Hilton Brand Identity – 2
Corporate Literature Parameters

10.2 Internal Communication 9

10.3 Internal Communication – 10

Eleven Key Principles

10.4 Newsletters/Bulletins 12

10.5 Briefing Pack 13

10.6 Leaflets/Booklets/Manuals 14

10.7 Posters 15

10.8 PowerPoint 16

10.9 Hilton Corporate Based Business 18

Units Literature
brand applications manual

Corporate
Literature
We should all strive to communicate
effectively internally and externally.
This means using targeted, consistent and
appropriate communication tools to get the
right message across to the right people.

This section has been divided into

two distinct categories, Internal
Communication and Hilton Corporate
Based Business Units literature.
Note – All corporate literature
TI ONA
P
materials must adhere to optional
O

This section shows how we can

standard i.e. contain all of the
incorporate 11 key internal
S

T R
A N
mandatory key principles. D A
communication principles into our
internal communication materials to
make them more effective.

This section also provides information

on the 8 key elements that must
be incorporated when developing
Hilton Corporate Based Business
Units literature.

VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 10 – Corporate Literature 1

brand applications manual brand applications manual

10.1 The Hilton Brand Identity – Corporate The Hilton Brand Identity – Corporate
Literature Parameters: Literature Parameters:
Hilton Master Brand The Hilton cartouche

The Hilton Master Brand is the primary presentation of

The Hilton cartouche captures the essence of our brand,
the Hilton Brand. It is the prominent use of the Hilton
our positioning and values. It brings strong recognition
Master Brand, repeatedly across our hotels, that will
across all communications and reminds our guests of their
establish and reinforce our brand and create high
experiences and impressions of Hilton. The Hilton
customer recognition.
cartouche is a classical design based on the letter 'H'.
Hilton cartouche A surrounding oval reflects Hilton's global presence.
• Elements of the Hilton Master Brand
(Hilton cartouche, Hilton Proprietary typeface and
• The Hilton cartouche, on its own, should be used
the Hilton name) must always appear in the correct
with restraint
configuration and proportion
• Minimum size restrictions – 10mm for all hotel
• The primary corporate colour is Hilton Blue and is
collateral; please ensure the exclusion zone is ahered to
the preferred presentation for the Hilton Master
Brand. The primary presentation includes Hilton Blue
• The Hilton cartouche must be seen in its entirety.
on white and white out on Hilton Blue. In certain
Do not place images, logos or copy over the cartouche
circumstances, such as in one colour newspaper
Hilton Blue – Pantone 2736c advertising, the Hilton Master Brand may be applied
Note – See Section 10 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines
in a black or white out format
Update Manual for detailed information on displaying the
Hilton cartouche.
Exclusion zone
Sizing

• Minimum size restrictions – 17mm for corporate The Hilton curve

application apply
MIN 17mm The Hilton curve must be applied to all corporate lit-
• You should choose an appropriate size to create a erature. Two Hilton curves have been developed and
consistent impression when you view similar objects must be used to distinguish between different market
together – see illustrated size examples segments.
Business curve
• Please ensure the Hilton Master Brand exclusion • Hilton Business curve – used for all business
zone is adhered to corporate literature
H • Hilton Leisure curve – used for all corporate
Note – See Section 3 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines literature that promotes leisure or a combination of
leisure and business services and facilities
H
H

Update Manual for detailed information on displaying

the Hilton Master Brand.
Note – You must never apply both Hilton curves to one
H item. It must be either the Hilton Leisure curve or the
Hilton Business curve.

Exclusion zone Leisure curve

Note – When copy or a Hilton Brand is reversed out of
the Hilton curve the tint value within the Hilton curve must
be no less than 80%

Always use master artwork provided on the Hilton

Creative Library for the reproduction of Hilton Brand
Identity elements. To download Hilton logos and fonts
please visit: hiltoncreativelibrary.com

Section 10 – Corporate Literature 2 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 10 – Corporate Literature 3
brand application manual brand application manual

The Hilton Brand Identity – Corporate The Hilton Brand Identity – Corporate
Literature Parameters: Literature Parameters:
Hilton Property Brand Hilton Branded
Products/Programmes logo
A Hilton Property Brand is developed for an individual
hotel and combines the Hilton name and the property
There are six options for constructing a Hilton Branded
name, and can be arranged vertically (preferably) or
Product/Programmes logo. All newly created Hilton
horizontally if there is a space issue – see Section 4
Standard Hilton property name Branded Product/Programmes logos must follow one of
of the Hilton Identity Guidelines Update Manual. Option One
the following options.
There are three Hilton property naming conventions that
must be adhered to: Note – For further guidance see section 9 of the Hilton
Identity Guidelines Update Manual.
• Standard Hilton property name – this is the preferred
Hilton Property Brand naming convention. This
combines the Hilton name and the Hilton property name Option One
Recognised hotel property name Vertical format – product/programme name only
• Recognised hotel property name – this is only to be – 2 layers
used for a hotel that has been acquired by Hilton and Option Two
has an existing internationally recognised hotel name
Option Two
• Recognised hotel property name plus a location
Vertical format – product/programme name only
statement – this is only to be used for a hotel that
– 3 layers
has been acquired by Hilton and has an existing
internationally recognised hotel name which
Recognised hotel property name incorporates a location statement. Option Three Option Three
plus location statement Vertical format – product/programme name, plus
mnemonic/symbol – 3 layers

Option Four
Vertical format – product/programme name only
– 4 layers
Option Four

Hilton Supply Management Hilton Corporate Based Business Option Five

Unit Logo Vertical format – product/programme name,
plus strap/tag line – 4 layers
Hilton Corporate Based Business Unit
A Hilton Corporate Based Business Unit Logo is developed
for an operating business division (in its own right),
Option Six
internal and external, with a global presence – see
Vertical format – product/programme name,
Section 7 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines Update Manual Option Five plus mnemonic/symbol – 4 layers
for further information.

Note – There are four existing exceptions to the

aforementioned methods of constructing a Hilton
Branded Product/Programme logo; these are Hilton
Worldwide Resorts, Hilton HHonors, Hilton Meetings
and Hilton Festive Breaks.

Option Six

Section 10 – Corporate Literature 4 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 10 – Corporate Literature 5
brand applications manual brand applications manual

The Hilton Brand Identity – Corporate The Hilton Brand Identity – Corporate
Literature Parameters: Literature Parameters:
Bodoni Antiqua Light Hilton supporting typefaces hilton.co.jp Country-specific URL application
Every year, more and more customers are using the internet
Bodoni Antiqua Regular Two typeface families can be used within the Hilton as their preferred method of booking. To help us achieve
Identity System. These typefaces should be used for
hilton.co.uk this goal, we launched a series of country-specific websites.
Bodoni Antiqua Medium headlines and text purposes in all our printed material.
They can be used separately or together as desired. hilton.de • Only your single, country-specific URL should feature
Bodoni Antiqua Bold The typefaces are easily available in most computer and never more than one URL
text setting systems.
Bodoni Antiqua Light Italic hilton.at • It is also unnecessary to include ‘www’ at the start of
any URL
• Never replace the two typeface families with
Bodoni Antiqua Regular Italic alternatives, not even substitutes Country-specific URLs • If there is not a country-specific URL for your location
use hilton.com
Bodoni Antiqua Medium Italic • Text should be aligned to the left – justified type
should be avoided hilton.com • Where possible it is preferred to apply the following
Bodoni Antiqua Bold Italic standardised format, combining the country-specific
• Consistent line weights help guests to separate and Generic URL URL with our ‘Best Rates, Guaranteed’ promise.
navigate through forms and information. 0.25pt is
‘For the best rates, visit’ to appear in Univers 45 light,
the general line weight for horizontal definition, For the best rates, visit hilton.com
Univers Light such as boxes on forms. 1pt is the general line
‘hilton.com’ to appear in Univers 65 Bold.
weight for section dividers, to clearly distinguish Standardised call to action Note – See section 10 of the Hilton Brand Identity
Univers Regular elements within forms Guidelines Update Manual for further details.
Univers Bold Bodoni Antiqua
Univers Extra Black • This is a serif typeface and is similar to the Hilton
Proprietary typeface. This is particularly suited to
Univers Condensed Light headlines and small amounts of text

Univers Condensed Regular Univers

Univers Condensed Bold • This is a sans serif typeface. It is particularly suited
for large amounts of text
Univers Light Italic
Note – See Section 3 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines
Univers Regular Italic Update Manual for further details.

Univers Bold Italic

Section 10 – Corporate Literature 6 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 10 – Corporate Literature 7
brand applications manual brand application manual

The Hilton Brand Identity – Corporate 10.2 Internal Communication:

Literature Parameters: No organisation communicates internally 100% effectively, 100% of the time – information gets 'lost', for example messages are not
strong, targeted or impactful enough to get the reader's attention, the wrong communication tool is used to relay these messages, or it
doesn't even reach them at all.
‘TAKE ME TO THE HILTON’ application
TAKE ME TO THE HILTON The company strapline must be applied to all There are, however, techniques that can be used to reduce the chances of important messages being missed by the people who need to
appropriate hotel collateral items. Please note it must receive them – encouraging the reduction of inconsistencies and improving information targeting.
Company strapline all appear in upper case, Univers 65 Bold.
There are many ways to communicate internally, from simple face-to-face discussions, through to global roadshows. This section
looks at some of the most common internal communication materials we use – newsletters, leaflets/booklets, briefing packs, posters
and PowerPoint – and gives guidance on how the 11 key internal communication principles can be applied to create more effective
internal communication.
The Hilton supporting colour palette

These are colour ranges that have been specifically

selected to be used as supporting colours to the
primary corporate colour Hilton Blue – see Section 3
Hilton Blue – Pantone 2736c of the Hilton Identity Guidelines Update Manual for
these further details.

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON

For the best rates, visit hilton.co.uk

Section 10 – Corporate Literature 8 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 10 – Corporate Literature 9
brand application manual brand application manual

10.3 Internal Communication

– Eleven Key Principles: 9. 1. 7.
Issue no and date Title Identity readership
There are 11 key internal communication principles – 5 mandatory and 6 optional. These principles have been devised from looking
at best practice Hilton examples. Applying these key principles to any choice of internal communication tool, not just those featured
within this section, will improve the chances of your message getting across to the right person, first time. ISSUE 1 - 29th November 2004 for General Managers

4. 7.
Hilton leisure curve YOUR WEEKLY UPDATE FOR HILTON UNITED KINGDOM AND IRELAND Descriptor
I MU TI ONA
IN P
M
M

L
2.
Mandatory Optional
D
S

D
S
T T
A N
D A
R A N
D A
R
Headlines/
LOREM IPSUM DOLOR SIT AMET
sub headlines
Consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh
euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat.
1. Title – clear signposting of the communication tool 7. Descriptor – supportive text to the communication Food & Ut wisi enim
Food &
ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper
Beverage
Beverage
tool's main title (1) suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.
Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper
Food &
Food &
Beverage
suscipit lobortis
Beveragenisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.

2. Headlines/sub headlines – succinctly convey the 10.

3.
main message using targeted and relevant language. 8. Identity readership/circulation requirements – Icons Marketing
DUIS
Marketing
AUTEM VEL EUM IRIURE DOLOR
Many people 'skim-read', so help the reader to realise if the communication tool is not personally addressed or Consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh Body copy
euismodMarketing
tincidunt
£ ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat.
immediately whether this information is relevant to delivered to the member of staff, help the reader to Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper
£
Marketing

them or not identify that the information contained is relevant suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo

to them Ut wisi enim £

Sales
ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci
£
Sales
tation ullamcorpersuscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip
ea commodo consequat. Consectetuer adipiscing
Sales
3. Body copy – use succinct, 'Equilibrium style' language Sales
Food &
elit, sed diam
Food nonummy
&
Beverage
nibh euismod tincidunt ut
10.
Beverage laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat.
that conveys the message in a clear and concise way. 9. Issue number and date – help the reader to manage Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci
tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex
Images
Be empathetic and write in an appropriate language information and understand if this is a regular or Human ea Human
commodo consequat.
style for the reader, not the sender. Use formatting recent piece of communication, or just a 'one-off' Resource Resource
Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci
tools, such as bullet points, to help manage information Human
tation ullamcorper
Human
Marketing suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex
Marketing
Resource Resource
that contains multi or complex messages
10. Images/icons – as point (2), many people 'skim-read', £
LOREM IPSUM DOLOR SIT AMET
£
Management Consectetuer
Management adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh
so help the reader to realise immediately whether this Services Services
euismod tincidunt
Sales
ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat.
4. Hilton curve – all Hilton internal communication information is relevant to them or not by using $Sales
Management
£
Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper
Management
Services suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.
material must contain either a Hilton Leisure curve or appropriate images or icons to 'grab' attention and Services
Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper
Hilton Business curve to supprt our brand identity and manage information £ $
£
Finance
suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.Consectetuer
Management
Services
sed diam nonummy nibh.
show Hilton ownership of the information
£ Finance Buismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad
Management
Human Services
Human
minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper
11. Data protection statement – if appropriate insert Resource Resource
suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.
5. Country-specific URL – clear and consitent a data protection statement. If you are unsure whether Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper
application of the country-specific URL is required this is required for your communication tool and suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.
Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper
information being shared, contact Legal suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.
5.
Management
Services
Management
Services
6.
6. Brand endorsement – the reader should be able to $ Brand Endorsement
Country-Specific URL £ hilton.co.uk
clearly identify the 'owner' or 'originator' of the
information/communication tool. This can be easily £ Finance
Management
Services
communicated by the use of a Hilton Brand FOR INTERNAL PURPOSES ONLY - PLEASE CIRCULATE TO ALL HILTON TEAM MEMBERS

Data protection statement Circulation requirements

11. 8.

Section 10 – Corporate Literature 10 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 10 – Corporate Literature 11
brand application manual brand applications manual

10.4 Internal Communication – 10.5 Internal Communication

Newsletters/Bulletins: – Briefing Pack:
Newsletters/bulletins (printed and/or digital versions) are a useful internal communication tool to deliver various pieces of related or When a new Hilton Branded Product/Programme or initiative is created or updated, a briefing pack is a useful way to inform key
unrelated information to a large number of people in an impartial 'news' style – angling the information in a way that the reader can stakeholders in greater depth. Contents could include background, objectives, support materials, advice and guidance, contacts and
best understand, usually with human interest. It is advisable to keep articles short and succinct, using illustrations where possible to references for further information.
help deliver the message. The following examples should be used as a style guide, illustrating how mandatory and optional key internal
communication principles can be incorporated to best effect. The following examples should be used as a style guide, illustrating how mandatory and optional key internal communication principles
can be incorporated to best effect.

Hilton Relaxation Rooms

launch briefing pack

Lorem ipsum dolor mazim placerat facer possim assum. Lorem

ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing
elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod
sit amet tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat
volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis
nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit
Lorem ipsum dolor sit
lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex
amet, consectetuer
ea commodo consequat.
adipiscing elit, sed
Duis autem vel eum
diam nonummy nibh
iriure dolor in hendrerit
euismod tincidunt ut
in vulputate velit esse
laoreet dolore magna
molestie consequat, vel
aliquam erat volutpat.
illum dolore eu feugiat
Ut wisi enim ad minim
nulla facilisis.
veniam, quis nostrud
exerci tation
Ut wisi enim ad minim
ullamcorper suscipit
veniam, quis nostrud
lobortis nisl ut aliquip
exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl
ex ea commodo
ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat. Duis
consequat.
autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in
vulputate velit esse molestie consequat.
Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in
vulputate velit esse molestie consequat, vel
Nam liber tempor cum soluta nobis eleifend
illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at vero
option congue nihil imperdiet doming id quod
eros et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui
mazim placerat facer possim assum. Lorem
blandit praesent luptatum zzril delenit augue
ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing
duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi. Lorem
elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod
ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing
tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat Introducing
elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod
volutpat. Background
tincidunt
F ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat.
Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud
Front cover Hilton is a great name, instantly recognisable as the world's number one hotel brand. The
Hilton Relaxation Rooms
Hilton Relaxation Rooms are luxurious, tranquil rooms designed to help guests unwind
essence of this great brand is the way we care about the needs and feelings of each individual
exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl
Ut wisi enim ad ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.
guest. As the world changes and our guests' lives become more hectic, they search for ways
and relax.

to deal with the demands of modern life.

minim veniam The idea of these rooms first emerged from the Hilton Innovation Hub. Innovation Hubs

are unique. They bring together architects, designers, suppliers, hotel teams and guests
Hilton is ideally placed to create an oasis in which our guests can refresh, relax and enjoy
Quis nostrud exerci tation to generate new ideas and solutions.
Marketing themselves. This is the fresh and contemporary face of Hilton. We call it Equilibrium.
ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut
Hilton set out to challenge the traditional 'two box' design of a hotel room. Four concepts
aliquip ex ea commodo consequat. Duis autem The promise we make to our guests is simple but powerful
were developed and tested at the Hilton Munich Park. Two concepts proved very popular
vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate "At Hilton we'll put back a little of what life takes out".
and now form the basis for Hilton's new Relaxation Rooms.
velit esse molestie consequat, vel illum dolore
Equilibrium comes to life through the thoughtfulness of Hilton people and the innovation in
eu feugiat nulla facilisis at vero eros et our products.
accumsan et iusto odio dignissim. Wolfgang
The latest example of this thoughtfulness and innovation is “The Hilton Relaxation Room”.

Nam liber tempor cum soluta nobis eleifend

This Tool Kit introduces Hilton Relaxation Rooms and explains how to make the most of
option congue nihil imperdiet doming id quod them commercially. A full Specifications Manual is available from your Area Vice President

Technical Services.

Escape to an oasis of calm and tranquillity...

Wolfgang direct – available on HiWay on a

quarterly basis
Inside spread

Section 10 – Corporate Literature 12 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 10 – Corporate Literature 13
brand application manual brand application manual

10.6 Internal Communication 10.7 Internal Communication

– Leaflets/Booklets/Manuals: – Back of House Posters:
Leaflets/booklets/manuals can be used to deliver information on a single issue to a large number of people. It is encouraged that Posters are a useful way to deliver a single message in a strong visual way. Posters should not be solely depended on to deliver
illustrations are used to support messages. a message, but be part of an integrated campaign or support another tool, for example a leaflet or newsletter.

The following examples should be used as a style guide, illustrating how mandatory and optional key internal communication principles The following examples should be used as a style guide, illustrating how mandatory and optional key internal communication principles
can be incorporated to best effect. can be incorporated to best effect.

Hilton Colleague Presentation

Guide – flyer Make a

lasting
HiltonStyle first impression...

A welcoming manner
ensures guests remember
you for all the right reasons.

Your guide to professional presentation

HiltonStyle
You’ll get more out of
HiltonStyle - wardrobe care

“You can always tell a Hilton Person”

Front cover
When you look good
you’ll feel good too... Take pride in your wardrobe and you’ll take pride in
your work. Following our wardrobe care checklist
will help you make sure your uniform is in the best
your job
condition.
when you put more into it...
• Is my uniform clean and fresh?

• Have all stains been completely removed? “You can always tell a Hilton person”
• Is my uniform well ironed?

• Have I checked for missing buttons, frayed edges, With a positive and
hanging threads etc?

• Have I polished my shoes?

Hilton Colleague Presentation focussed attitude, you
• Does my uniform still fit well?
Guide – posters can achieve anything.
• Are my pockets empty?

Air your uniform after each shift to keep it fresher for

longer. Always follow the washing instructions on the
garment label. Avoid laundry problems by washing your

HiltonStyle
uniform with similar colours and fabric types.

“You can always tell a Hilton Person”

Inside spread

“You can always tell a Hilton person”

Section 10 – Corporate Literature 14 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 10 – Corporate Literature 15
brand application manual brand application manual

10.8 Internal Communication – PowerPoint: Internal Communication – PowerPoint:

The following PowerPoint slide examples should be used as a style guide, illustrating how mandatory and optional key internal
communication principles, most importantly the Hilton curve, can be incorporated to best effect – see Section 2 of the Hilton Identity
Guidelines Update Manual for further guidance on the application of the Hilton curve.

Slide text should be kept to a minimum, as PowerPoint should be used to support the verbal delivery of the message and not vice versa.

Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,

consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed
diam nonummy nibh

Duis autem vel eum iriure

Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed

diam nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt
Dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam
nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt
Iusto odio dignissim qui blandit praesent luptatum zzril
delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi.

Dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam

nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt

Internal Communication template for

Hilton United Kingdom and Ireland

Hilton – More than a name campaign

Section 10 – Corporate Literature 16 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 10 – Corporate Literature 17
brand application manual brand application manual

10.9 Hilton Corporate Based Business Hilton Corporate Based Business

Units Literature: Units Literature:
A Hilton Corporate Based Business Unit is an operating division (in its own right), internal or external, with a global presence. Examples
include Hilton Supply Management, Hilton Sales Worldwide and Hilton Direct.

We understand that in its very nature, Hilton Corporate Based Business Units literature will be varied in appearance and style as it’s
tailored to specific business audience requirements. However, as a minimum standard, every piece of Hilton Corporate Based Business
Option three – Hilton Leisure curve at the
Units literature (both internal and external) must include the Eight Key Elements.
<Insert Title and/or Images Here> top and bottom (horizontal)
• Hilton Corporate Business Unit Logo
• Hilton Leisure Curve • The Hilton Leisure curve must appear in Hilton Blue or
• The Country-Specific URL one of the colours in the Hilton supporting colour
• The Hilton Supporting Typefaces palette
<Insert Images and/or Copy Here>
• The Hilton Supporting colour palette
• Images (equilibrium style) Note – You are permitted to change the bottom Hilton
• Copy tone of voice (equilibrium style) Leisure curve to a straight line – see the Hilton Brand
• Application of ‘TAKE ME TO THE HILTON’ Applications Manual for further information
<Insert Images and/or Logos Here>
Note – ‘TAKE ME TO THE HILTON’ is not required on internal communication. Note – The required Hilton brands/logos may be applied
to suit the design of the communication.
Due to the variety of communication items included in this category, the examples provided are only to highlight the type of Hilton curve
that must be used.

Option one – Hilton Leisure curve at the

<Insert Title and/or Images Here> top only (horizontal)
Option four – Hilton Leisure curve
• The Hilton Leisure curve must appear in Hilton Blue or (vertical)
one of the colours in the Hilton supporting colour
palette
• The Hilton Leisure curve must appear in Hilton Blue or
<Insert one of the colours in the Hilton supporting colour
Note – The required Hilton brands/logos may be applied Images <Insert Title and/or Images
<Insert Image and/or Copy Here> palette
to suit the design of the communication.
and/or and/or Copy>
Logos> • The Hilton Leisure curve may appear on the right or
left side

Note – The required Hilton brands/logos may be applied

to suit the design of the communication.

Option two – Hilton Leisure curve bottom

only (horizontal)

<Insert Title and/or Images • The Hilton Leisure curve must appear in Hilton Blue or
one of the colours in the Hilton supporting colour
or Copy Here>
palette

Note – The required Hilton brands/logos may be applied

to suit the design of the communication.
<Insert Images
and/or Logos Copy Here>

Section 10 – Corporate Literature 18 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 10 – Corporate Literature 19
brand applications manual

Web Application

UPDATE 2005
11.1 Brand Signature and Logo for Online Use 2

11.2 File Formats for Online Use of the Hilton Logo 3

11.3 Logo Details 4

11.4 Logo Animation 5

11.5 Logo Incorrect Uses 6

11.6 Online Use of Hilton Typography 7

11.7 Hilton Colour Palette 11

11.8 Online Advertising Formats 14

11.9 ‘TAKE ME TO THE HILTON’ 16

11.10 The Country-Specific URL 17

11.11 The Hilton Leisure Curve 18

11.12 Hilton Online Advertising Sizes 19

11.13 Photography 20

11.14 Use of Illustration 22

11.15 Templates and Source Material 23

11.16 Ad Unit Details 24

brand applications manual

Web
Application
These guidelines are aimed at
online marketers, art directors,
designers, artworkers and anyone
involved in the creation, production
and sign-off of online advertising
for Hilton. They cover all subjects
relevant to Hilton’s online
advertising from logo placement
to the use of photography

There will be regular updates of

these guidelines to ensure that
the information is up-to-date with
the ever evolving and expanding
digital media. Please always Given the breadth and complexity
ensure that you use the latest of digital media, it is likely that
version. there will be areas not covered by
these guidelines. Please use the
information provided as a guide when
dealing with such scenarios to ensure
that consistency is maintained.

VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 11 – Web Application 1

brand applications manual brand applications manual

11.1 Brand Signature And Logo For Online Use: 11.2 File Formats For Online Use Of The
Hilton Logo:
Over the past few years, digital communication channels have helped Hilton develop new and exciting ways to reach and Online, Hilton logos usually appear in small sizes. This means that on a computer screen the logo will never appear as
converse with consumers all over the world. These channels have opened great new opportunities, but have also created sharp and crisp as it does in print. An inevitable shift in quality standards has to be acknowledged and expectations have
new challenges. In this web of multiple channels, ensuring that consumers the world over share the same experience of to be adjusted to the reality of on-screen graphics. Three main formats can potentially be applied to any logo for use
the Hilton brand requires extra care, effort and vigilance. online: GIF, JPEG and vector. Although all three formats are explained in these guidelines, Hilton logos supplied come
only in vector and GIF formats. As described below, the JPEG format is not recommended for use with the Hilton logo due
This set of guidelines covers Hilton’s online advertising. The numerous formats, platforms, sizes, weights, restrictions and to its inferior quality.
specifications make online advertising very vulnerable to inconsistencies. The purpose of this document is to help you
create online ads that stay loyal to the Hilton brand values and philosophy no matter what language they are written in.
GIF
The use of the Hilton Master Brand is essential to
GIF format is strong on flat colours, works well with
defining us within the global marketplace. It conveys
simple shapes and produces crisper edges. This makes
our goal of providing a universal level to the highest
quality for our guests and separates us from our ✔ GIF an ideal format for simple graphic images and for
this reason it is the preferred format for the Hilton logo.
competitors. This is why the Hilton logotype must
The Hilton logo at 500% magnification. GIF compression
never be recreated or manipulated in any way.
creates a solid and uniform coloured area and a relatively For online advertising, all GIF templates supplied include
sharp edge. When used with simple shapes, GIF the Hilton logo in the size, colour and format needed, so
Digital media present new challenges when it comes compression produces relatively small files. The no further action is necessary.
to brand consistency that make safeguarding the compressed logo above was 3.8K.
logo and the other brand elements even more critical.
If you need to create a GIF Hilton logo in a size not
This document provides detailed guidelines on how the
supplied, always use a vector logo as your source and
logo should be used, as well as a series of templates
scale it to the desirable size.
including the logo in the correct colour, size and
format. Always follow the templates supplied.
Vector

This is the recommended brand signature for online use. Vector logos are primarily used within Flash and as source
files for resizing. Although flash files can accommodate

Hilton Master Brand

✔ the Hilton logo in GIF and JPEG formats as well, always
use the logo in vector format to produce the best quality
The Hilton logo at 500% magnification. The vector format and the smallest file.
maintains the image quality and generates a very small
file. The above logo was only 0.73K. For online advertising, all Flash templates supplied include
There are a number of authorised Hilton brand/logo the Hilton logo in the size, colour and format needed, so
variations. For online use we strongly recommend no further action is neccessary.
the use of the Hilton Master Brand only. Hilton
brand/logo variations tend to be very detailed. For JPEG
most standard online banner presentations this may
result in the Hilton name being reduced in size below JPEG compression is ideal for photographic images
the minimum size restrictions. Use of these variations because it works best with rich tones, colour gradation
may therefore lead to quality deterioration and to
inconsistent results.
✘ and heavy shading. However it has limitations when
dealing with flat coloured areas and sharp edges, which
Hilton Branded Products/Programmes The Hilton logo at 500% magnification. JPEG compression tend to blur and pixelate when the quality variable is set
Note – For minimum size restrictions see Hilton decreases the quality of the flat colour and creates a less to low. When the quality variable is set to high, the file
Identity Guideline Update Manual. consistent and ‘noisy’ edge. When it comes to simple weight becomes disproportionately large, making GIF
shapes, JPEG compression creates much larger files. The
compression a better option.
compressed logo above was 6K.

It is strongly recommended that JPEG compression is

NOT used with the Hilton logo.

Section 11 – Web Application 2 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 11 – Web Application 3
brand applications manual brand applications manual

11.3 Logo Details: 11.4 Logo Animation:

Logo Size Size The Hilton Master Brand may not be animated, zoomed,
panned or moved in any way other than the one
Resizing logos for screen use can be both time demonstrated in this guide. The animation is only to
consuming and potentially detrimental to the quality if be used in Flash format. It is not mandatory that the
37 pixels not undertaken with care and good technical animation is used.
knowledge. For that reason, the supplied templates for
online advertising have been designed to use the Please note that the animation will add 1.2KB to the total
54 pixels Hilton logo in a single size. To maintain clarity and weight of the ad unit.
These are the recommended logo dimensions for online use. Logo not brand consistency, it is important to stick to the
in scale supplied logotype dimensions.

However, other logo applications may dictate some

adjustment of these dimensions. Should this be
required, you must use a vector Hilton logo as your
source file and not a bitmap (GIF, JPEG, TIF, etc.)

Hilton Blue – Hexadecimal: 0E238B Colours

(Red: 14 Green: 35 Blue: 139)
The Hilton logo can appear in online advertising in a
single colour only: blue on a white background as
described in these guidelines.

Do not sample the coloured box here. Use the Hexadecimal or RGB
values to create it in the relevant software used.

Exclusion zone Exclusion zone

The Hilton Master Brand requires a certain amount of

space around it to ensure the brand stands out clearly.
The multiple, tinted i’s represent the minimum amount
of space required.

The exclusion zone for online use is smaller than the

equivalent space for off-line use and it must not be
The recommended minimum exclusion zone. reduced any further. All supplied online ad units
comply to the minimum exclusion zone described here
and therefore no further action is required.

Storyboard for the recommended animation is for reference only.

Please use the supplied Flash file.

Section 11 – Web Application 4 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 11 – Web Application 5
brand applications manual brand application manual

11.5 Logo Incorrect Uses: 11.6 Online Use Of Hilton Typography:

The Hilton Master Brand may not be used in any way other than those specified in these guidelines. Below are some In online advertising there are many variables that determine the appearance and legibility of text, as well as the weight of the
examples of how the Hilton Master Brand should not be used. file generated. It is often necessary to keep the weight of an advertising unit to a minimum and as a result certain sacrifices might
have to be made. In such a scenario, the priority must always be legibility first and loyalty to the Hilton brand guidelines second.
Do not place the Hilton Master Brand over pictures. In An illegible message can damage the Hilton brand more than the use of the wrong size text, or font.
online advertising space is generally limited and
superimposing the logo over pictures is likely to cause There are four main formats for using type online: GIF, JPEG, Flash and HTML. As with the Hilton logo, the JPEG format is not
unnecessary visual tension, loss of quality and recommended for Hilton typography.
ultimately impair communication.
GIF
The GIF format is strong on flat colours and simple
✘ shapes, making it ideal for working with text. Text in GIF
format is sharp, clean, consistent in colour and the file
The Hilton Master Brand should not be used in black ✔ generated can be very small.
and white online.
JPEG
JPEG files are not recommended for use with text. They
have limitations when dealing with crisp edges, making
text blurry and hard to read. Typography compressed as
JPEG generates a larger file. JPEG compression gives little
✘ ✘ control over final colour, creating consistency issues.

Anti-aliasing should always be used. If anti-aliasing is HTML

not used, the logo edges will appear very coarse.
HTML text is acceptable and can be used on HTML ad
units when data capture, drop down menus or similar
interactivity are necessary.
✔ FLASH

✘ In Flash, text should be kept as text and not converted to

an outline as this will increase the weight of the file. Also,
The Hilton Master Brand should not be distorted in any text should not be imported as a GIF, JPEG, PNG, or other
way, or be subject to any digital manipulation. bitmap format as the quality is generally inferior and the
weight of the file much larger.
✔

Section 11 – Web Application 6 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 11 – Web Application 7
brand application manual brand applications manual

Online Use Of Hilton Typography Online Use Of Hilton Typography

– Bodoni Antiqua: – Univers:
Bodoni Antiqua Light Bodoni Antiqua is a serif typeface that leans strongly Univers Light Univers is a sans-serif typeface that is easier to read than
to the typeface specially created for Hilton. Bodoni Bodoni Antiqua, is more economical with space, and can
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ Antiqua is very distinctive and memorable and can ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ be used in small text sizes. However, it is less distinctive
abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz strengthen the Hilton brand where used. Therefore it is abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz than Bodoni Antiqua and isn't as closely associated with
recommended that Bodoni Antiqua is used as the the Hilton logotype.
0123456789 primary typeface on all Hilton online advertising. 0123456789
Online Hilton ads should always lead with the Bodoni
However, Bodoni Antiqua has its limitations. It Antiqua typeface whenever possible. Univers may be
Bodoni Antiqua Regular becomes hard to read when small and, being a wide Univers Regular applied to follow-up text, or in exceptional circumstances,
typeface, it requires of a lot of space. When Bodoni where space is at a premium, Univers may be used on all
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ Antiqua becomes too small to read, or when the space ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ the text within the ad unit.
abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz available is too limited, Univers can be used instead. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
0123456789 0123456789

Bodoni Antiqua Medium Univers Bold

ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
0123456789 0123456789

Univers Condensed Light

ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
0123456789

Univers Condensed Regular

ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
0123456789

Univers Condensed Bold

ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
0123456789

Section 11 – Web Application 8 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 11 – Web Application 9
brand application manual brand application manual

Online Use Of Hilton Typography 11.7 Hilton Colour Palette

– HTML Text: – Primary Colour:
Verdana Use of HTML text in Hilton's online advertising is Hilton Blue – Hexadecimal: 0E238B Hilton has a strong colour brand equity, which is critical

ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
limited. HTML text can be used in units where data for brand awareness and visibility. When choosing colours
(Red: 14 Green: 35 Blue: 139)
abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
capture or other basic interactivity is the objective and for screen use, it's essential that their respective colour
where the use of Flash is inappropriate. There are two values always remain the same. Some colours will appear

0123456789
typefaces that can be used: Verdana and Arial. The different on different computer platforms or colour depth
official HTML typeface for the Hilton website is of monitors. Colour values have to remain the same
Verdana. Verdana is a more legible typeface than Arial, despite this – there is nothing that can be done to resolve
but also more space demanding and therefore the issue.
Arial unsuitable when space is limited. Arial is slightly less

ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
legible but it can be used in tighter spaces. When the
available space permits it, Verdana is the required
abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz typeface for Hilton's HTML ads.

0123456789
Do not sample the coloured box above. Use the Hexadecimal or
RGB values.

Section 11 – Web Application 10 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 11 – Web Application 11
brand application manual brand application manual

Hilton Colour Palette – Supporting Colour Palette: Hilton Colour Palette – Application Of Supporting
Colour Palette:
Bright Range Muted Range Natural Range
Hilton has an extensive supporting colour palette which
Your creative execution can be used as required, depending on the requirements
Hexadecimal: 41B3A6 Hexadecimal: B27458 Hexadecimal: B48EC6
of your creative executions. However, the colours in the
R:65 G:179 B:166 R:178 G:116 B:88 R:180 G:142 B:198
online ad templates provided cannot be changed or
replaced with any colours from the supporting colour
palette. The colours below can be used in the creative
executions preceding the scenes/frames included in the
Hexadecimal: 0062C3 Hexadecimal: A07B91 Hexadecimal: 83A598 templates.
R:0 G:98 B:195 R:160 G:123 B:145 R:131 G:165 B:152

Hexadecimal: FF432F Hexadecimal: 443434 Hexadecimal: E5DB45

R:255 G:67 B:47 R:68 G:52 B:52 R:229 G:219 B:69

Outline
The outline of the ad unit must be the same colour
Hexadecimal: DB5114 Hexadecimal: 70011B Hexadecimal: CCCCBA as the end frames. Any colour from the Hilton colour
R:219 G:81 B:20 R:112 G:1 B:27 R:204 G:204 B:186 palette can be used

Hexadecimal: 00736C Hexadecimal: 90AE60 Hexadecimal: 5D9CCF

R:0 G:115 B:108 R:144 G:174 B:96 R:93 G:156 B:207

Hexadecimal: 5167B2 Hexadecimal: 2D3537 Hexadecimal: D3C57D

R:81 G:103 B:178 R:45 G:53 B:55 R:211 G:197 B:125 Lorem
ipsum dolor
Hexadecimal: FF7339 Hexadecimal: 3D226B Hexadecimal: FFD670 sit amet
R:255 G:116 B:57 R:61 G:34 B:107 R:255 G:214 B:112

Hexadecimal: 0040A4 Hexadecimal: A59171 Hexadecimal: 877E9E

R:0 G:64 B:164 R:165 G:145 B:113 R:135 G:126 B:158

Background fill
All the frames featuring Hilton offers and branding
Hexadecimal: 61419F Hexadecimal: 117E99 Hexadecimal: CAB688
must be the same colour as the outline.
R:97 G:65 B:159 R:17 G:126 B:153 R:202 G:182 B:136
Logo
Hexadecimal: 0E238B
R:14 G:35 B:139
Hexadecimal: FFBE1A Hexadecimal: 072B61 Hexadecimal: FFB247
R:250 G:190 B:26 R:7 G:43 B:97 R:255 G:178 B:71
Copy
The copy is always white.

Section 11 – Web Application 12 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 11 – Web Application 13
brand application manual brand application manual

11.8 Online Advertising Formats: Online Advertising Formats:

Online advertising comes in many formats, but the most widely used are: Flash, Animated GIF, Static GIF and HTML. Below
are some general guidelines that must be followed during the creation of online advertising for Hilton.

1. Flash 2. Animated GIF

3. Static GIF 4. HTML
Flash is the recommended format for Hilton online Animated GIF units are usually used as replacement
advertising. When creating Flash ad units for Hilton ads for Flash units but sometimes they are still used as Static GIFs come in various sizes, often tailored to the HTML ad units can be used when either data capture
you need to consider the following: stand alone ads. General guidelines to follow when needs of the particular hosting websites. or certain kinds of interactivity are necessary. HTML ad
creating animated GIFs are: units can accommodate elements in GIF, JPEG or Flash
1. Some browsers cannot play Flash movies, because On a static GIF the branding, the message and the format. The GIF format is best used with text and the
the user, or the user's company, has disabled the 1. Weight guidelines are strict for animated GIFs so creative execution coexist in a single image. Extreme Hilton brand, whereas the JPEG format is best used
functionality. For that reason, each Flash unit must check with the media owners to obtain a list of caution needs to be taken to maintain the quality of with photography. Flash can be used for maximum
be accompanied by a replacement GIF unit bearing approved weights. the whole unit when optimising. impact.
the same graphics, messages and branding.
2. Exporting frames, or using screengrabs from The use of photographs on static GIFs depends on the It is important to remember that the HTML format is
2. It is generally accepted that the weight of Flash completed Flash units are quick and easy ways to maximum file weight permitted. If the acceptable chosen for its data capture and interactive capabilities.
units can exceed the weight of GIF units, although create GIF units, but are best avoided. To achieve weight is too low, use of photographs should be Overwhelming the viewer with elaborate GIF or Flash
there are no strict rules. Generally, try to keep Flash maximum sharpness and quality GIF units must be avoided because the quality will also be too low. animations can steer their attention away from those
ads under 40K, but 70K, or even 100K ads could be built from scratch in a GIF creation program such HTML elements they are supposed to be preoccupied
acceptable. Check with the media owners. as Fireworks or Imageready. Static GIF templates are not provided, because their with.
content requirements will be determined by the
3. You can loop all Flash ads indefinitely unless you 3. Use of photography in animated GIF units is not campaign brief. HTML templates are not provided, because their
have different instructions. recommended. Due to weight restrictions the content requirements will be determined by the
quality is likely to be very low which can damage campaign brief.
4. Usually there are guidelines regarding the weight the Hilton brand.
of the first frame of each Flash unit. Check with the HTML ad units must always be tested on different
media owners. 4. Optimisation of GIF units can be a long and tedious platforms to ensure that the end result appears
process. Enough time must be allocated for the consistent.
5. Interactivity can be used but first ensure that the optimum quality to be achieved.
media owners allow it and then proceed with
extreme caution. When used well interactivity can 5. Frame delay should be set to 2 or 3 seconds unless
lift the success of a campaign, but can cripple it if your creative requires special timings.
used carelessly.
6. All Hilton animated GIF ads must end with the
6. All Hilton Flash ads must end with the scenes scenes described in the following pages. Templates
described in the following pages. Templates for the for the most common sizes are provided.
most common sizes are provided.

7. All Flash units must be compatible with

Macromedia Flash Player 7.

Section 11 – Web Application 14 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 11 – Web Application 15
brand application manual brand application manual

11.9 ‘TAKE ME TO THE HILTON’: 11.10 The Country-Specific URL:

Use of the ‘TAKE ME TO THE HILTON’ strapline is mandatory on every online ad produced, regardless of the format. The The Hilton country-specific URL may not be animated, zoomed, panned or moved in any way other than the one demonstrated in
attributes of the strapline are unique and require extra attention. this guide. The animation is only to be used in Flash format. It is not mandatory that the animation is used.

Please note that the animation will add 1.2KB to the total weight of the ad unit.

Typeface Typeface
The typeface of the strapline is Univers 65 Bold. These The typeface of the country-specific URL is Univers 55,
guidelines however, provide a vector version of the or 65 Bold depending on the size of the text. In ad units
strapline and as a result use of the above typeface where the text is small Univers 65 Bold can be used to
should not be necessary. improve legibility. On all other occasions Univers 55 must
be used
Colour
Colour
In online advertising the strapline always appears
reversed on a solid background colour. No other use is The country-specific URL must be white on whatever
acceptable. The colour must be chosen from the Hilton background has been chosen for the specific campaign.
colour palette. No other colours are acceptable.
Use
Use
The country-specific URL must be always placed on the
The strapline is always the last scene of any online ad same frame as the ‘TAKE ME TO THE HILTON’ strapline.
unit. It cannot be animated, distorted, zoomed, panned The copy must always be lined up right on the frame and
or manipulated in any way. Only a fade from the placed below the strapline.
background is allowed, as well as a fade to white of
the whole frame. The copy must always be centred in
the frame.

All templates supplied include all the necessary

animations, so no further actions should be necessary.

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON TAKE ME TO THE HILTON

hilton.co.uk

Background Copy Copy

All colours from the Hilton primary or The copy is always white. The copy is always white.
secondary colour palette can be used for
the background

Section 11 – Web Application 16 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 11 – Web Application 17
brand application manual brand application manual

11.11 The Hilton Leisure Curve: 11.12 Hilton Online Advertising Sizes:

All Hilton online ad units need to feature the Hilton Leisure curve. The templates provided include the curve so no further Online advertising units come in many shapes and sizes. These guidelines provide detailed dimensions and templates for the most
action needs to be taken. In case new units of different sizes need to be created, please follow the guidelines below. commonly used sizes. When you are required to create units in different sizes, use these guidelines as a reference.

Colour 728x90
The colour of the Hilton Leisure curve must be identical
to the background colour of the frame.

Use
The Hilton Leisure curve needs to be used on every 468x60
frame where there is a background colour and a Hilton
logo. These guidelines provide a vector template for
the curve which must be used every time new ad units
need to be created. The curve must not be distorted,
animated, or altered in any way. 200x600 120x600 200x200

Hilton Leisure Curve 125x125

Section 11 – Web Application 18 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 11 – Web Application 19
brand application manual brand application manual

11.13 Photography – Use In Online Advertising: Photography – Sourcing Or Shooting:

As with logos and typography, when compressing photography in online advertising the format chosen is critical to the The small and varied size and shape of the online ads and their relatively low file weight can make use of photography online a
quality of the outcome. As described earlier, there are two kinds of units that can accommodate photographs: GIF units challenge. Whether you are sourcing photographs from Hilton's stock library or planning your own photoshoot, certain things have
(static or animated) and Flash units. Flash units can accommodate photographs in various formats such as GIF, JPEG, PNG, to be taken into consideration.
PCT, etc. In these guidelines only the two most commonly found formats are being discussed: GIF and JPEG. PNG format is
used in Flash on special occasions when transparency is critical, but it leads to heavier files and therefore its use should be
limited. Photographs in online advertising need to be compressed and the process is dominated by the relationship between Cropping
quality and file weight. Achieving the right balance can take time and numerous trials. Ultimately, medium or poor quality
images must not be used. As with the off-line world, online ads come in a variety
of shapes and sizes. Choosing or creating photography
that can comfortably fit all required shapes can be a
challenge.When shooting your own photography you
GIF might have to plan ahead capturing the same subject from
different angles to ensure a comfortable fit in any online
GIF format works well with flat colours and simple ad. When sourcing photographs from a stock library things
shapes and is therefore inappropriate for use with can be more difficult, since alternative shots of your
Hilton photography. A general rule to follow is that the subject might not be available. A solution to this problem
higher the number of colours, shades and detail in the can be to create a scene from a selection of different
photograph, the less appropriate the GIF format is. It photographic images. This will give you the freedom to
will result in mediocre quality and heavy files. rearrange the various elements of the collage in order to
achieve the best fit in each online ad.
✘ The same principles apply whether photography is
used in GIF ad units, or within Flash, but in GIF format. Quality
GIF compression can lead to
poor quality photography Below are some tips to help you get the best possible
The same photograph can alter both feel and communication results when using photography in Hilton's online
JPEG significantly when cropped in different ways. advertising:

JPEG compression is ideal for use with photography. It 1. Simplicity is the key to success. The more simple
generates lighter files and produces smoother results. the subject(s) the better the final level of quality
Since ad units in JPEG format are rare, the main use of will be and the smaller the final weight of the ad.
JPEG photography is in Flash animations.
2. Close-ups tend to work better than long shots.
The photographs used in online ads for Hilton must not Close-up scenes, where the subject is large and
have outlines, frames, dropshadows, or other graphic the shapes are sharp and clean, will be affected
✔ treatments and add-ons. less by the loss of quality during compression
than a busy long shot with small subjects full
JPEG compression results in of detail.
smoother shades and a better
quality image 3. Economy in colour can be beneficial. The higher
the number of colours in a photograph, the more
difficult it will be to compress it successfully and
to generate a small file.

4. Unclear action can lead to confusion. Obscure

scenes, disguised elements and unclear subjects
will be made worse by the small size of online
ads and by the ultimate loss of quality. If a
photograph used in a Hilton ad leaves room for
interpretation, clear communication has been
broken. Each photo has to communicate
extremely clearly.

5. Any creative manipulation, blurriness or distortion

is not allowed. All photographs must be clear,
sharp, bright and direct in their communication.

Section 11 – Web Application 20 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 11 – Web Application 21
brand application manual brand application manual

11.14 Use Of Illustration: 11.15 Templates And Source Material:

The Hilton brand manuals forbid the use of illustration. Only photography can clearly communicate the globally Below is a list of the templates and source files available for download. For further information on the Hilton brand please consult
recognised brand values and philosophy of Hilton. In online advertising non-photographic imagery is allowed in two the Hilton Identity Guidelines Update Manual.
formats and scenarios.

3D Illustration
Files available for download
3D illustration and animation can be used only when
the result is photorealistic and therefore adheres to the 468x60.fla
Hilton brand guidelines. 120x600.fla
728x90.fla
When budget restrictions, limited timescales, or the 125x125.fla
particular needs of a brief make photography an 200x200.fla
unrealistic solution, 3D illustration can be used to 200x600.fla
deliver the desired results. Because the size of online
ad units is small, the computer screen can be very 468x60.psd
forgiving when displaying photographs or 3D 120x600.psd
illustrations. As a result, an inexpensive 3D illustration 728x90.psd
can appear to have stunning photorealistic qualities. 125x125.psd
200x200.psd
We strongly advise against any creative liberties when 200x600.psd
3D illustration is used. Absolute photorealism should
be the only objective. curve.ai
take_me_to_the_hilton.ai
Vector illustration logo_animation.fla

Vector illustrations are far removed from photorealistic

illustration and as a result their use is not permitted The files listed above are hosted on the Distribution and
with the Hilton brand, with the only exception being eCommerce section of the Hilton Highway.
replacement GIF ads.

There are occasions when the success of an ad

campaign depends on the use of certain photographic
(or 3D generated) imagery and when removal of the
imagery will severely impair the communication of the
campaign. When creating GIF replacement units it is
likely that use of the same images that make the Flash
units so successful is impossible, due to the resulting
high file weight or alternative very low image quality.
Then, for the sake of maintaining the successful
communication, vector illustrations of the photographic
imagery can be used instead.

Such a tactic is permitted only with replacement units

where the number of impressions will be very low and
not with stand alone GIF units.

Section 11 – Web Application 22 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 11 – Web Application 23
brand application manual brand application manual

11.16 Ad Unit Details – 728x90: Ad Unit Details – 468x60:

Size: 728x90 pixels Size: 468x60 pixels

Typical weight for GIF: 15K - 20K Typical weight for GIF: 12K
Typical weight for Flash: 40K - 60K Typical weight for Flash: 20K - 40K
TAKE ME TO THE HILTON: Univers 65, 36pt TAKE ME TO THE HILTON: Univers 65, 24pt
URL: Univers 55, 14pt, lined up right URL: Univers 55, 11pt, lined up right
Outline: 1 pixel weight Outline: 1 pixel weight

Diagram not to scale. Use supplied templates instead. Diagram not to scale. Use supplied templates instead.
All measurements in pixels All measurements in pixels

728 468

32 21
90 60
TAKE ME TO THE HILTONhilton.co.uk TAKE ME TO THE HILTONhilton.co.uk
32 21

105 433 104 86 46 289 47 86

28 15
10 7

26 11

37 37

27 12

15 54 17 16 54 16

Section 11 – Web Application 24 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 11 – Web Application 25
brand application manual brand application manual

Ad Unit Details – 200x200: Ad Unit Details – 125x125:

Size: 200x200 pixels Size: 125x125 pixels

Typical weight for GIF: 15K Typical weight for GIF: 12K
Typical weight for Flash: 20K - 40K Typical weight for Flash: 20K - 40K
TAKE ME TO THE HILTON: Univers 65, 24pt TAKE ME TO THE HILTON: Univers 65, 24pt
URL: Univers 55, 14pt, lined up right URL: Univers 55, 14pt, lined up right
Outline: 1 pixel weight Outline: 1 pixel weight

Diagram not to scale. Use supplied templates instead. Diagram not to scale. Use supplied templates instead.
All measurements in pixels All measurements in pixels

200 125 125

28 143 29
30 25

hilton.co.uk
36
TAKE ME 27
63

42
TAKE ME TO 66 TO THE 125
11
138
THE HILTON HILTON 37 62
19
29
hilton.co.uk 200
14
33
10 105 10 36 54 35

11

70
62 37

14

73 54 73

Section 11 – Web Application 26 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 11 – Web Application 27
brand application manual brand application manual

Ad Unit Details – 120x600: Ad Unit Details – 200x600:

Size: 120x600 pixels Size: 200x600 pixels

Typical weight for GIF: 15K Typical weight for GIF: 15
Typical weight for Flash: 20K - 40K Typical weight for Flash: 40K - 60K
TAKE ME TO THE HILTON: Univers 65, 24pt TAKE ME TO THE HILTON: Univers 65, 36pt
URL: Univers 55, 11pt, lined up right URL: Univers 55, 14pt, lined up right
Outline: 1 pixel weight Outline: 1 pixel weight

Diagram not to scale. Use supplied templates instead. Diagram not to scale. Use supplied templates instead.
All measurements in pixels 120 All measurements in pixels 200

62 62

92 92

TAKE ME TAKE ME
TO THE 66 9
TO THE 98

7 HILTON 21
HILTON
600 80 600
45

hilton.co.uk 24 hilton.co.uk

11 11

37 62 230 37 62 230

14 14

33 54 33 73 54 73

62 62

Section 11 – Web Application 28 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 11 – Web Application 29
brand applications manual

Vehicles

UPDATE 2005
12.1 The Hilton Brand Identity – 2
Vehicle Parameters

12.2 Preferred Application 3

12.3 Non Silver/Metallic Grey Vehicles 4

12.4 Co-Branding partnership 4

12.5 Body Paint – Specifications for 5

Sprayed/Painted Vehicle Components

12.6 Decals 5
brand applications manual

Vehicles
It is important that our vehicle
livery is consistently signed
with the Hilton Brand Identity.
It creates and maintains
recognition of the Hilton brand and
set us apart from our competitors.

This section shows examples of preferred

delivery of branding vehicle livery and also
issues of co-branding.

VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 12 – Vehicles 1

 brand applications manual brand applications manual

12.1 The Hilton Brand Identity – 12.2 Preferred Application:

Vehicle Parameters:
Application
hilton.co.uk

Hilton Property Brand • The preferred base colour for all vehicles is silver/metallic
grey with the Hilton Blue on the lower portion
• The horizontal Hilton Property Brand is preferred for hilton.co.uk

vehicle identification • The horizontal version of the Hilton Property Brand is applied
hilton.co.uk to both sides of the vehicle, in Hilton Blue on the silver
• Produce as individual die-cut letters in adhesive decal to background
centre
match Hilton Blue
• The horizontal Hilton Property Brand is located visually
• The vertical Hilton Property Brand should be used only where centred in the space between the front doors and the rear of
sufficient body space gives good visibility, such as bonnet or centre the vehicle
rear door areas centre
• The Hilton Property Brand should be as large as possible, but
hilton.co.uk
• Ensure clear space area guidelines for the Hilton Property allowing for clear space
Brand are adhered to. Use the H height as a guide for optimum
scaling and decal positioning hilton.co.uk
• The horizontal Hilton Property Brand must remain in its
hilton.co.uk
approved relationship. Do not rearrange or resize any of the
Note – See Section 4 of the Hilton Identity Guidelines Update elements
Manual for further details on reproducing the Hilton Property
Brand. • The country-specific URL must be added. For locations
without a country-specific URL – hilton.com must
be used

Web address application • Preferably, position panel joins between words and not
hilton.co.uk individual letters
• Each Hilton vehicle should display your country-specific URL
hilton.co.jp on both sides of the vehicle hilton.co.uk
hilton.co.uk
• Where space is extremely limited and a long horizontal
Hilton Property Brand cannot be applied, the horizontal
• Only your single, country-specific URL should feature and Hilton Master Brand should be applied – see Section 3 of
hilton.co.uk never more than one URL the Hilton Identity Guidelines Update Manual

Country-specific URLs
• It is also unnecessary to include ‘www’ at the start of any URL

• If there is not a country-specific URL for your location use

hilton.com

hilton.com Note – See section 10 of the Hilton Brand Identity Guidelines

Update Manual for further details.
Generic URL

‘TAKE ME TO THE HILTON’ application

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON
The new company strapline must be applied to all appropriate
New company strapline hotel collateral items. It must all appear in upper case, Univers
65 Bold.

Section 12 – Vehicles 2 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 Section 12 – Vehicles 3
 brand applications manual brand applications guidelines

12.3 Non Silver/Metallic Grey Vehicles: 12.5 Body Paint – Specifications

for Sprayed/Painted Vehicle
The preferred base colour for all vehicles is silver/metallic grey with the Hilton Blue on the lower portion. However, leasing terms
or residual vehicle life may prevent changing the body colour. In such cases, although not ideal, the following must be
Components
adhered to: • For Hilton Blue match – RAL 290 30 40 for paint and decal
Blue
RAL 290 30 40
• For silver – ex works silver finish or metallic grey

Application • For white – ex works factory finish, traffic white or RAL 9016

• The horizontal version of the Hilton Property Brand is applied Silver

to both sides of the vehicle, in Hilton Blue or white out (for Ex-works silver or metallic grey effect
hilton.com
darker coloured vehicles) 12.6 Decals
hilton.com
• The horizontal Hilton Property Brand is located visually • Standard opaque white film to match Hilton Blue or to
centred in the space between the front doors and the rear of RAL 290 30 40
the vehicle White
• Back illumination, such as light box, 3M Translucent VT 2748
TAKE ME TO THE HILTON
Ex-factory finish, traffic white or RAL 9016
TAKE ME TO THE HILTON
• The Hilton Property Brand should be as large as possible, but
allowing for clear space • See-through rear window decals 3M Scotchcal Perforated
Madrid Airport
hilton.com
Window Marking Film, Blue
Madrid Airport
hilton.com • The horizontal Hilton Property Brand must remain in its
approved relationship. Do not rearrange or resize any of the
elements

• The country-specific URL must be added. For locations

without a country-specific URL – hilton.com must
be used

hilton.co.uk
hilton.com
• Preferably, position panel joins between words and not
hilton.co.uk
hilton.com individual letters

• Where space is extremely limited and a long horizontal

TAKE ME TO THE HILTON
Hilton Property Brand cannot be applied, the horizontal
Hilton Master Brand should be applied – see Section 3 of
TAKE ME TO THE HILTON

the Hilton Identity Guidelines Update Manual

Madrid Airport • When space permits, apply the company strapline

Madrid Airport

12.4 Co-Branding Partnership:

• The same Hilton Blue and white panel decals must be used
to identify partner vehicles or temporary vehicles working on
behalf of Hilton

Section 12 – Vehicles 4 VERSION ONE – APRIL 2005 VERSION

VERSION ONE APRIL 2005
ONE –– JANUARY 2005 Section 12 – Vehicles 5